IN  MEMORIAM 
BERNARD   MOSES 


•    9  •  • 


>        •      »•     , 


The  Legazpi-Urdaneta  Monument,  Manila. 


A  SHORT 

i 


HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 


For  Use  in  Ellementary  ScKools 


PRESCOTT  F.  JERNEGAH  A.B. 

TeaclTLer  of  Philippine  History 
PKilippine  Normal  Sclaool,  Majnila 


WITH  ILLUSTRATIONS 


PUBLISHED  BY 

VAN  BUSKIEK,  CROOK  &  CO. 

Ma-nila,  p.  I. 


iSfcAJ^AHO  KSOSES 


AFFECTIONATELY  DEDICATED 

TO  MY 

FORMER  PUPILS 

IN 

VIGAN,  BATAC  C^  MANILA 


794136 


tSERVATtW 
PY  ADDED 
iG<NALTOB£ 
TAINS) 
CT041994 


preface:. 


This  work  is  intended  to  furnish  the  material  for  an 
elementary  course  in  Philippine  history  for  Filipino 
students  in  the  most  advanced  primary  grade.  Although 
written  for  children,  the  work  will  be  found  to  present 
most  of  the  leading  events  and  principles  of  the  history 
of  the  Philippines.  The  writer  is  in  sympathy  with  Prof. 
Channing,  of  Harvard  University,  who  says,  "  The  study  of 
the  history  of  one's  own  country  is  a  serious  matter,  and 

should  be  entered  upon  by  the  text  book  writer 

in  a  serious  spirit,  even  to  a  greater  extent  than  the  study 
of  language  or  of  arithmetic."  This  statement  would 
seem  to  be  doubly  true  for  Filipino  children,  whose  coun- 
try is  passing  through  political,  social  and  religious  changes 
of  the  utmost  historical  significance.  Most  Filipino  young 
people  will  read,  probably,  only  one  or  two  works  on  the 
history  of  the  Philippines.  It  is  therefore  thought  desir- 
able that  one  of  these  be  an  attempt  to  set  forth  consecu- 
tively the  main  facts  of  that  history,  together  with  some 
explanation  of  their  underlying  forces. 


VI  PREFACE 

The  period  to  1660  occupies  nearly  one  half  of  the  book. 
For  two  centuries  after  that  date  there  is  Httle  in  Phihp- 
pine  history  that  was  not  present,  in  principle,  in  the 
foundations  laid  by  the  Spanish  conquerors.  The  chapters 
relating  to  this  epoch  (I-XIV)  discuss  the  material  topically 
rather  than  chronologically.  It  is  believed  that  such 
themes  as  the  galleon  trade,  Moro  piracy,  the  "en- 
comienda  "  system,  and  others,  gain  in  clearness  and 
interest  by  this  method  of  treatment.  The  events  related 
in  the  remaining  chapters  are  given  in  the  sequence  of 
time. 

Necessarily,  in  so  short  a  work,  there  are  many  omis- 
sions. The  principle  which  has  governed  in  the  selection 
of  events  has  been  the  growth  of  the  Filipinos  towards 
civilization  and  self-government.  For  this  reason  the 
social  condition  of  the  Filipino  peoples  at  the  time  of  the 
Spanish  conquest  receives  relatively  full  treatment,  as 
furnishing  data  for  the  explanation  of  subsequent  changes. 
An  effort  has  been  made  to  explain,  in  an  elementary 
way,  the  origin  and  results  of  all  the  more  important 
revolts  against  Spanish  rule.  Along  with  this  is  given 
some  account  of  the  agricultural  and  commercial  develop- 
ment of  the  Islands.  Thus  the  struggle  to  live  and  the 
strife  for  freedom  are  the  two  underlying  themes  of  the 
book. 

The  author  is  fully  sensible  of  the  difficulty  of  writing 
in  a  field  in  which  so  little  critical  work  has  been  done, 
and  in  which  access  to  contemporaneous  accounts  is  often 
impossible.  Further,  many  of  the  questions  with  which 
Philippine   history  is  concerned  are  darkened  by  bitter 


PREFACE  Vll 

controversies,  religious  a»id  political,  extending  to  the  pres- 
ent day.  It  is  quite  possible,  therefore,  that  errors  of  fact 
or  of  judgment  have  crept  into  these  lessons.  In  a  land 
jarred  by  the  shock  of  many  conflicting  nationalities, 
where  a  new  political  structure  is  rearing  itself  from  the 
ashes  of  the  old,  it  cannot  be  expected  that  the  past  will 
have  the  same  message  for  all.  For  these  reasons  the 
writer  will  consider  it  a  favor  if  those  who  read  these 
pages  will  point  out  to  him  any  statements  which  they 
may  consider  erroneous. 

It  is  not  proposed  to  present  here  a  complete  list  of  the 
authorities  upon  which  this  book  in  based.  In  large 
raeasuue  it  has  been  written  from  the  original  sources, 
including  Pigafetta,  Chirino,  De  Morga,  Zufiiga,  and 
many  others.  The  author  desires  to  express  his  special 
obligation  to  the  Historia  General  de  Filvpinas,  of  Mon- 
tero  y  Vidal,  and  to  the  documents  reproduced  in  volumes 
I-X  of  **  The  Philippine  Islands  1493-1898  "  Blair  and 
Eobertson.  The  former  is  the  only  history  of  the  Philip- 
pines in  Spanish  covering  the  field  from  the  earliest  to 
modern  times.  From  the  invaluable  collection  of  Blair 
and  Eobertson  most  of  the  quotations  relating  to  the 
period  1493-1600  have  been  taken  ;  in  a  few  cases  with 
a  modification  of  the  phraseology  of  the  translation  for 
the  sake  of  simpHcity  of  style. 

The  appearance  of  this  work  in  its  present  form  is  due 
to  the  pressure  of  an  immediate  demand.  It  is  expected 
that  later  a  more  complete  edition  will  appear  with  a 
suitable  equipment  of  maps  and  illustrations. 

It  is  impossible  to  mention  by  name  all  of  the  many 


VIII  PREFACE 

friends  to  whom  the  author  is  indebted  for  suggestions 
and  encouragement.  Thanks  are  particularly  due  to  Mr. 
Emerson  Christie  and  Mr.  H.  Lawrence  Noble,  of  the 
Philippine  Bureau  of  Education,  for  valuable  assistance 
in  preparing  the  manuscript  for  the  press. 

THE  AUTHOB. 

Manila,  June,  1904. 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTEE  I. 

THE  FILIPINO  KACES. 

rage 
Resources  of  the  Philippines— The  Study  of  History — The  First 

Inhabitants— The  First  Malays— The  Igorrotes— Head-hunt- 
ing—The  Place  of  Woman— Tiie  Cultured  Malays— The 
Moros — The  Eeligion  of  Mahomet— Character  of  the  Moros 
— Summary     1 

CHAPTFE  II. 

LAWS  AND  CUSTOMS  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS. 
Village  Government — Life  in  Ancient  Times— War  and  Robbery 
— The  Headmen — The  Freemen — Slaves — Causes  of  Enslave- 
ment— Semi-slavery — The  Slave  Traffic— Crimes  and  Their 
Punishment — Kinds  of  Punishment— Discovery  of  a  Thief— 
Dress  and  Ornaments — Tattooing — Weapons — Commerce — 
Writing — Education  and  Civilization — Amusements— Mar- 
riage Customs— The  Marriage  Ceremony —Religion     8 

CHAPTEE  III. 
THE  RELIGION  OF  THE  ANCIENT  FILIPINOS. 

Religious  Chants— The  Great  God— The  Worship  of  Anitos— 
Household  Gods— Nature  Spirits — Prayers — Good  and  Bad 
Anitos— Heaven — The  Soul — Priests  and  Priestesses— Con- 
dnsion      19 

CHAPTEE  IV. 

THE  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

European  Trade  with  the  East — A  Sea  Route  from  Europe  to 

India  —  Ferdinand   Magellan  —  The    Demarcation    Lines  — 

Magellan  and  Charles  I — Magellan  Sails— Wreck  and  Dcser- 


CONTENTS 


Page 


tion— Tlie  Pacific— Discovery  of  the  Piiillppines— First  Mass 
in  the  Pliilippines— Magellan  at  Cebu— Baptism  of  the 
Cebuans— Death  of  Magellan — Massacre  of  Spaniards  at 
Cebti— Elcano  Sails  Around  the  Globe—Arrival  of  the 
"Victoria"— Demarcation  Line  of  1529— Expedition  of 
Villalobos — The  Portuguese  in  the  Philippines     24 

CHAPTER  V. 
THE  CONQUEST  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

TJie  King's  Command— Andres  de  Urdaneta— Legazpi— Plan  of 
the  Supreme  Court— The  Voyage  of  Legazpi— Arrival  in  the 
Philippines— The  Settlement  of  Cebi'i— The  Holy  Child  of 
Cebti — Legazpi's  Treatment  of  the  Cebuans— Religious  Cus- 
toms of  the  Cebuans— Legazpi  and  the  Portuguese— Legazpi 
"  Adelantado  "—Expedition  to  Luzon— Juan  de  Salcedo— 
The  Capture  of  Manila— Legazpi  Founds  Manila— The 
Building  of  the  City— Death  of  Legazpi— Conquest  of  Luzon 
by  Salcedo— Salcedo  in  Southern  Luzon 34 

CHAPTER  VI. 
THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND  THE  FRIARS. 

Poverty  of  the  Victors— The  "  Encomiendas  "  and  "Encomen- 
deros"— 'The  Tribute— Evils  of  the  Encomienda  System- 
Unjust  Taxes -The  First  Revolts— The  Protest  of  Rada— 
Answer  of  Lavezaris— King  Philip  Forbids  Encomiendas — 
Oppression  of  the  Encomenderos— Progress  of  Religion — The 
Encomiendas  in  1591— The  Pope  Forbids  Slavery— The 
Arrival  of  the  Friars  -Character  of  the  Early  Friars — AVhat 
the  Friars  Taught— The  First  Spanish  Schools— Reasons  for 
the  Rapid  Conversion  of  the  Filipinos— Summary        45 

CHAPTER  VII. 
THE  REPULSE  OF  LIMAPIONG. 

Lavezaris  Governor — Distress  of  the  Spaniards— Limahong — The 
First  Attack— The  Chinese  Soldiers— Repulse  of  the  Chinese 


CONTENTS  XI 

rage 
—The  Second  Attack— Revolt  of  the  Filipinos— Limahong 

in  Pangasinan — Salcedo  Expels  Limahong       56 

CHAPTEE  VIII. 
DREAMS  OF  CONQUEST. 
De  Sande  Governor— De  Sande  Rebuilds  Manila— Ambitions  of 
De  Sande— Conquest  of  Brunei— Dreams  of  Conquest— Better 
Days— Ronquillo  de  Penalosa  Governor — The  "Residencia" 
— Union  of  Portugal  with  Spain —Expeditions  to  Borneo  and 
Ternate — Japanese  Pirates— The  Filipinos'  Part  in  Spanish 
Conquests 61 

CHAPTEE  IX. 

SALAZAR  AND  DE  VERA. 

The  First  Bishop  of  Manila— De  Vera  Acting-governor— Scarcity 
of  Food — Insurrection  in  Pampanga— Deeds  of  De  Vera — 
Cost  of  the  Conquest— Aims  of  Spain  in  the  Conquest— The 
Glory  of  Empire— The  Triumph  of  the  Cross— Philip  III 
and  Moraga — The  Memorial  to  the  King— Reform  Decree 
of  1589     68 

CHAPTEE  X. 

A  ROYAL  GOVERNOR. 
G6mez  P^rez  Das  Marinas— Spain's  Treatment  of  the  Filipinos— 
Salazar's  Opinion  of  the  Governors — Neglect  of  Religious 
Instruction— Das  Marinas'  Opinion  of  the  Friars — The 
Friars  as  Merchants — Restitution  to  the  Filipinos  by  tlie 
Conquerors — Building  of  the  Walls  of  Manila — Decay  of  the 
Cotton  Industry— A  Change  for  the  Worse— Conquest  of 
Zambales — The  Great  Fleet — Death  of  Das  Marinas — Manila 
in  Das  Marinas'  Time 75 

CHAPTEE  XI. 

THE  VOYAGES  OF  THE  GALLEONS. 

The  Chinese  Trade — Commerce  with  Mexico— No  Room  for 
Filipinos — The  Galleons— The  Voyage  Across  the  Pacific— 


XII  CONTENTS 

Page 
Arrival  of  the  Galleon— Loss  of  the  Galleons— Capture  of  the 

"  Sancta  Ana  "-The  Koyal  Subsidy        83 

CHAPTEK  XII. 
THE  WARS  WITH  THE  DUTCH. 
The  Dutch  Conquer  the  Moluccas— Antonio  de  Morga— The 
Defeat  of  Van  Noort— The  Dutch  as  Colonizers — Acuiia's 
Expedition— The  Battle  of  Mariveles— Silva's  Great  Fleet— 
The  Battle  of  Playa  Honda -Attack  on  Cavite — Massacre  of 
Abucay— Defeat  of  the  Dutch— Filipino  Loyalty 88 

CHAPTEE  XIII. 
THE  CHINESE  IN  PHILIPPINE  HISTORY. 

Arrival  of  the  Chinese — The  Alcayceria  and  the  Parian— Chinese 
Christians— The  Three  Mandarins— Chinese  Revolt  of  1603 
-Defeat  of  the  Chinese— Revolt  of  1639— The  Chinese 
Question 96 

CHAPTEK  XIV. 

THE  MORO  PIRATES. 

Summary — The  Moro  Pirates— Spaniards  Fail  to  Destroy  Piracy 
— A  Raid  on  the  Visayans — Acuiia  and  the  Pirates — Battle 
of  "  Punta  de  Flechas  " — Treaties  with  the  Moros— Concen- 
tration of  Villages— Arming  the  Filipinos — Selfishness  of  the 
Alcaldes— Brave  Defenders— An  Unequal  Battle — The  Coast 
Guard  Towers— The  Story  of  Ali-Mudin—Conversion  of  the 
Sultan— Treachery  of  Ali-Mudin — Lessons  of  this  Story — 
The  High  Tide  of  Piracy— The  Scourge  of  the  Pirates       ...     101 

CHAPTER  XV. 

FORCED  LABOR  AND  INSURRECTION. 

The  Dark  Century — The  Labor  Tax-Alonso  Fajardo— Insurrec- 
tion in  Bohol  and  Leyte—Bancao— Death  of  Fajardo — 
Tabora  Governor — Public  Works— Diego  Fajardo — Earth- 
quake of  1645— Insurrection  of  1660 -Revolt  in  Ilocos       ...     112 


CONTENTS  XIII 

CHAPTEE  XVI. 
THE  STRIFE  BETWEEN  CHUECH  AND  STATE. 

Page 
Introductory— Two  Kinds  of  Courts — Tlie  Case  of  Nava — The 

Law  of  Kefuge — The  Pope's  Jubilee — The  Inquisition  in  the 

Philippines— Diego  de  Salcedo — De  Vargas  and  Pardo — The 

Friars'    Lands— Bustaraente    and    the    Friars— Bustamente 

Fortifies  Zamboanga — Arrest  of  the  Archbishop— Death  of 

Bustamente — Archbishop  Cuesta  Governor     118 

CHAPTEE  XVII. 

THE  END  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY. 

Fausto  Cruzat  y  Gongora  Governor — "Ordinances  of  Good 
Government " — Evil  Days — Manila  and  the  Provinces — The 
"  Laws  of  the  Indies  "—What  the  Filipinos  did    129 

CHAPTEE  XVIII. 

THE  BEITISH  INVASION  AND  ITS  RESULTS. 

The  Mysterious  Fleet — Landing  of  the  British — The  Bonibard- 
ment-^The  "  Philipino  "—Death  of  an  Officer— Desertion  of 
the  Filipinos— The  Capture  of  Manila— The  Surrender— The 
Sack  of  the  City— Simon  de  Anda  y  Salazar— Campaign  of 
Backhouse—Restoration  of  Spanish  Rule — Effects  of  the 
Invasion — Revolt  in  Pangasinan — Diego  Silan  — Silan  in 
Power — Alliance  with  the  British — Death  of  Silan — A  Fresh 
Outbreak— Why  the  Revolts  Failed 135 

CHAPTEE  XIX. 
THE  BEGINNING  OF  MODERN  TIMES. 

Governorship  of  Anda — Anda  a  Modern  Man— The  Teaching  of 
Spanish — Death  of  Anda — Vasco  and  Agriculture — Why 
Java  Prospered— The  Tobacco  Monopoly — "  Royal  Com- 
pany of  the  Philippines  " — Sociedad  Economka  de  Amigos  del 
Pa(s — Vargas  Resigns — Industry  Better  then  Conquest — 
Rafael  de  Aguilar  Governor— Aguilar  and  Foreigners — 
Progress  of  the  Filipinos     145 


XIV  CONTENTS 

CHAPTER  XX. 

THE  FILIPINOS  AND  THE  CORTES. 


Page 


Napoleon  Conquers  Spain— First  Filipino  Deputies — The  Con- 
stitution of  1812 — Publication  of  the  Constitution — Restora- 
tion of  Fernando  VII— Revolt  in  Ilocos  Norte— Oppression 
of  the  Poor— The  Constitution  Renewed— The  School  of 
Freedom — Reconmiendations  of  the  Deputies — End  of  Rep- 
resentation in  the  Cortes      154 

CHAPTEE  XXI. 
REBELIJON  AND  REFORM. 

The  Mutiny  of  Novales— Suppression  of  the  Revolt — Manuel 
Ricafort  Governor — The  Rebellion  of  Dagohoy — An  Inde- 
pendent People — The  New  Pueblos — Pascual  Enrile  Governor 
— Advantages  of  Good  Roads — Kinds  of  Rebellion — The 
Revolt  of  the  Cofradia — Destruction  of  the  Gofmida     160 

CHAPTER  XXII. 
CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO. 

Changes  of  Governors — Character  of  the  Spanish  Officials — I'he 
Friars  and  the  Governors — Effect  of  Travel  and  Commerce 
— Narciso  Claveria  Governor — Reformation  of  the  Calendar 
— Surnames  of  the  Filipinos — First  Steamers  in  the  Philip- 
pines— The  Alcaldes-mayor  —GiiinH  of  the  Alcaldes— Conquest 
of  Jolo— Treaty  with  the  Sultan— The  First  Philippine  Bank 
— The  Next  Ten  Years— Return  of  the  Jesuits— Reforms 
in  Education— Educational  Decree  of  1863— Earthquake  of 
1863 168 

CHAPTEE  XXIII. 

THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLICANISM. 

Revolution  in  Spain — Carlos  de  la  Torre  Governor— Sefiora  de 
Sanchiz— " Guias  de  Torre"— The  Red  Ribbon— Spread  of 
Republicanism— The    Meaning    of    Freedom— Rafael    dc 


CONTENTS  XV 

Page 
Izquierdo  Governor — Tlie  Cavite  Insurrection — Cause  of  the 

Insurrection — Burgos,  Zaniora  and  Gomez — The  Execution — 

The  "  Mailed  Hand  " ...     179 

CHAPTEE  XXIV. 

PEACE  AND  PKOGEESS. 

Peace— Comraercial  Growth— The  Works  of  the  Port — End  of 
the  Tobacco  Monopoly — Municipal  Councils — Progress  in 
Education        187 

CHAPTER  XXV. 

THE  LAST  STKUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN, 

New  Leaders — The  Secret  Societies — JosdKizal — Calamba  Lands 
Trouble — Banishment  of  Rizal — Deatli  of  Rizal — Discovery 
of  the  Plot— The  Else  of  Aguinaldo— The  Rebellion  in  the 
North — Campaign  of  Polaviej a— Spread  of  the  Insurrection 
— The  Right  to  Revolt — Rivera's  Campaign — A'atipunan 
Proclamation  of  1897 — Treaty  of  Biac-na-haio — Departure 
of  Aguinaldo — Broken  Promises — RenewaV  of  the  Insurrec- 
tion        192 

CHAPTER  XXVI. 

THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS. 

Cuba  and  the  United  States — The  Cuban  Rebellion— Destruc- 
tion of  the  "Maine" — The  President  and  Congress— The 
Battle  of  Manila  Bay  -Effect  in  Manila  of  Dewey's  Victory 
— Renewal  of  the  Insurrection  — Why  Dewey  Remained  in 
the  Philippines — Aguinaldo  Dictator— The  Revolutionary 
Government— The  Taking  of  Manila  -The  Treaty  of  Paris...     201 

CHAPTE  XXVII. 

MONARCHY  OR  REPUBLIC. 

The  Effect  of  Distance — Monarchy  or  Republic— A  Filipino 
Republic  Impossible — Unity  First  Necessary-  The  Insurrec- 
tion Against  the  Americans — Martial  Law      208 


XVI  CONTENTS 

CHAPTEK  XXVIII. 
THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR. 

Page 
William  II.   Taft    Governor— The   Policy    of  McKinley— The 

"Philippines  for  the  Filipinos" — The  Educational  System 

— Filipino  Students  in  America — Agriculture,  Industry  and 

Commerce — Governor  Wright  and  the  Future      214 


IMPORTANT  DATES  IN  PHILIPPINE 
HISTORY. 


A.D. 

1205.  First  mention  of  the  Philippines  in  a  book  (Chinese). 

1493.  Pope  Alexander  VI  establishes  first  demarcation  line. 

1498.  Vasco  da  Gama  reaches  India  via  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

1511.  Albuquerque  conquers  Malacca  (Two  boats  from  Luzon  seen 
there). 

1518.  Magellan  signs  contract  with  Charles  I,  of  Spain. 

1519.  August  10.     Magellan's  fleet  sails  from  Spain. 

1520.  November  1 .    Discovery  of  "  Strait  of  Magellan  ". 

1521.  March    16.   Magellan    discovers   the    Philippines 

(coast  of  Samar).  March  17  lands  on  Homonhon.  Celebrates 
first  mass  March  31,  island  of  Limasaua.  Is  slain  at  Mactan 
April  26. 

1522.  Septembers.     "Victoria"  arrives  at  San  Lucar  (first  voyage 
around  the  world). 

1525.       Loaisa's  expedition  sails  from  Spain  for  the  Philippines. 
1527.       Saavedra's  expedition  fails  from  Mexico  for  the  Philippines 

and  in  1529  rescues  120  survivors  of  former  expeditions. 
1529.       Charles  I  sells  to  Portugal   his  claim  to  the  Moluccas  for 

350,000    ducats.    Demarcation  line   established  297   leagues 

east  of  the  Moluccas. 
1538.       The  Portuguese  governor  of  the  Moluccas  sends  a  friar  to 

Mindanao.     Many  natives  baptized. 

1542.  November  1.     Expedition  of  Villalobos  sails  from  Navidad, 
Mexico. 

1543.  July  or  August.     Villalobos  gives  the  name  "Felipinas"  to 
Leyte  and  some  smaller  islands. 

1555-159^^^  Philip  II  King  of  Spain. 

1564.       November    21.     Legazpi's   expedition    sails   from    Navidad, 
Mexico. 


XVIII  IMPORTANT  DATES 

1565.    February  13.     Legazpi  ariives  at  Cebu.     lie  settles 

here  April  27,  and  governs  the  Philippines  till  his  death  in 

1572. 
1568,       October  to  December.    A  Portuguese  fleet  blockades  Cebti,  and 

demands  departure  of  the  Spaniards. 
1570.       May  8.    De  Goiti  and  Salcedo  sail  from  the  River  of  Panay 

for  Manila. 

1570.  June  6.    De  Goiti  and  Salcedo  capture  Manila  and  take  for- 
mal possession  of  Luzon.    They  immediately  return  to  Panay. 

1571.  June    24.      Legazpi    organizes    city    council    of 
Manila. 

1571-1572.    Juan  de  Salcedo  explores  and  subdues  Laguna,  Gamarines, 
and  the  coast  of  northern  Luzon. 

1572.  August  20.     Legazpi  dies  at  Manila. 

1572-1575.   Guido  de  Lavezaris  Governor. 

1574.       Limahong  attacks  Manila. 

1575-1580.    Francisco  de  Sande  Governor. 

1577.  Franciscan  friars  arrive 

1578.  Figueroa  attacks  Mindanao  and  Jol6. 
1580-1583.     Ronquillo  de  Fenalosa  Governor. 

1580.    Philip  II  conquers  Portugal.     Union  of  Spain  and 
Portugal  till  1640. 

1581^       Domingo  Salazar,  first  bishop  of  Manila,  arrives;  also  the 
Jesuit  friars. 

1584-1590.    Santiago  de  Vera  Governor. 

1584.  Supreme  Court  established  in  the  Philippines. 

1587.  Dominican  friars  arrive. 

1588.  Insurrection  in  Leyte. 

1589.  Keform  decree  enacted  for  Philippines  by  Philip  IL 

1590-1503.    Gomez  Perez  Das  Mi^rifias  Governor.     Walls 

of  Manila  and  Cavite,  and  Fort  Santiago  built. 

1593-1596.    Luis  Perez  Das  Marinas  Governor, 
1595-1596.    Antonio  de  Morga  Judge  and  Lieutenant- 
governor. 


IMPORTANT  DATES  XIX 

1599.  Large  nnmbera  of  Moro  pirates  attack  (Jebu,   Negros  and 
Panay. 

1600.  De  Morga  defeats  Dutch  fleet  in  Manila  Bay,  Deceml)er  14. 
1602-1606.    Bravo  de  Acuna  Governor. 

1603.       Revolt  of  the  Chinese  in  Manila. 

1606.       Acuna's  expedition  against  the  Molucc;\s.     Tidor  and  Ternate 

captured. 
1606.       Recollect  friars  arrive. 

1609-1616.    Juan  de  Silva  Governor. 

1610.       Dutch,  under  Wittert  defeated  in  naval  battle  offCorregidor. 

1616.  Great  expedition  of  Silva  to  Malacca.     Death  of  Silva. 

1617.  Naval  battle  of  Playa  Honda.    Ronquillo  defeats  Spielberg. 

1618-1624.    Alonso  Fajardo  Governor. 

1619.      Fernando  Moraga  persuades  Philip  III  to  keep  the  Philip- 
pines. 
1021-1622.    Revolts  in  Bohol  and  Leyte.    Death  of  Bancao. 
1624.       Geronimo  de  Silva  defeats  seven  Dutch  ships  offCorregidor. 

1626-1632.    Juan  Nino  de  Tabora  Governor.     He  brought 

600  soldiers  and  the  "  Virgin  of  Antipolo  ". 

1627.  Alcalde  of  Cebii  captures  town  of  Jolo  and  many  Moro  boats. 

1628.  Large  force  of  Spaniards  and  Filipinos  attack  Jol6  and  are 
repulsed.    Treaty  with  king  of  Mindanao. 

1631.       Stone  bridge  built  across  the  River  Pasig. 

1634.  Force  of  15,000  Moro  pirates  ravages  the  Visayas  and  sacks 
capital  of  Tayabas. 

1635-1644.    Sebastian  Hurtado  de  Corcuera  Governor. 

1635.  Juan  de  Chaves  with  large  force  establishes  fort  at  Zamboanga. 

1638.  Corcuera  subdues  Jolo,  establishing  a  mission  and  a  garrison. 

1639.  Revolt  of  the  Chinese  breaks  out  in  Calamba,  lasting  five 
months. 

1641.       Three  volcanic  outbursts  in  Aringay  (Union  prov.),  Mindanao 
(Sanguil)  and  Jolo. 

1644-1653.   Diego  Fajardo  Governor. 

1645.       Earthquake   destroys    hundreds    of  houses  and    persons    in 

Manila. 
1647.       Dutch  attack  Cavite,  then  Abucay,  but  are  driven  ofl'. 


XX  IMPOETANT   DATES 

1049.       Insurrection  under  Sumoroy  in  Saraar. 

1653-1GG3.    Sabiniano  Manrique  de  Lara  Governor. 

1600.       Insurrection  in  Panipanga. 

1602.       Koxinga,  Chinese  pirate,  threatens  to  invade  Philippines  from 
Formosa.     Garrison  withdrawn  from  Zamboanga. 

1663-1668.    Diego  Salcedo  Governor.     Deposed  by  conspira- 
tors in  1668. 
1678-1684.    Juan  de  Vargas  Governor.     Felipe  Pardo  arch- 
bishop (1676-1683). 
1690-1701.    Fausto  Cruzat  y  Gongora  Governor. 

1696.       "  Ordinances  of  Good  Government". 
3697.       Bitter  quarrel  about  friars'  lands. 

1717-1719.    Fernando  Manuel  de  Bustamente  Governor 

1718.  Eustamente  re-establishes  garrison  at  Zamboanga. 

1719.  Assassination  of  Bustamente. 
1726.       Treaty  with  sultan  of  Jolo. 

1734.       Concentration  of  villages  and  building  of  coast  forts  as  protec- 
tion against  the  Moros. 

1739-1745.    Gaspar  de  la  Torre  Governor. 

1745-1750.     Juan  de  Arrechederra  Acting-governor. 

1746.       At  request  of  Philip  V  ambassadors  sent  to  Ali-Mudin. 

1750.       Revolt  under  Dagohoy  in  Bohol. 

1754.       Worst  year  of  Moro  piracy.     Scores  of  towns  attacked. 

1754-1759.    Pedro  Manuel   de  Arandia   Governor.     In- 
augurates many  reforms. 
1754.       Terrible  eruption  of  Taal  Volcano. 

1759-1761.    Miguel  Lino  de    Ezpeleta  Acting-governor 

(first  Philippine  born  governor). 

1761-1762.    Archbishop  Manuel  Eojo  Acting-governor. 

1762.    Capture  of  Manila  by  the  British.- 

1762-1764.    Simon  de  Anda  y  Salazar  Governor  (in  the 

provinces). 
1764.       March  31.     Anda  receives  Manila  from  the  Eritisli. 
1762-1763,         Insurrections  in  Pangasinan,  Ilocos  and  Cagayan. 


IMPOETANT  DATES  XXI 

1765-1770.    Jose  de  Eaon  Governor. 

1766.       The  "  Buen  Consejo"  arrives  at  Manila.     Opening  of  direct 
commerce  with  Spain. 

1763.  '^  Jesuits  expelled  from  the  Philippines     by  order  of 

Charles  III. 

1770-1776.    Simon  de  Anda  y  Salazar  Governor. 
1778-1787.    Jose  de  Vasco  y  Vargas  Governor.     Silk 

culture  introduced. 
1781.       •'  Sociedad  Economica  de  Amigos  del  Pafs  "  created. 

1781.    Government  Tobacco  Monopoly  begun. 

1785.       Royal  Philippine  Company  established  by  Charles  III. 

1793-1806.    Eafael  Maria  de  Aguilar  Governor. 

1800.       Foreigners  forbidden  to  settle  in  the  Philippines. 

1810-1813.    Manuel  Gonzalez  de  Aguilar  Governor. 

1810.  Spanish    Cortes    authorizes    deputies    from     the 
Philippines. 

Ventura  de  los  Beyes  elected  first   Philippine  deputy    to 
Cortes. 

1811.  First  newspaper  published  in  Manila. 

1813.  Constitution  of  1812  proclaimed  and  sworn  in  the  Philippines. 

1814.  Great  eruption  of  Mayon  Volcano. 

1814.  Constitution  revoked.     Kevolt  in  Ilocos  Norte. 

1815.  Koyal  decree  suppressing  galleons. 

1815.       Many  Moro  raids;  1000  Filipinos  sold  as  slaves  in  Jol6. 

1816-1822.    Mariano   Fernandez  de   Folgueras   Acting- 
governor    (second  term). 

1819.  Province  of  Ilocos  Norte  established  (decree  of  1818). 

1820.  Cholera  epidemic  in  Manila.     Massacre  of  foreigners  (French, 
English  and  American). 

1823.       Eebellion  of  Novales.     Moro   raids   threaten  extinction  of 
Visayans. 

1825-1830.     Mariano  Eicafort  Governor. 

1827.       Expedition  suppresses  rebellion  in  Bohol  begun  by  Dagohoy 
in  1750. 


XXII  IMPORTANT   DATES 

1829.  Expedition  against  the  Igorrotes.  Battle  at  Trinidad, 
Benguet. 

1830-1835 .    Pascual  Enrile  Governor.     New  maps  and  charts 

of  the  Philippines  made,  and  the  great  north  and  south  high- 
ways of  Luzon  built. 

1837.    End  of  Philippine  representation  in  the  Cortes. 
1836-1841.    Luis  La.rdizabal  Governor. 

1841.       Insurrection  under  Apolinario  de  la  Cruz. 

1844-1849.    Narciso  Claveria  Governor. 

1845.  Jan.  I.  Keformation  of  the  calendar. 

1846.  Province  of  Abra  created.     First  daily  paper, '*  La  Esperanza". 

1848.    First  steamers  in  Philippines,   "Elcano",    "Magal- 

lanes  "  and  "  Keina  Cristhia  ". 
1850-1853.     Antonio  de  Urbistondo  Governor.     Province 

of  La  Union  created  1851.     Conquest  of  Jolo.    Treaty  with 
the  sultan. 
1852.       Opening  of  the  "  Banco  Espanol-Filipino  ". 

1858.  Expedition  to  Cochin-China  in  alliance  with  the  French. 
1500  Tagalogs  participate. 

1859.  Keturn  of  the  Jesuits  to  the  Philippines. 

1863.  Decrtee  allowing  foreigners  to  travel  and  trade  in  the 
provinces.  June  3.  Most  destructive  earthquake  in  history  of 
Manila.    December  20.  Eoyal  decree  on  education. 

1864.  Bilibid  Prison  completed;  its  architect  was  imprisoned  in  it. 
1867.       Sept.  26-7.    Great  flood  in  Abra  Biver;  1800  persons  drowned. 

1869-1871.    Carlos  de  la  Torre  Governor. 

1869.       New  Constitution  sworn  in  Manila.     "  Bed  ribbon  reception". 
1871-1872.    Eafael  de  Izquierdo  Governor. 

1872.  Insurrection  of  Cavite.  Execution  of  Gomez, 
Burgos  and  Zamora. 

1873.  First  telegraph  lines  built  in  Philippines. 

1880-1883.     Fernando  Pri mo  deKivera  Governor. 

1881.  Government  Tobacco  Monopoly  abolished. 

1882.  Cholera  epidemic.    30,000  deaths  in  Province  of  Manila. 


IMPORTANT  DATES  XXIII 

1883.  Forced  labor  tax  reduced  from  forty  days  to  fifteen.  Cedulas- 
personales  established  to  take  place  of  tribute. 

1886.  Appointment  of  eighteen  civil  governors  of  provinces  in  place 
of  alcaldes-mayor. 

1886-1891.    Valeriano  Weyler  Governor. 

1891.       Opening  of  railroad,  Manila  to  Calumpit. 
1892-1896.     Josd  Rizal  exiled  at  Dap i tan. 
1893.    Reforms  in  municipal  councils. 

1893-1896.  Kamon  Blanco  Governor. 
1896.  Tagalog  insurrection  breaks  out. 
1896-1897.    Marquis  de  Polavieja  Governor. 

1896.  Dec.  30.  Execution  of  Jose  Kizal, 
1897-1898.     Primo  de  Eivera  Governor    (second  term). 

1897.  Sept.  19.  Agreement  of  Biac-nu-bato. 

1898.  May  1.  Destruction  of  Spanish  fleet  off  Cavite  by 
Dewey. 

1898.    August  13.  Capture  of  Manila  by  the  Americans. 

1898.  December  10.  Treaty  of  Paris  signed.  Spain  cedes 
Philippines  to  America. 

1901.  July  4 .  William  H.  Taf t  inaugurated  Civil  Governor 
of  the  Philippines. 

1904.  February  1.  Luke  E.  Wright  inaugurated  Gov- 
ernor. 


CHAPTER  I, 


THE  FILIPINO  RACES. 

Eesources  of  the  Philippines.— Nature  has  made  it 
easy  to  live  in  the  Philippine  Islands.  There  is  plenty 
of  rich  land  for  all  who  are  willing  to  cultivate  it.  There 
is  no  month  when  some  fruit  does  not  ripen.  There 
is  no  season  when  one  may  not  sow  or  reap  some  crop. 
Thousands  of  horses  and  cattle  could  feed  on  rich  pastures 
that  now  lie  unused.  The  seas  and  rivers  of  the  Philip- 
pines are  full  of  fish.  There  are  few  lands  where  food  is 
more  easily  obtained. 

Yet  after  all  the  centuries  that  have  passed  since  men 
first  lived  in  these  Islands,  their  people  are  few  and  poor. 
Most  of  its  rich  soil  the  plough  has  never  turned.  The 
wealth  of  its  forests  and  mines  waits  for  a  hand  to  gather 
it.  In  other  lands,  whose  soil  is  stiff  with  frost  half  the 
year,  the  barns  are  filled  with  the  harvest.  In  countries 
where  men  must  hew  their  houses  from  the  rocks  and 
dig  their  fuel  from  the  earth  men  have  built  fair  cities. 
In  the  Philippines  the  towns  are  groups  of  frail  huts,  the 
prey  of  fire  and  storm. 

The  Study  of  History. — There  are  reasons  why  the 
lands  of  the  Filipinos  lie  idle  and  the  people  struggle  with 


2  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

poverty.  The  study  of  history  explains  these  reasons. 
It  makes  clear  to  the  children  of  today  the  meaning  of 
their  country's  past.  It  points  out  the  path  to  he 
followed  in  the  future.  The  history  of  the  PhiHppines 
begins  with  the  st'ady  of  the  first  men  who  made  this  land 
their  home. 
.  The  First  Inhabitants.— The  first  people  who  lived 
in  these  Islands  w^ere  the  Negritos.  These  are  the  little 
black  savages  who  now  dwell  in  the  mountains.  Most 
of  them  are  less  than  five  feet  tall.  They  have  woolly 
hair,  thick  lips  and  broad  noses.  Clad  in  little  or  no 
clothing,  they  wander  from  place  to  place.  A  mat  of 
grass  thrown  over  a  few  poles  makes  them  a  house. 
They  hunt  deer  and  wild  hogs,  catch  birds  and  fish,  and 
raise  mountain  rice. 

Most  of  the  Negritos  live  in  the  mountains  of  Luzon, 
Negros  and  Panay.  They  do  not  love  towns,  churches 
or  any  of  the  ways  of  the  Christian  Fihpinos.  Once  an 
archbishop  of  Manila  reared  a  Negrito  boy,  and  taught 
him  to  read.  He  was  nearly  ready  to  become  a  priest. 
One  day  he  could  not  be  found.  He  had  fled  to  the 
rocks  and  woods  of  his  babyhood  to  live  with  the  birds 
and  the  beasts. 

No  one  knows  when  or  how  the  Negritos  came  here. 
The  traditions  of  the  Filipinos  say  that  when  the  lowland 
tribes  arrived  the  Negritos  were  the  only  dwellers  in  the 
Islands.  At  that  time  they  lived  on  the  plains.  Because 
these  Negritos  refused  to  become  friends  of  the  new 
arrivals,  they  were  driven  to  the  mountains.  When  the 
wilderness  is  cleared  away  and  the  game  gone  from  the 


THE   FILIPINO   BACES  3 

forests,  the  Negritos  will  become  civilized  or  perish. 
Every  race  which  lives  beside  a  v/iser  and  stronger  race 
must  learn  to  live  wisely  and  well,  or  else  it  dies. 

The  First  Malays.— While  the  little  Negritos  were 
still  living  in  the  valleys  and  plains  a  strange  people  came 
to  their  shores.     They  came  sailing  up  from  the  south. 

At  first  the  Negritos  fought  the  strangers.  Then  more 
of  the  boats  and  the  brown  men  came  till  the  timid  blacks 
climbed  into  the  mountains  to  hide  and  hunt. 

The  men  from  the  south  were  Malays.  They  probably 
came  from  Sumatra,  or  the  Malay  Penisula.  These  early 
comei-s  were  not  much  more  civilized  than  the  Negritos. 
Sometimes  they  married  with  these,  and  lived  in  peace. 
There  are  wild  tribes  in  Mindoro  and  Paragua  which  are 
thought  to  be  a  mixture  of  Malays  and  Negritos. 

There  are  many  of  these  half  savage  peoples  in  the 
Philippines.  They  speak  different  dialects.  They  do  not 
dress  the  same.  Their  customs  are  not  all  alike.  Yet  the 
wild  tribes  are  more  like  each  other  than  they  are  like  the 
Christian  tribes.  So  we  think  that  they  came  here  at 
about  the  same  time,  and  we  call  them  the  First  Malays. 

The  Igorrotes — The  First  Malays  did  not  all  arrive 
at  the  same  time.  They  were  like  the  waves  of  the  sea, 
alike,  but  coming  one  after  the  other.  '  Among  the 
strongest  and  most  numerous  of  these  tribes  were  the 
Igorrotes.  Nearly  all  of  these  hve  today  in  the  mountains 
of  Northern  Luzon.  Most  of  them  dwell  in  houses  built 
of  boards  cut  from  the  great  pine  trees.  They  cultivate 
their  fields  carefully,  bringing  the  water  in  long  canals 
from   the   mountains.     The   men   are  strong   and    well 


4  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

shaped.  They  carry  heavy  loads  on  their  backs  all  day 
over  the  mountains.     They  have  many  savage  customs. 

Head  Hunting. — An  old  custom  of  the  Igorrotes  is 
to  cut  off  the  heads  of  their  enemies.  They  do  this  not 
only  in  war  but  also  at  other  times.  When  one  of  their 
number  falls  ill,  or  dies,  they  sometimes  slay  the  first 
wayfarer  from  a  strange  town.  They  believe  that  the 
strength  of  the  murdered  person  pisses  into  the  body  of 
the  sick.  They  think  also  that  the  death  of  the  stranger 
pleases  the  spirit  of  their  dead  companion.  This  custom 
of  the  Igorrotes  is  dying  out  under  the  strong  rule  of 
America.  In  the  old  days  it  was  very  common  among 
all  the  wild  tribes.  The  people  of  the  coast  feared  the 
savage  mountaineers.  They  paid  them  rice  every  year, 
as  a  tribute,  that  they  might  not  be  attacked. 

The  Place  of  Woman.— Woman  has  a  very  low 
place  among  these  wild  tribes.  She  does  most  of  the 
hard  work  in  the  fields.  Her  lot  is  sad  and  humble 
compared  with  that  of  woman  among  the  Christian 
FiHpinos.  She  is  often  sold  in  marriage  for  a  few  pesos. 
She  lives  like  the  cattle,  and  serves  her  husband  like  a 
slave. 

The  Cultured  Malays.— After  the  First  Malays  had 
driven  the  Negritos  from  their  homes,  other  Malay  tribes 
came  sailing  up  from  the  south,  and  drove  the  first 
conquerors  from  the  homes  they  had  made.  These  last 
tribes  were  more  civilized  than  the  ones  who  came  before. 
They  had  better  weapons  and  clothes.  Some  of  them 
had  a  new  and  better  religion.  We  therefore  call  these 
tribes  the  Cultured  Malays.     Today  they  are  composed  of 


THE  FILIPINO  EACES  5 

seven  Christian  tribes,  and  the  Moros.  The  Christians 
are  the  Visayans,  Tagalogs,  Ilocanos,  Bicols,  Pampangans, 
Pangasinans  and  Cagayans.  The  Gaddanes,  who  Hve  in 
the  province  of  Isabela,  also  have  recently  become  Chris- 
tians. 

The  seven  great  Christian  tribes  have  always  been  the 
enemies  of  the  wild  tribes  They  are  the  peoples  to  whom 
most  of  the  history  of  the  Philippines  relates.  We  shall 
learn  from  the  pens  of  those  who  saw  them  four  hundred 
years  ago  what  they  were  like  when  the  Spaniards  first 
reached  these  Islands. 

The  Moros. — In  Mindanao,  Paragua,  and  the  Jolo 
Archipelago  live  many  tribes  of  Filipinos  whom  the  Span- 
iards called  Moros.  The  religion  of  these  natives  is 
Mahometanism.  The  Mahometans  whom  the  Spaniards 
knew  in  Europe  were  called  by  this  name.  So  when 
Magellan  found  that  some  Filipinos  had  this  same  religion 
he  called  them  Moros. 

The  Religion  of  Mahomet. — Mahomet  lived  in  Ara- 
bia in  the  sixth  century  after  the  birth  of  Christ.  He 
said  there  was  but  one  God,  and  that  he  was  the  prophet 
of  that  God.  Mecca  was  and  is  the  holy  city  of  Mahomet- 
anism. Some  of  the  Moros  go  there  to  worship.  Such 
a  journey  is  called  a  pilgrimage.  Mahomet  wrote  a  book 
called  the  Koran.     This  is  the  Bible  of  the  Moros. 

About  six  hundred  years  ago  the  priests  of  Mahomet 
came  to  the  Malay  Peninsula.  Next  they  taught  their 
religion  in  the  islands  of  Malaysia.  About  the  fifteenth 
century  they  reached  the  Philippines.  Many  Filipinos 
accepted  the  new  religion.     When  the  Spaniards  arrived 


6  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

the  Moros  were  teaching  this  religion  in  Miiidoro  and 
Luzon.  Manila  was  ruled  by  Mahometan  chiefs  who 
had  come  from  Borneo  a  few  years  before. 

Character  of  the  Moros.— The  Moros  were  sea  trad- 
ers and  pirates.  They  went  from  one  island  to  another 
of  the  Philippines  trading  goods  and  slaves.  They  were 
the  most  warhke  of  the  Filipinos.  In  their  swift  boats 
they  visited  the  shores  of  the  Visayan  Islands  and  Luzon. 
They  burned  the  towns,  robbed  and  killed  the  inhabitants, 
and  carried  many  into  slavery.  The  Spaniards  never  could 
make  Christians  of  them,  or  entirely  conquer  them. 

Summary. — Such  were  the  races  that  settled  the 
Philippines.  Four  hundred  years  ago  they  numbered  only 
about  half  a  million  persons.  Their  languages,  religions 
and  customs  were  learned  in  hundreds  of  different  islands 
and  coasts  of  the  southern  seas  and  the  Continent  of  Asia. 
They  were  like  flocks  of  wild  birds  of  different  colors 
and  plumage,  driven  by  the  storm  upon  a  strange  shore. 
From  Luzon  to  the  north  it  is  a  long  sail  to  new  lands, 
but  to  the  south  one  can  see  from  island  to  island  for 
hundreds  of  miles  Driven  from  home  by  war,  by  desire 
for  adventure,  by  hope  of  gain,  or  by  a  chance  wind, 
these  races  drifted  for  centuries  to  the  Philippines.  It 
is  easy  to  see  that  they  were  not  a  nation,  but  the  wander- 
ing fragments  of  many  different  tribes. 

Questions  and  Topies. 

1.  AVliy  is  it  easy  to  live  in  the  Philippines  ? 

2.  Why  are  there  sometimes  famines  in  the  Philippines  ? 

3.  Why  is  it  hard  to  live  in  some  countries  ? 


THEf  FILIPINO  EACES  7 

4.  What  two  things  does  Philippiue  History  teach  ? 

5.  Who  are  the  Negritos  ? 

6.  Describe  the  habits  of  the  Negritos  ? 

7.  What  must  happen  to  the  Negritos  in  the  future? 

8.  Who  drove  the  Negritos  from  their  homes  ? 

9.  What  is  the  largest  tribe  of  the  First  Malays  ? 

10.  Where  and  how  do  the  Igorrotes  live? 

11.  Why  did  the  wild  tribes  hunt  heads? 

12.  Place  of  Woman  among  the  wild  tribes. 

13.  Name  the  tribes  of  cultured  Malays. 

14.  Two  differences   between   the   First   Malays    and    the 

Cultured  Malays. 

15.  Why  are  some  Filipinos  called  Moros  ? 

16.  Name  the  holy  city  and  holy  book  of  the  Mahometans. 

17.  What  is  the  chief  teaching  of  Mahomet  ? 

18.  How  did  the  Moros  live? 

19.  Two  things  the  Spaniards  could  not  do  with  the  Moros. 

20.  Why  were  the  ancient  Filipinos  not  a  nation  ? 


8  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  II. 


LAWS  AND  CUSTOMS  OF  THE  ANCIENT 
FILIPINOS. 

Village  Government.— Among  the  ancient  Filipinos 
the  village  was  the  unit  of  government.  There  was  no 
king  over  all  the  people.  There  was  not  even  a  chief  for 
each  tribe.  Each  little  town  was  a  kingdom  in  itself. 
The  population  was  divided  into  many  hostile  groups. 
Each  village  chose  its  own  ruler.  We  shall  see  why  this 
kept  the  Filipinos  from  becoming  numerous  and  rich. 

Life  in  Ancient  Times. — The  people  of  these  little 
villages  did  not  respect  or  obey  any  other  chief  than  their 
own  headman.  Men  were  born,  lived  and  died  in  the 
same  village  without  ever  visiting  the  people  who  lived  on 
the  other  side  of  the  hill.  Sometimes  they  could  not 
understand  the  language  of  members  of  their  own  tribe  a 
few  miles  distant.  This  is  so  today  among  some  moun- 
tain tribes.  There  were  no  roads,  and  travelling  was 
dangerous.  When  men  went  to  the  fields  to  plant  or 
reap  they  carried  the  bow  and  spear  with  them.  Thus 
they  grew  up  in  ignorance  of  the  great  world.  They 
cared  nothing  for  the  sorrows  or  joys  of  any  but  their  own 
townspeople.  They  married  their  near  relatives,  and  so 
became  weak  in  body  and  mind. 

War  and  Robbery.— The  Filipinos  of  these  times  were 
constantly  at  war.     Eobbery  and  murder  were  common. 


LAWS  AND   CUSTOMS  9 

It  was  not  thought  wrong  to  attack  a  neighboring  village 
and  steal  and  kill.  If  a  person  was  killed  by  some  one 
from  another  village,  his  friends  and  townspeople  attacked 
that  village.  For  these  reasons  the  population  was  kept 
from  increasing  fast.  In  time  of  famine  or  pestilence  one 
town  would  not  assist  another.  Commerce  was  difficult 
when  each  man  feared  his  neighbor.  In  a  such  a  state 
of  society  no  people  could  become  great  or  happy. 

The  Headmen — ^There  were  three  classes  of  society: 
the  headmen,  the  freemen  and  the  slaves. 

The  headman  obtained  his  position  because  he  was  the 
best  fighter,  or  the  richest  man,  or  because  his  father  was 
headman.  Every  one  must  obey  the  headman.  He  was 
paid  a  tribute  of  rice  from  all  except  his  relatives  and  the 
most  powerful  of  the  freemen.  It  was  his  duty  to  act  as 
judge  in  disputes  between  the  members  of  his  village.  A 
council  of  old  men  advised  him.  They  decided  what 
punishment  must  be  given  to  evildoers.  The  headman 
also  led  his  people  to  war. 

In  later  days  these  headmen  were  called  cahezas  de 
harmigay.  Barangay  foiTaerly  meant  a  boat.  Now  it 
means  the  group  of  people  that  live  in  a  small  village. 
Perhaps  the  people  that  came  in  the  same  boat  settled  in 
one  village  with  their  captain  as  headman. 

The  Freemen.— The  freemen,  called  among  the  Taga- 
logs  timauas  or  maharlica,  were  subject  to  the  headman, 
but  were  not  slaves.  Usually  they  did  not  pay  tribute, 
but  the  headman  could  ask  their  help  in  time  of  need, 
such  as  house  building,  or  harvest.  They  could  have 
their  own  land  and  houses,  and  possess  slaves. 


10  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Slaves. — Slaves  were  of  two  classes.  The  first,  called 
by  the  Tagalogs  aliping  namamahay ,  were  only  partly 
slaves  They  usually  planted  land  which  their  master 
rented  to  them,  and  did  not  live  in  his  house.  These 
people  owed  debts  of  service  to  their  masters.  They  had 
to  work  without  pay  at  seed  time,  harvest,  house  or  boat 
building,  in  fact  whenever  their  owners  called  on  them. 
If  they  had  children,  these  children  became  slaves. 

The  second  class  of  slaves,  called  siguiguiliri,  lived  in 
their  master's  house  and  served  him  without  pay.  These 
persons  were  absolute  slaves.  Their  master  could  kill 
them  for  any  offence. 

Yet  slaves  were  not  treated  so  harshly  among  the  Fili- 
pinos as  in  some  countries.  Sometimes  they  did  so  little 
work  that  their  masters  found  it  hard  to  get  food  for 
them.  Favorite  slaves  were  treated  like  members  of  tlie 
family. 

Causes  of  Enslavement, — Slaves  were  made  such 
by  birth,  captivity,  adoption,  on  account  of  debt,  as  a 
punishment,  and  for  other  reasons. 

Captivity  was  the  chief  of  these  causes.  When  a  hos- 
tile village  was  captured,  those  who  were  not  killed  in 
battle  were  offered  in  sacrifice  to  the  gods,  held  for  a 
ransom,  or  enslaved.  Children  and  the  aged  were  usually 
sacrificed  or  held  for  ransom.  The  young  and  strong 
were  kept  as  slaves.  Members  of  the  same  tribe  enslaved 
each  other  in  these  village  wars. 

Many  fell  into  slavery  through  debt.  So  small  a  debt 
as  five  pesos  caused  enslavement  for  life.  Children  sold 
themselves  into  slavery  to  pay  the  debts  of  their  parents. 


LAWS  AND   CUSTOMS  11 

Evil  as  this  practice  was,  it  shows  us  how  faithful  the 
Filipinos  were  in  guarding  the  honor  of  their  parents. 

A  very  small  offence  against  a  headman  or  freeman 
was  punished  by  enslavement.  For  passing  under  the 
house  of  a  headman,  crossing  his  fields,  breaking  a  tool  or 
dish,  letting  dust  fall  on  him  when  he  passed  under  a 
house,  people  were  made  slaves  for  hfe.  When  a  man 
committed  a  great  crime,  his  relatives  were  also  enslaved. 
All  these  practices  made  the  hearts  of  the  people  very 
hard  and  cruel. 

Semi-Slavery.— An  only  child,  one  of  whose  parents 
was  free,  the  other  a  slave,  became  a  half  slave.  Such  a 
slave  must  work  for  his  master  every  other  month. 
When  there  was  more  than  one  child,  the  first  was  free 
if  his  father  was  free,  the  second  became  a  slave,  and  so 
on.  If  the  number  of  children  was  uneven,  the  last  be- 
canie  a  half  slave,  A  child  who  was  born  free  of  such 
parents  sometimes  had  his  own  parent  as  slave. 

The  Slave  Trafi&c. — Slaves  were  the  measure  of  a 
man's  wealth.  A  rich  man  was  a  man  who  had  many 
slaves.  Some  chiefs  had  hundreds  of  slaves.  They 
were  an  article  of  merchandise.  Men  hunted  them 
as  they  did  wild  beasts,  then  sold  them  as  they 
would  cattle. 

The  principal  slave  market  was  at  Butuan,  Mindanao. 
Slaves  were  brought  there  from  Borneo  and  the  Spice 
Islands,  to  be  sold  for  old  dust,  wax  and  honey.  In  1573 
a  slave  was  sold  for  as  little  as  fifty  reals  at  Manila.  The 
trading  boats  from  Luzon  came  to  Butuan  and  bought 
slaves.    The  Moros  sold  their  captured  slaves  at  this  place. 


12  HISTOET  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

Sometimes  boat  loads  of  slaves-  were  brought  to  Manila 
to  be  sold.  They  came  from  the  Malay  Peninsula,  and 
even  from  China  and  Japan.  Many  times  the  Filipino 
slaveholders  married  their  slaves.  For  this  reason  the 
blood  of  many  races  flows  in  the  veins  of  the  Filipinos. 

Crimes  and  Their  Punishment. —Killing  newly 
born  babes  was  very  common,  especially  among  the  Visa- 
yans.  It  was  not  punished  by  law  because  it  was  thought 
the  parent  had  the  right  to  kill  his  child.  People  did  not 
then  clearly  understand  that  the  State  has  rights  in  the 
child  as  well  as  its  parents. 

Slander  was  considered  a  great  crime,  especially  against 
the  rich,  old  people  and  women.  Lying,  gluttony,  and 
drunkenness  were  not  thought  to  be  bad  faults. 

Kinds  of  Punishment.— Crimes  were  punished  by 
fines,  enslavement  or  death.  There  were  no  prisons,  as 
now,  where  men  were  shut  up  and  made  to  work.  If 
the  punishment  was  the  loss  of  liberty,  the  criminal  be- 
came the  slave  of  the  person  he  had  wronged  or  of  the 
headman.  Theft  and  robbery  were  usually  punished  by 
enslavement ;  in  serious  cases  by  death. 

Discovery  of  a  Thief.— When  it  was  desired  to  find 
out  who  had  stolen  something,  the  suspected  thief  was 
given  a  piece  of  cloth  or  a  large  leaf.  If  he  returned  the 
stolen  object  wrapped  in  this  covering  he  was  pardoned. 
If  the  object  was  not  returned,  the  suspected  persons  were 
put  under  water  and  the  one  who  came  to  the  sm^face 
first  was  considered  guilty.  Tliere  were  other  tests  like 
these.     The  different  tribes  had  different  customs. 

Dress  and  Ornaments.— Legazpi  said,  in  1565,  of 


LAWS   AND   CUSTOMS  13 

the  people  of  Cibabao,  one  of  the  Visayas,  *'  These  people 
wear  clothes  but  they  go  barefooted.     Their  dress  is  made 

of  cotton,  or  of  a  Idnd  of  grass  like  raw  silk The 

people  wear  gold  earrings,  bracelets  and  necklets.  Wher- 
ever we  went  we  found  a  great  show  of  these  things." 

The  natives  of  Luzon  wore  a  blue  or  black  spotted 
jacket.  The  head,  legs  and  feet  were  bare.  A  narrow 
strip  of  cloth  was  bound  about  the  head.  The  chiefs 
wore  a  red  jacket.  Necklaces  of  gold,  heavy  gold  brace- 
lets, set  with  precious  stones,  and  anklets  made  of  strings 
of  agates  were  worn  by  the  rich. 

Tattooing. — The  Visayans  and  the  inhabitants  of  Al- 
bay  and  Camarines  practiced  tattooing,  that  is,  they  mark- 
ed pictures  in  their  skin  with  blue  ink.  Frequently  they 
blackened  their  teeth.  Often  they  made  holes  in  them 
and  filled  these  holes  with  gold.  Slaves  were  not  allowed 
to  tattoo  themselves. 

Weapons.— Legazpi  said:  "The  weapons  generally 
used  in  the  Filipinas  are  swords  and  daggers ;  lances  with 
iron  points,  one  and  one  half  palms  in  length  ;  and  a  few 
bows  and  arrows.  Whenever  the  natives  leave  their 
houses,  even  if  it  is  only  to  go  to  the  house  of  a  neighbor, 
they  carry  these  weapons ;  for  they  are  always  watchful 
and  distrustful  of  one  another."  Besides  the  weapons 
mentioned  by  Legazpi,  the  blow  gun  and  thro  wing-sticks 
were  used.  Among  the  Tagalogs  and  Moros  a  few  fire 
arms  and  small  cannon  were  in  use  at  the  arrival  of  the 
Spaniards.  Legazpi  says  the  natives  obtained  these  from 
the  Chinese, 

For  defensive  weapons  the  Filipinos  used  thick  cover- 


14  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

ings  of  cotton,  reaching  to  the  feet,  corselets  of  wood  or 
buffalo  hide,  long  wooden  shields  and  leather  helmets. 

Commerce. — The  Filipinos  of  the  sixteenth  century 
traded  mainly  with  Borneo,  Japan  and  China.  From 
Nagasaki,  in  Japan,  came  silks,  cotton,  and  iron  utensils. 
No  money  was  in  use,  but  gold  dust  was  often  used  in 
exchange  for  goods.  The  natives  carried  little  scales  to 
weigh  out  this  gold. 

Legazpi  in  a  letter  to  Philip  II  said  :  "  Further  north 
than  our  settlement  are  some  large  islands  called  Luzon 
and  Vindoro  where  the  Chinese  and  Japanese  come  every 
year  to  trade.  They  bring  silks,  woolens,  bells,  porcelains, 
perfumes,  iron,  tin,  colored  cotton  cloths,  and  other 
small  wares.  In  return  they  take  away  gold  and  wax. 
The  people  of  these  two  islands  are  Moros,  and  having 
bought  what  the  Chinese  and  Japanese  bring,  they 
trade  these  same  goods  throughout  this  archipelago  of 
islands." 

Writing. — The  principal  Filipino  tribes  had  written 
alphabets,  but  no  books.  They  wrote  from  the  top  of 
the  page  to  the  bottom  in  columns,  and  from  the  right 
to  the  left  side  of  the  page.  There  were  seventeen  letters 
in  their  alphabet.  It  is  said  that  many  of  the  people 
knew  how  to  write.  Their  records  were  very  simple. 
They  kept  accounts  of  the  number  of  their  animals,  and 
of  other  business  matters. 

The  natives  used  a  sharp  point  of  iron  or  wood  with 
which  they  wrote  on  banana  leaves  or  bamboo  joints. 
With  such  frail  paper,  and  houses  which  burned  so  easily, 
it  is  not  strange  that  no  old  Filipino  books  have  been 


LAWS  AND  CUSTOMS  15 

preserved.  The  Moros  have  old  family  records  that  tell 
the  names  of  their  ances'tors  for  a  few  generations  past. 

Education  and  Civilization. — From  a  study  of  the 
languages  of  the  FiHpinos  we  may  believe  that  they  came 
from  a  people  that  long  ago  lived  in  central  Asia.  This 
ancient  people  had  a  better  civilization  than  their  Malay 
descendants  who  came  to  these  Islands.  The  simple 
natives  whom  the  Spaniards  found  here  knew  nothing  of 
their  past  but  a  few  traditions  which  were  passed  from 
parent  to  child  by  speech.  In  their  wanderings  from 
island  to  island  they  had  forgotten  the  past.  They  had 
not  been  here  long  enough  to  build  up  a  good  civiliza- 
tion. They  were  pioneers,  fighting  battles  with  many 
enemies.  Without  books,  roads,  temples,  or  fine  houses ; 
cursed  with  war  and  slavery ;  they  were  not  what  we  now 
call  a  civilized  people.  But  if  the  early  Filipinos  were  far 
behind  China,  Japan  India  and  Europe,  they  have  since 
shown  themselves  willing  to  learn.  The  ancestors  of  all 
the  great  nations  of  today  were  once  ignorant  savages. 
It  is  no  more  disgrace  for  a  people  to  be  young  than  it 
is  for  a  child  to  be  young.  The  Filipinos  need  not  be 
ashamed  that  their  ancestors  four  hundred  years  ago  were 
not  highly  civilized.  The  real  glory  of  any  people  is  not 
in  its  past,  but  in  the  use  it  makes  of  the  present. 

Amusements. — The  amusements  of  the  ancient  Filipi- 
nos were  few  and  simple.  They  were  fond  of  music, 
singing  and  dancing.  Their  instruments  were  very 
simple,  and  their  dances  such  as  those  of  the  wild 
tribes  today.  They  were  fond  of  feasting  and  of  wine. 
Cock-fighting  was  seen  in  Paragua  by  Magellan's  expedi- 


16  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

tion.     Some  of  their  amusements  were  such  as  we  would 
not  think  right  today. 

Marriage  Customs. — Marriages  were  arranged  as  the 
parents  wished.  The  children  were  promised  in  marriage 
at  an  early  age ;  sometimes  before  they  were  born.  This 
custom  still  exists  among  the  wild  tribes. 

Marriage  was  not  a  matter  of  love,  but  of  purchase.^ 
The  bridegroom  paid  the  parents  of  the  bride  a  price  in 
slaves,  jewelry,  furniture,  land  or  whatever  else  he  had. 
The  mother  of  the  bride  received  a  part  of  this,  called  by 
the  Tagalogs  higaysusu.  The  other  part  was  to  pay  the 
expenses  of  the  wedding  celebration,  and  to  provide  for 
the  rearing  of  a  family.     This  was  called  the  higaycaya. 

The  bridegroom  was  also  required  to  work  for  the  pa- 
rents of  the  bride  during  several  years  after  marriage. 
He  must  assist  them  at  seed  time  and  harvest,  and  on 
other  occasions.  Many  laws  were  made  by  the  Spaniards 
to  stop  this  practice,  but  it  lasted  long  after  they  came. 
The  Filipinos  of  that  day  wanted  their  children  to  be  girls 
because  of  the  goods  and  labor  for  which  they  could  sell 
them. 

The  Marriage  Ceremony. — The  ceremony  of  mar- 
riage was  begun  by  killing  a  pig.  This  was  done  by 
a  priestess.  She  then  blessed  the  bridal  couple.  Old 
women  fed  them  from  the  same  plate.  Mter  this  follow- 
ed a  great  feast.  At  this  feast  they  ate  and  drank  for 
many  hours. 

In  return  for  the  payment  he  made  and  the  labor  he 
gave  for  his  wife  the  man  made  the  woman  work  like  a 
slave. 


LAWS  AND   CUSTOMS  17 

Conclusion. — The  ancient  Filipino  knew  how  to  gov- 
ern a  village,  but  not  a  tribe  or  a  nation.  The  Christian 
Filipinos  of  today  were  not  savages  four  hundred  years 
ago.  Many  of  their  laws  were  just  and  wise.  They  had 
learned  the  first  lesson  of  government,  but  only  the  first. 
No  people  can  become  great  who  depend  upon  the  labor 
of  slaves.  The  great  nations  of  the  world  have  become 
great  because  their  citizens  built  their  fortunes  by  their 
own  industry  and  intelligence.  They  did  not  despise  labor. 
In  Midanao  and  Jolo  the  Moros  lived  by  piracy  and 
slavery  throughout  the  period  of  Spanish  rule.  But  their 
country  has  not  become  fruitful  and  rich  like  Luzon  and 
the  Visayas  where  slavery  was  stopped.  The  ancient 
Filipino  was  not  in  the  path  of  progress  four  hundred 
years  ago.  The  Igorrote,  left  almost  alone  in  his  moun- 
tains by  the  Spaniard,  is  very  little  different  from  what  he 
was  centuries  ago.  The  ancient  civilization  of  the  Tagalog 
and  the  Visayan  was  not  much  different  from  that  of  the 
Moro  and  Igorrote  now.  Had  no  people  come  from 
Europe  or  Asia  with  new  light  for  the  Philippines,  the 
Islands  would  be  far  less  prosperous  and  happy  than 
they  now  are. 

Religion, — To  understand  the  Filipino  forefathers  we 
must  not  only  know  about  their  wars  and  laws,  their 
dress  and  commerce.  The  most  important  fact  about 
any  people  is  its  religion.  The  religion  of  a  people  tells 
us  what  they  value  most,  and  how  well  they  can  thinlc. 
So  we  shall  next  study  the  ancient  religion  of  the  Filipinos. 


18  HISTOBY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

Question  and  Topics. 

1.  "What  kind  of  rulers  did  the  Filipinos  have? 

2.  What  was  a  baraugay  ? 

3.  AVhy  was  there  little  travelling? 

4.  Why  did  not  the  population  increase  fast  ? 

5.  Name  the  three  classes  of  Society. 

6.  In  what  parts  of  the  Philippines  may  these  three  classes- 

still  be  found  ? 

7.  Why  was  village  government  bad  for  commerce?* 

8.  Name  three  ways  in  which  a  man  could  become  chief. 

9.  What  were  the  duties  of  the  headman  ? 

10.  How  were  slaves  obtained  ? 

11.  From  what  countries  were  slaves  brought? 

12.  Where  was  the  principal  slave  market? 

13.  What  was  done  with  the  people  of  a  captured  village? 

14.  In  what  way  did  Filipino  children  protect  the  honor  of 

their  parents  ? 

15.  What  effect  did  slavery  have  on  the  Filipinos  ? 

16.  Describe  a  common  crime  among  the  ancient  Visayans. 

17.  Why  was  slander  considered  a  great  crime  against  the 

aged? 

18.  What  may  we  learn  from  the  ornaments  used  ? 

19.  Is  tattooing  practiced  in  the  Philippines  now? 

20.  How  were  Chinese  goods  distributed  through  the  Philip- 

pines ? 

21.  Why  did  the  ancient  Filipinos  not  have  a  better  civiliza- 

tion ? 

22.  What  is  the  foundation  of  the  progress  of  the  great 

nations  ? 


EELIGION  19 


CHAPTER   III. 


THE  RELIGION  OF  THE  ANCIENT 
FILIPINOS. 

Religious  Chants.— The  Filipinos  of  the  sixteenth 
century  had  no  sacred  book  like  the  Bible  or  the  Koran. 
The  parents  told  the  story  of  the  gods  to  their  children. 
Many  of  their  songs  were  religious  chants.  These  songs 
told  of  the  birth,  relationships  and  great  deeds  of  their 
gods.  They  sang  these  chants  while  rowing  boats,  at 
feasts,  funerals,  and  while  working  in  the  fields. 

There  were  no  regular  fornLS  of  prayer  used  by  all  a- 
like.  They  had  no  regular  day  and  hour  for  worship. 
There  was  not  in  all  the  Islands  a  church  or  temple. 
Sometimes  they  built  huts  where  some  one  of  their  many 
gods  was  worshipped.  Usually  they  prayed  under  the 
open  sky. 

The  Great  God.— The  Filipinos  believed  that  there 
was  one  great  God  over  nnany  lesser  gods.  This  great 
God  was  called  Bathala  by  the  Tagalogs,  Lahon  by  the 
Visayans,  and  Kahtmian  by  the  Ilocanos  and  the  Igor- 
rotes.  Some  writers  say  that  the  rainbow  was  thought 
to  be  the  home  of  this  god.  It  was  considered  a  sin  to 
point  at  the  rainbow.  Most  of  the  Filipinos  did  not  know 
who  or  where  this  great  god  was.  Some  thought  that 
those  who  were  killed  by  lightning  or  the  swc»rd  travelled 
to  Bathala  by  the  path  of  the  rainbow. 


20  HISTOEY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

The  Worship  of  Anitos.— Most  of  the  prayers  of  the 
Filipinos  were  offered  to  the  lesser  gods.  They  believed 
that  when  anyone  died  his  soul  entered  into  some  object, 
such  as  a  tree,  rock  or  river.  Certain  birds  and  other 
animals,  especially  the  alligator,  were  thought  to  be  the 
home  of  the  departed  spirit.  These  spirits  of  their  dead 
ancestors  were  called  anitos,  or  nonos,  by  the  Tagalogs, 
diuata  by  the  Visayans,  and  by  other  names. 

Household  Gods. — The  anitos  of  a  family  were  often 
represented  by  little  idols  made  of  wood  or  metal  to  show 
the  dead  parent  in  his  new  form.  Thus  they  would  set 
the  tooth  of  an  alligator  in  gold,  and  crown  it  with  a  head 
of  gold.  This  showed  that  the  anito  was  living  in  the 
body  of  an  alligator.  These  family  anitos  were  their 
household  gods.  The  ancient  Filipinos  were  not  true 
idolaters,  like  the  Negroes  of  Africa  who  worship  sticks 
and  stones.  The  Filipino  religion  was  the  dying  memory 
of  a  better  faith  that  the  Malays  had  before  they  reached 
these  Islands. 

Nature  Spirits.— The  anitos  of  the  trees,  the  rocks 
and  the  fields  were  not  represented  by  idols.  Many  of 
these  were  not  the  spirits  of  ancestors,  but  nature  spirits. 
There  was  nothing  which  might  not  be  worshipped  as  an 
anito.  Useful  objects,  such  as  salt,  rice,  gold,  silver,  any- 
thing in  fact  that  interested  the  ancient  Filipino,  might 
seem  to  him  the  home  or  sign  of  a  god. 

"Wherever  the  Filipino  turned,  the  gods  wei'e  with  him. 
Nine  hundred  gods  and  superstitious  beliefs  of  the  early 
Filipinos  have  been  counted. 

Prayers. — ^Though  the  Filipinos  had  no  true  religion 


BELIGION  21 

they  were  full  of  fears  and  hopes  about  the  unseen  gods. 
They  asked  the  help  of  the  anitos  in  various  undertakings. 
From  the  anito  they  sought  freedom  from  famine,  sick- 
ness and  other  evils.  Before  doing  the  following  acts  they 
asked  permission  of  the  anitos,  clasping  their  hands  and 
bowing  while  they  prayed :  picking  a  fruit  or  a  flower, 
passing  by  or  cutting  down  a  big  tree,  crossing  a  gully, 
river  or  plowed  field. 

Good  and  Bad  Anitos. — Some  anitos  were  believed 
to  be  good  and  friendly ;  others  evil.  Most  of  the 
Filipinos  did  not  think  that  the  anitos  protected  them 
because  they  were  good  men  and  women,  but  because 
they  gave  the  anitos  offerings  of  food  and  human 
sacrifices.  The  tribes  on  the  coast  thought  that  the  evil 
anitos  were  the  spirits  of  their  Negrito  enemies,  and  the 
good  anitos  the  spirits  of  their  Malay  ancestors  who  drove 
the  Negritos  to  the  mountains. 

Heaven. — The  ancient  Filipinos  believed  in  a  life  after 
death.  Some  thought  that  at  death  the  soul  crossed  a 
river  or  lake  in  a  boat  rowed  by  an  aged  ferryman. 
Then  the  soul  dwelt  in  flowery  fields,  eating,  drinking  and 
idling  till  it  returned  to  earth.  It  was  believed  that  the 
brave,  the  just  and  the  good  entered  heaven  and  the  bad 
a  place  of  punishment. 

In  some  islands  it  was  thought  that  no  woman  could 
enter  heaven  who  had  not  had  a  husband  or  lover. 
When  women  died  their  hands  were  painted  black  to 
make  sure  of  their  passage  across  the  river  of  death. 

The  Soul. — They  fancied  that  the  soul  was  easily 
separated  from  the  body  and  lost  during  sleep,  or  while 


22  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

one  was  walking  in  the  woods.  If  a  man  became  insane, 
it  was  believed  that  his  soul  had  strayed.  Friends  took 
the  insane  person  to  the  place  where  his  reason  had  left 
him.  There  cries  were  made  to  the  soul  calling  it  back 
to  the  body. 

Priests  and  Priestesses.— More  women  acted  as 
ministers  of  religion  than  men.  They  were  usually  old, 
and  said  that  they  were  led  by  the  anitos.  These  old 
women  directed  the  ceremonies  at  marriages  and  funerals. 
They  tried  to  cure  the  sick.  At  the  religious  feasts  they 
offered  the  prayers  over  the  sacrifices.  Some  of  them 
gained  wealth,  but  they  were  not  beloved  by  the  people. 
There  were  about  twelve  kinds  of  priests  and  priestesses 
among  the  Tagalogs.  The  most  important  was  called 
the  sonat.  Only  people  of  importance  could  be  sonat. 
They  claimed  the  power  to  forgive  sins,  or  to  condemn 
people.  They  could  also  appoint  other  priests.  The 
poor  usually  could  not  get  their  services. 

Conclusion, — Thus  there  were  many  priests  speaking 
for  many  gods.  They  were  not  like  the  priests  of  the 
Christian  religion,  who  believe  and  teach  the  same  things. 
The  ancient  Filipino  priests  were  like  the  headmen, 
divided  against  themselves.  Anyone  who  could  persuade 
the  ignorant  that  he  had  the  favor  of  some  strong  anito 
could  become  a  priest.  Just  as  there  was  no  one  govern- 
ment for  all  islands,  so  there  was  no  united  body  of 
priests.  The  priests  were  like  an  army  without  leaders. 
This  is  one  reason  why  Mahometanism  and  Christianity 
made  such  easy  and  rapid  progress  in  the  Philippines. 


RELIGION  23 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  How  were  the  religious  ideas  of  the  ancient  Filipinos 

preserved  ? 

2.  Why  do  you  think  they  had  no  churches  ? 

3.  In  what  objects  did  they  think  their  ancestors  lived  ? 

4.  Difference  between  an  ancestral  spirit  and  a  nature  spirit. 

5.  Why  did  they  offer  food  to  the  anitos  ? 

6.  What  does  their  idea  of  heaven  show  about  their  idea  of 

happiness  ? 

7.  How  were  priests  appointed  ? 

8.  Was  the  ancient  religion  a  source  of  joy  and  peace? 

9.  Why  did  they  give  up  the  old  religion  so  quickly  ? 

10,  Do  many  Filipinos  still  believe  in  anitos? 

11.  Have  you  ever  seen  a  religious  feast  of  a  wild  tribe  ? 


24  HISTORY   OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  lY, 


THE  DISCOVERY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

European  Trade  with  the  East. — Before  the  year 
1500  the  people  of  Europe  brought  goods  from  the  East 
across  Asia  by  caravans.  The  silks,  spices,  gems  and 
other  luxuries  of  India  and  China  were  carried  on  the 
backs  of  camels  to  the  Black  and  the  Mediterranean  seas. 
There  they  were  put  in  ships  and  sent  to  Venice  and 
Genoa.  This  was  a  long,  dangerous  and  expensive  route. 
In  the  fifteenth  century  the  Turks  captured  Con- 
stantinople. They  were  the  enemies  of  the  Christians  of 
Europe,  and  they  would  no  longer  allow  this  traffic 
between  the  east  and  the  west.  So  it  was  now  necessary 
to  find  another  route  to  the  east.  The  search  for  this 
route  led  to  the  discovery  of  the  Philippines. 

A  Sea  Route  from  Europe  to  India.  —The  Portuguese 
were  the  best  sailors  in  those  days.  Under  the  protection 
of  the  brave  and  wise  "  Prince  Henry  the  Navigator  ", 
they  made  voyage  after  voyage  down  the  west  coast  of 
Africa.  At  that  time  people  thought  that  the  ocean 
toward  the  south  grew  hotter  and  hotter  till  the  water 
boiled .  It  was  a  great  surprise  to  them  to  find  that  south 
of  the  equator  the  water  began  to  grow  cooler.  Finally 
Vasco  da  Gama  reached  India  by  sea  in  1498.  Albu- 
querque conquered  Malacca  in  1511.  He  saw  there  two 
large  boats  from  Luzon,  but  he  did  not  know  where  that 


DISCOVERT  25 

island  was.  The  next  year  the  Portuguese  discovered  the 
Moluccas,  or  Spice  Islands.  From  these  islands  came  the 
pepper,  cinnamon,  cloves  and  other  spices  so  much  liked 
in  Europe.  ^ 

Ferdinand  Magellan. — Magellan  was  a  Portuguese 
nobleman  and  naval  officer.  He  was  a  brave,  ambitious 
sailor.  Serrano,  one  of  the  captains  who  discovered 
the  Spice  Islands,  wrote  to  his  friend,  Magellan,  an 
account  of  them. 

Magellan  believed  that  he  could  find  a  western  sea 
route  to  these  Islands.  The  lands  which  Columbus  had 
discovered  a  few  years  before  were  thought  to  be  a  part  of 
Asia.  Magellan  thought  that  the  newly  discovered  Spice 
Islands  lay  in  the  sea  a  short  distance  west  of  Mexico. 
He  told  his  plan  to  the  king  of  Portugal,  but  the  king 
would  not  give  him  ships  for  this  voyage. 

The  Demarcation  Lines.— After  the  discoveries  of 
Columbus,  the  Spanish  and  the  Portuguese  quarrelled  about 
the  possession  of  the  new  lands.  So  in  1493  Pope  Alex- 
ander VI  drew  a  line  through  the  Atlantic  Ocean  from 
north  to  south,  one  hundred  leagues  west  of  the  Azores 
Islands.  New  lands  west  of  this  line  were  to  belong  to 
Spain ;  those  to  the  east  of  it  to  Portugal.  The  next  year 
the  kings  of  Spain  and  Portugal  moved  this  line  to  a 
point  three  hundred  and  seventy  leagues  west  of  the  Cape 
Verde  Islands.  The  Spice  Islands  had  been  discovered 
by  sailing  east,  but  Magellan  thought  that  they  were 
nearer  by  a  western  route.  If  so,  they  would  be  on  the 
western  side  of  the  demarcation  line,  and  belong  to  Spain. 

Magellan  and  Charles  I.— Eefused  aid  by  his  own 


26  HISTORY  OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

king,  Magellan  went  to  Spain.  He  told  King  Charles  I 
that  the  rich  islands  which  the  Portuguese  had  discovered 
lay  within  the  part  of  the  w^orld  set  aside  for  Spanish  dis- 
covery. He  offered  to  find  a  western  route  to  these 
islands,  and  to  conquer  and  settle  them  for  Spain. 

King  Charles  gave  Magellan  a  fleet  of  five  small  ships 
for  this  voyage  of  discovery  and  conquest.  The  largest 
of  them  was  only  one  hundred  and  thirty  two  tons  in 
size.  That  is  about  half  as  large  as  one  of  the  Httle  coast 
guard  steamers.  Several  fleets  like  Magellan's  could  be 
put  in  one  of  the  big  steamships  that  come  to  Manila 
from  America.  The  king  gave  Magellan  the  right  to 
make  discoveries  for  Spain  in  the  South  Sea  for  ten  years. 
No  one  else  could  do  this.  Magellan  was  to  have  a 
share  of  the  profits  from  trading  with  the  natives.  He 
was  to  become  governor  of  the  new  lands.  It  took  much 
patience  and  skill  to  make  this  contract  with  the  king ; 
for  Magellan  had  many  enemies. 

Magellan  Sails. — The  fleet  sailed  from  Spain,  August 
10,  1519.  There  were  two  hundred  and  thirty  five  men.' 
The  ships  were  filled  with  everything  necessary  for  a  long 
voyage  over  unknown  seas.  The  names  of  these  famous 
ships  were:  Victoria,  La  Trinidad,  Concepcion,  San  An- 
tonio and  Santiago. 

Stopping  a  few  days  at  the  Canary  Islands,  they 
reached  Brazil  in  December.  The  sailors  became  dis- 
couraged as  they  sailed  for  months  toward  the  south  in 
search  of  a  passage.  At  the  mouth  of  the  broad  Eio  de 
la  Plata  they  thought  they  had  found  the  desired  opening 
to  the  west.     Again  disappointed,  a  mutiny  broke  out. 


DISCOVERY  27 

Magellan  was  obliged  to  punish  several  men  with  death. 
One  of  his  captains  and  a  priest  he  abandoned  on  the 
desert  coast  of  Patagonia. 

Wreck  and  Desertion.— In  April,  1520,  the  fleet 
stopped  for  the  southern  winter  at  Port  St.  Julian, 
south  of  the  Eio  de  la  Plata.  The  Santiago,  which  had 
gone  ahead,  was  now  wrecked.  This  misfortune  greatly 
disheartened  all.  Still  Magellan  sailed  on.  November 
1,1520,  he  entered  the  strait  which  now  beai-s  his  name. 
He  himself  called  it  "  Strait  of  all  Saints."  The  San 
Antonio  sailed  ahead  of  the  other  ships  to  explore  the 
strait.  When  she  was  out  of  sight  of  Magellan,  her 
captain  turned  his  ship  toward  Spain,  and  deserted  his 
comrades. 

The  Pacific, — After  a  month's  anxious  battling  with 
the  currents  and  winds,  Magellan  entered  the  greatest  of 
oceans.  He  called  it  the  "  Pacific  "  because  of  its  quiet 
waters.  No  one  then  knew  how  broad  it  was.  Had 
they  known  they  might  not  have  dared  to  cross  it. 
Their  voyage  across  the  Pacific,  of  three  months  and 
twenty  days,  was  one  of  terrible  suffering.  Nineteen  men 
died.  They  boiled  their  food  in  the  salt  sea- water. 
They  ate  rats  and  gnawed  leather.  In  this  long  journey 
they  passed  two  desolate,  rocky  islands,  which  in  their 
grief  they  called  "The  Unfortunates". 

Discovery  of  the  Philippines.— March  sixth,  1521, 
they  sighted  some  small  islands.  Many  boats,  sailed  to 
meet  them  from  the  shore.  So  they  called  these  islands 
the  "  Isles  of  Sails.'*  The  natives  were  such  thieves  that 
they  also  called  the  islands  the  Ladrones. 


28  HISTOEY   OP  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Eefreshed  by  the  fruits  and  vegetables  "wlaicli  they 
obtained  here,  they  sailed  westward  till  March  16.  On 
this  day  they  saw  a  lofty  island  called  Zainal  (Samar). 
This  was  probably  near  Cape  Guiguan.  The  next  day 
they  landed  on  the  island  of  Homonhon,  then  called 
Humunu.  Here  they  built  two  huts  for  the  sick,  whom 
Magellan  tended  with  his  own  hands.  A  canoe  with 
nine  natives  visited  them  here.  These  were  the  first 
Filipinos  the  Spaniards  saw. 

After  a  few  days  the  Spaniards  sailed  to  the  island  of 
Limasaua  where  they  traded  and  feasted  with  two  Moro 
chiefs  from  Mindanao.  They  helped  the  natives  harvest 
their  rice,  exchanged  presents  with  them,  and  treated 
them  as  friends. 

First  Mass  in  the  Philippines.— On  the  last  day  of 
March,  1521,  they  celebrated  on  the  island  of  Limasaua 
the  first  mass  said  in  the  Philippines.  Here  Magellan 
erected  a  cross.  He  nam.ed  the  islands  the  Archipielago 
de  San  Ldzaro.  For  many  years,  however  they  were 
called  the  "  "Western  Islands." 

Magellan  at  Cebu. — From  Limasaua  Magellan  sailed 
to  Cebu,  taking  with  him  one  of  the  chiefs  and  several 
other  natives,  The  chief  of  Cebu  was  Kaja  Humabon. 
With  him  Magellan  made  a  blood  compact  after  the 
custom  of  those  times.  Each  drank  blood  taken  from 
the  veins  of  the  other  and  mixed  with  his  own  blood. 
Several  days  were  used  in  making  a  treaty  of  peace.  At 
first  the  chief  of  Cebu  wished  to  make  Magellan  pay 
tribute.  Magellan  refused  to  do  this.  He  told  Humabon 
that  he  would  destroy  his  towns  if  he  did  not  submit  to 


DISCOVEEY  29 

the  Spaniards,  The  chief  had  heard  of  the  Portuguese, 
who  had  taken  the  Spice  Islands,  and  knew  how  terrihle 
the  weapons  of  the  Spaniards  were.     So  he  yielded. 

Magellan  landed  many  goods  for  trade  with  the  natives. 
He  told  his  men  not  to  let  the  Cebuans  know  how  much 
the  Spaniards  valued  gold ;  for  the  natives  were  willing 
to  give  a  great  price  for  the  trifles  like  mirrors  and  bells 
which  the  Spaniards  sold. 

Baptism  of  the  Cebuans.— The  Spaniards  at  once 
taught  Humabon  the  Catholic  faith.  The  chief  and  800 
of  his  subjects  were  baptized  in  one  day.  An  early  writer 
says  that  within  eight  days  all  the  people  of  Cebu  and 
the  nearby  islands  were  baptized.  All  of  the  towns  on 
Cebu  now  submitted  to  Magellan,  who  promised  to  help 
them  fight  their  enemies. 

Death  of  Magellan.~The  chief  of  the  island  of 
Mactan,  just  east  of  Cebu,  was  the  sworn  enemy  of 
Humabon.  He  refused  to  accept  the  rule  of  the  white 
conquerors.  Magellan  with  six%oldiers  in  armor  sailed 
over  to  Mactan  in  the  night.  At  daylight  he  was  attacked 
by  hundreds  of  natives.  Twenty  boat  loads  of  Cebuans 
went  with  Magellan,  but  he  would  not  let  them  assist 
him  ;  for  he  wished  to  show  them  how  well  the  Spaniards 
could  fight.  His  pride  cost  him  his  life.  He  was  soon 
wounded  in  the  leg  with  an  arrow,  and  then  in  the  face 
and  arm  with  a  lance.  Then  his  left  leg  was  cut  with 
a  bolo  and  he  fell.  Eight  other  Spaniards  were  killed. 
Only  fifteen  of  the  natives  fell. 

So  perished  the  bravest  sailor  of  his  day.  A  monument 
marks  the  spot  in  Mactan  where  he  was  killed.     If  he 


30  HISTORY   OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

had  been  a  man  of  the  tact  and  prudence  of  Legazpi, 
Spanish  rale  in  the  Philippines  would  have  begun  forty 
years  sooner  than  it  did. 

Massacre  of  Spaniards  at  Cebu.~The  fame  of  the 
Spaniards  was  destroyed  by  this  defeat.  The  Cebuans 
no  longer  thought  it  impossible  to  resist  them.  A  former 
slave  of  Magellan  told  Humabon  that  if  he  did  not  kill 
the  Spaniards  they  would  make  slaves  of  him  and  his 
people.  The  chief,  therefore,  invited  the  Spaniards  to  a 
banquet.  He  forgot  the  blood  compact,  his  baptism,  and 
the  fact  that  Magellan  died  fighting  the  enemies  of  Cebii. 
While  the  Spaniards  were  enjoying  the  feast  tv/enty 
three  of  them  were  suddenly  massacred.  Juan  Serrano 
escaped  to  the  beach.  He  called  to  his  companions  in 
the  ships  and  begged  them  to  rescue  him.  They  refused 
to  oifer  a  ransom  for  him,  and  sailed  away.  We  cannot 
admire  the  treachery  of  the  natives  or  the  heartlessness  of 
the  Spaniards. 

Elcano  Sails  Around  the  Globe.—Carbalho  burned 
the  Concepcion,  which  was  unfit  for  the  sea,  and  used  the 
nails  to  repair  the  remaining  ships.  Then  he  sailed  for  the 
Spice  Islands,  touching  at  Paragua,  Mindanao,  Borneo 
and  Tidor,  the  last  being  one  of  the  Spice  Islands.  Here 
a  trading  pest  was  established.  The  Trinidad  tried  to 
return  to  Mexico,  but  was  obliged  to  come  back.  At 
Ternate  she  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Portugese. 

The  Victoria,  in  command  of  Juan  Sebastian  de 
Elcano,  sailed  on  around  the  world  to  Spain,  by  way  of 
the  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  She  was  the  first  ship  to  en- 
circle the  globe.     Her  voyage  w^as  the  most  daring  and 


DISCOVERY  31 

interesting  ever  made.  The  vast  Pacific  had  been  crossed, 
a  strait  found  connecting  it  with  the  Atlantic,  and  a 
new  archipelago  discovered.  All  Europe  now  knew  that 
the  world  was  round.  This  was  the  greatest  discovery, 
perhaps,  that  man  ever  made. 

Arrival  of  the  "  Victoria  ". — It  was  the  sixth  of  Sep- 
tember, 1522,  when  the  Victoria  arrived  at  San  Lucar. 
She  brought  a  cargo  of  sandal  wood,  spices  and  gold  dust. 
Bareheaded  and  ragged,  the  eighteen  men  who  still  re- 
mained walked  to  the  church  and  gave  thanks  for  their 
safe  return.  It  was  more  than  forty  years  after  this  be- 
fore the  Spaniards  really  settled  in  the  Philippines. 

Demarcation  Line  of  1529. — Loaisa  and  Saavedra 
followed  Magellan  to  the  Philippines"  within  a  few  years. 
Both  of  their  expeditions  were  fail  ares.  The  value  of  the 
Philippines  was  not  yet  understood.  They  produced  few 
spices.  The  Moluccas  were  considered  much  more  valu- 
able. Portuguese  and  Spanish  both  claimed  the  islands 
Magellan  had  discovered.  To  end  the  quarrel,  Charles  I, 
in  1529,  gave  up  his  claim  to  the  Philippines  to  the  king 
of  Portugal  for  350,000  ducats.  Keally  Spain  had  no 
right  to  the  Philippines,  because  they  were  on  the  eastern 
half  of  the  globe,  in  Portuguese  territory.  A  new  line  was 
now  established  297  leagues  east  of  the  Moluccas.  This 
left  the  Philippines  on  the  Portuguese  side  of  the  line 
Still  Spain  continued  her  attempts  to  conquer  them. 
Thus  she  sold  what  she  did  not  own,  and  took  by  force 
what  she  had  already  sold. 

Expedition  of  Villalobos.— This  leader  left  Mexico 
in  1542.     King  Charles  sent  him  *'  For  the  discovery, 


32  HISTORY  OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

conquest  and  colonization  of  the  islands  and  provinces  of 
the  southern  sea  towards  the  west  ".  Villalobos  partly 
explored  Mindanao.  After  struggling  with  hunger  and 
hostile  natives  for  two  years  he  gave  up  the  attempt  to 
to  make  a  settlement  in  the  Philippines,  dying  at  Amboina, 
in  the  Spice  Islands. 

It  was  Villalobos  who  gave  the  name  "  Felipinas  "  to 
Leyte  and  some  smaller  islands  in  1543.  This  was  in 
honor  of  Prince  Felipe,  son  of  Charles  I,  who  later,  as 
Philip  II,  sent  Legazpi  to  the  Philippines. 

The  Portuguese  in  the  Philippines. — The  Portu- 
guese had  sent  a  missionary  to  Mindanao  in  1538.  He 
baptized  several  chiefs  with  their  subjects.  The  Portuguese 
did  not  try  to  make  permanent  settlements  in  the 
Philippines.  They  sailed  among  the  islands,  trading  and 
making  slaves.  In  Bohol  at  one  time  they  killed  500  per- 
sons, and  made  slaves  of  600.  They  used  to  tell  the 
Filipinos  that  they  were  Spaniards  so  that  the  natives, 
lemeixibering  their  cruelty,  might  learn  to  hate  the 
Spaniards. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  Describe  the  old  trade  routes  from  Europe  to  the  East. 

2.  Who  were  the  greatest  sailors  of  the  fifteenth  century? 

3.  How  did  Magellan  learn  of  the  Spice  Islands? 

4.  What  were  the  purpose  and  plan  of  Magellan's  expedi- 

tion ? 

5.  Find  the  position  of  the  different  demarcation  lines  on 

the  map,  and  oa  the  globe. 
G.     Who  gave  the  kings  of  Portugal  and  Spain  the  right  to 
divide  the  world  between  them  ? 


DISCOVERY  33 

7.  What  was  Magellan  to  gain  from  the  discoveries  ? 

8.  Why  was  Magellan's  the  greatest  of  voyages  ? 

9.  Date  and  place  of  the  fir.-t  mass  in  the  Philippines  ? 

10.  What  do  you  think  of  the  character  of  Magellan  ? 

11.  Why  were  the  Philippines  not  valued  at  first  ? 

12.  Is  a  massacre  just  in  warfare  ? 

13.  Why  did  Villalobos  fail  to  settle  in  the  Philippines? 

14.  What  was  the  greatest  result  of  Magellan's  voyage  ?' 

15.  Write  a  short  sketch  of  the  life  of  Magellan. 


34  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  Y. 


THE  CONQUEST  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES. 

The  King's  Command.—Philip  II,  in  whose  honor 
the  Philippines  had  been  named,  came  to  his  throne  in 
1555.  He  desired  to  conquer  the  Islands  which  bore  his 
name.  Nearly  forty  years  had  passed  since  the  discovery 
by  Magellan.  Still  the]-e  was  no  Spanish  settlement  in 
the  Philippines.  So  in  1559  Philip  wrote  to  the  viceroy 
of  Mexico  and  commanded  him  to  send  ships  "for  the 
discovery  of  the  western  islands  towards  the  Malucos  such 
as  the  Phelipinas  and  others  which  lie  within  our  demar- 
cation and  are  said  likewise  to  contain  spice."  The 
viceroy  replied :  "It  is  impossible  to  go  to  the  Filipinas 
Islands  without  breaking  the  treaty,  because  the  latter  are 
no  less  within  the  treaty  than  the  Malucos."  He  meant 
that  Philip  would  break  the  promise  his  father  Charles 
I  made  to  the  king  of  Portugal  in  1529,  if  he  should 
send  ships  to  the  Philippines. 

Andres  de  Urdaneta. — This  famous  i\.ugustinian  friar 
was  chosen  by  Philip  as  the  spiritual  leader  and  chief 
navigator  of  the  expedition  of  Legazpi.  Urdaneta  was 
born  in  1498.  He  was  formerly  an  army  captain.  He 
was  with  Loaisa's  expedition,  and  spent  ten  years  in  and 
near  the  Spice  Islands.  In  1552  he  became  an  Augus- 
tinian  friar  in  the  city  of  Mexico.     He  was  a  brave  soldier. 


CONQUEST  35 

the  greatest  geographer  of  his  time,  and  a  worthy  priest. 
Urdaneta  was  a  friend  and  relative  of  Legazpi. 

In  reply  to  the  king's  request  that  he  go  with  the  new 
expedition  Urdaneta  said  that  the  Phihppines  were  not  on 
Spain's  side  of  the  demarcation  line  of  1529.  He  wrote : 
"Therefore  it  would  not  be  right  for  your  majesty  to 
order  the  said  vessels  to  the  Filipina  Island  without 
showing  some  lawful  or  pious  reason  therefor." 

In  spite  of  the  opinions  of  the  viceroy  and  Urdaneta, 
Philip  determined  to  send  the  expedition. 

Legazpi.—  Miguel  Lopez  de  Legazpi  was  chosen  com- 
mander of  the  fieet.  He  was  born  in  1502  in  Spain. 
He  came  to  Mexico  when  a  young  man ,  and  became 
secretary  of  the  council  of  the  city  of  Mexico.  He  was 
at  this  time  a  wealthy  landowner.  He  spent  much  of 
his  ow^n  money  in  the  preparation  of  this  expedition. 
Legazpi  was  a  wise,  just  and  generous  man.  He  deserves 
the  fame  he  has  gained  in  history. 

Plan  of  the  Supreme  Court.— It  was  the  wish  of 
Urdaneta  that  the  expedition  sail  to  the  great  island  of 
New  Guinea.  He  thought  they  should  visit  the  Philip- 
pines only  to  rescue  the  abandoned  Spaniards.  The 
viceroy  of  Mexico  was  of  the  same  opinion.  Before  the 
ships  sailed  the  viceroy  died.  Then  the  Supreme  Court 
of  Mexico  changed  this  plan.  They  pretended  not  to  be- 
lieve that  the  Philippines  were  in  Portuguese  territory. 
They  "  determined  to  order  the  general  to  sail  straightway 
in  search  of  the  Pilipinas  Islands." 

The  Voyage  of  Legazpi.— Legazpi's  fleet  sailed  from 
Navidad,  Mexico,  Nov.  21,1564.     There  were  five  ships 


36  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

and  380  men.  Foar  Augustinian  friars  accompanied 
Urdaneta.  At  first  the  fleet  sailed  toward  New  Guinea, 
as  Urdaneta  wished.  When  five  days  from  port  the 
course  of  the  ships  was  changed  to  the  direction  of  the 
Philippines.  Legazpi  did  this  because  sealed  letters  which 
he  carried  from  the  Supreme  Court  ordered  this  change. 
He  said  :  "  The  religious  in  the  fleet  were  very  sorry  at 
this,  saying  that  they  had  been  deceived ;  and  had  they 
known  while  yet  ashore  that  such  a  route  was  to  be  sailed, 
they  would  not  have  gone  with  the  expedition,  for  the 
reasons  that  Fray  Andres  de  Urdaneta  had  given  in 
Mexico." 

Arrival  in  the  Philippines. — Legazpi  reached  Cebu 
Feb.  13,1565.  He  did  not  land  at  this  time,  as  the  natives 
were  unfriendly,  and  brought  him  little  food.  For  two 
months  he  sent  boat  expeditions  from  island  to  island  to 
get  provisions,  and  find  the  best  place  to  settle.  Negros, 
Panay,  Leyte  and  Mindanao  were  \isited.  The  Span- 
iards had  several  sea  fights  with  Moros.  In  Butuan  they 
traded  with  Luzon  boats  for  gold  and  wax.  Finally  it 
was  decided,  against  Urdaneta's  wish,  to  settle  in  Cebu. 
This  brave  and  just  friar  was  so  sure  it  was  wrong  to  do 
this  that  he  would  not  even  talk  about  the  plan. 

The  Settlement  of  Cebti. —April  27  the  fleet  appear- 
ed before  Cebu.  The  natives  were  hostile;  so  Legazpi 
landed  soldiers  to  capture  the  town.  The  Cebuans  fled. 
One  hundred  houses  were  burned  either  by  a  shot  from 
the  vessels,  or  because  the  Cebuans  set  fire  to  them. 

May  8  the  fort  was  begun,  and  Legazpi  took  formal 
possession  of  the  town  in  the  name  of  Spain.    He  called 


CONQUEST  37 

it  San  Miguel.  A  palisade  of  stakes  was  built,  enclosiDg 
a  triangular  village.  A  church  was  erected.  Tupas,  the 
chief  of  Cebu,  was  much  alarmed  when  renainded  of  the 
death  of  Magellan.  Pie  was  promised  forgiveness  if  he 
kept  the  peace. 

The  Holy  Child  of  Cebu.— Pigafetta,  of  Magellan's 
expedition,  had  given  an  image  of  the  child  Jesus  to  a 
native  of  Cebu  forty  four  years  before  this  time.  This 
image  was  found  by  Legazpi's  men.  A  writer  who  was 
with  Legazpi  says  :  "  There  was  found  a  marvellous  thing, 
namely,  a  child  Jesus  like  those  of  Flanders,  in  its  little 
pine  cradle  and  its  little  loose  shirt,  such  as  come  from 
those  parts,  and  a  little  velvet  hat,  like  those  of  Flanders, 
and  all  so  well  preserved  that  only  the  little  cross,  which 
is  generally  on  the  globe  that  he  holds  in  his  hands,  was 
missing."  Legazpi  ordered  this  image  to  be  placed  in  the 
first  church  that  was  built  and  called  the  church  Nombre 
de  JesHs.  This  image  was  the  Santo  Nino  de  Cebu.  It 
may  still  be  seen  in  Cebu. 

Legazpi's  Treatment  of  the  Cebuans. — Legazpi 
treated  the  natives  kindly  and  justly.  He  was  not  so  rash 
a  man  as  Magellan,  and  he  expected  to  live  all  his  life  in 
the  Philippines;  so  he  was  very  patient.  The  natives 
were  not  allowed  to  bring  weapons  into  San  Miguel. 
They  were  required  to  sell  their  goods  at  a  fair  price. 
Legazpi  made  his  men  pay  for  everything  they  took  from 
the  natives.  Gradually  he  won  the  friendship  of  many 
villages.  Martin  de  Goiti,  his  maestre  de  campo,  spent 
most  of  his  time  sailing  about  looking  for  food.  Some- 
times the  soldiers  had  to  eat  rats. 


38  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Legazpi's  men  drank  too  much  wine.  He  had  to  hang 
several  to  suppress  a  mutiny.  He  also  forbade  them  to 
open  the  graves  of  the  natives  and  steal  the  gold  jewels 
and  ornaments  which  they  buried  with  their  dead.  In 
all  things  he  tried  to  deal  justly. 

Religious  Customs  of  the  Cebuans.— A  writer  who 
was  with  Legazpi  said  of  the  Cebuans.  "  They  worship 
their  ancestors  as  gods.  When  they  are  ill  or  have  any 
other  necessity  they  go  to  their  graves  with  great  weeping 
and  prayer  to  beg  their  ancestors  for  health,  protection 
and  aid.  They  make  certain  alms  and  prayers  there. 
And  in  the  same  manner  they  call  upon  the  Devil,  and 
they  say  that  they  cause  him  to  appear  in  a  hollow  reed, 
and  that  there  he  talks  with  their  priestesses.  Their 
priests  are  as  a  general  rule  women  who  make  this  prayer 
and  talk  with  the  Devil,  and  then  give  his  answer  to  the 
people,  telling  them  what  offerings  of  birds  and  other 
things  they  must  make.  "When  any  chief  dies,  they  kill 
some  of  his  slaves ;  a  greater  or  less  number  according  to 
his  rank  and  wealth.  They  are  all  buried  in  coffins  made 
out  of  two  boards,  and  they  bury  with  them  their  finest 
clothes,  porcelain  ware  and  gold  jewels.  Some  are  buried 
in  the  ground,  and  others  of  the  chief  men  are  placed  in 
lofty  houses." 

Legazpi  and  the  Portuguese.— During  the  last  three 
months  of  1568  a  Portuguese  fleet  blockaded  Cebu.  The 
Admiral  demanded  that  the  Spaniards  leave  the  islands 
which  he  said  belonged  to  Portugal.  Legazpi  refused  to 
do  this.  The  Portuguese  then  fired  on  the  Spanish  forts, 
but  killed  no  one.     They  burned  seven  native  villages 


CONQUEST  39 

outside  of  the  city  of  Cebu.  They  told  the  Cebiians  that 
the  Spaniards  were  *'  thieves  on  a  plundering  expedition." 
The  Spaniards  suffered  much  from  lack  of  food,  so  when 
the  Portuguese  left,  Legazpi  moved  his  capital  to  Panay 
where  food  was  more  abundant. 

Legazpi  "  Adelantado.'* — In  June,  1569,  Juan  de  la 
Isla  arrived  at  Cebu  from  Cadiz  with  three  ships.  He 
brought  a  letter  from  King  Philip  for  Legazpi  ordering 
him  to  take  possession  of  the  Philippines  for  Spain. 
Legazpi  was  made  governor  of  all  the  Philippines  with 
the  title  of  "  Adelantado."  He  immediatly  went  to  Cebii 
and  organized  a  city  goverment.  He  appointed  Guido  de 
Lavezaris  governor  and  gave  lands  to  the  Spaniards  who 
settled  there.  He  named  the  town  the  "  City  of  the  Holy 
Name  of  God". 

Expedition  to  Luzon. — The  Spaniards  now  had  few 
guns  and  little  ammunition.  One  third  of  their  men 
were  without  arms.  They  sent  cannon  to  Mexico  as 
ballast  for  ships  because  there  was  no  powder  for  them. 
The  natives  of  Panay  often  refused  to  plant  their  fields, 
hoping  thus  to  starve  out  the  Spaniards.  Four  years  of 
tribute  paying  and  the  new  religion  had  not  taught  them 
to  love  .their  ma-ters  Boats  had  often  come  with  stories 
of  the  richer  island  of  Luzon  to  the  north.  So  Legazpi 
now  determined  to  send  an  expedition  to  explore  it. 

On  the  8th  of  May,  1570,  one  hundred  and  twenty 
Spaniards  and  fifteen  prahus  of  Visayans  left  the  Eiver 
of  Panay  for  Luzon.     Martin  de  Goiti  commanded. 

Juan  de  Salcedo.— With  De  Goiti  went  Juan  de 
Salcedo.     Salcedo  was  a  grandson,  of  Legazpi.     He  was 


40  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

born  in  Mexico  in  1549.  He  reached  Cebu  in  1567,  at 
eighteen  years  of  age.  He  was  a  brave  and  noble  young 
man.  Ah-eady  he  had  fought  successfully  the  pirates  of 
Mindoro,  who  had  been  killing  and  burning  along  the 
coasts  of  Panay. 

On  the  way  to  Manila  Salcedo  went  up  the  Pansipit 
Kiver  to  Bombon  Lake.  Here  he  was  wounded  in  the  leg 
by  a  poisoned  arrow  in  a  fight  with  theMoros.  He  rejoined 
De  Goiti  and  they  sailed  into  Manila  Bay.  They  were 
delighted  at  the  rich,  well  cultiva,ted  fields  along  its  shores. 
Anchoring  at  Cavite,  they  sent  a  messenger  to  Eaja 
Soliman,  the  chief  of  Manila. 

The  Capture  of  Manila. — After  three  days,  during 
which  there  was  great  anxiety  in  Manila,  Soliman  sent 
an  ambassador  who  said  that  the  king  of  Manila  *'  wished 
to  be  the  friend  of  the  Spaniards,  and  that  he  would  be 
pleased  to  have  them  settle  in  his  country  as  they  had 
done  in  Cebu  and  Panay."  He  did  not  really  want  the 
Spaniards  to  come  to  Manila,  but  he  did  not  dare  to 
refuse  them. 

At  ten  in  the  morning  they  entered  the  Pasig  Eiver. 
The  town  was  defended  by  a  palisade  of  stakes,  and  small 
cannon  were  at  the  gates.  Plundreds  of  warriors  waited 
at  the  water's  edge.  De  Goiti  landed,  and  first  met 
Lacondola  the  chief  of  Tondo,  uncle  of  Sohman.  De 
Goiti  and  the  two  chiefs  pledged  their  faith  to  each  other 
in  a  blood  compact.  A  few  days  later  the  natives  fired 
upon  the  Spanish  boats  without  warning.  It  is  said  that 
Soliman  fired  the  first  cannon-shot  with  his  own  hand. 
The  Spaniards  landed  at  once  and   captured   the   fort. 


CONQUEST  41 

They  burned  the  town,  killing  one  hundred  natives  and 
capturing  eighty.  They  found  the  clay  and  wax  mould 
for  a  cannon  over  five  metres  long.  The  inhabitants  fled 
up  the  Pasig  in  boats,  and  left  Manila  deserted.  De  Goiti 
fearing  that  the  winds  would  become  contrary  returned 
at  once  to  Panay.  The  Battle  of  Manila  and  the  formal 
taking  possession  of  Luzon  occurred  June  6,1570. 

Legazpi  Founds  Manila.— When  De  Goiti  and 
Salcedo  returned  to  Panay  they  found  the  Spaniards 
suffering  from  hunger.  There  was  little  rice.  For 
several  years  there  had  been  swarms  of  locusts.  Fray 
Diego  de  Herrera,  the  first  Philippine  provincial  of  the 
Augustinians,  now  preached  daily,  urging  Legazpi  to  leave 
Panay,  and  move  his  seat  of  government  to  Luzon.  So 
all  the  Spanish  soldiers  were  gathered  from  the  different 
islands  where  they  had  settled,  and  the  winter  was  spent 
in  busy  preparations  for  the  conquest  of  Luzon. 

The  day  after  Easter,  1571,  Legazpi  with  twenty 
seven  boats  and  280  men  sailed  for  Luzon.  When 
the  people  of  Manila  saw  another  Spanish  fleet  coming 
they  burned  the  town,  which  had  been  rebuilt  since  the 
year  before.  Then  they  crossed  the  river  to  Tondo,  and 
sent  back  the  chief  Alcandora  to  make  terms  with 
Legazpi.  The  Adelantado  promised  forgiveness  and  friend- . 
ship.  The  next  day  Soliman  and  Lacondola  met  Legazpi 
and  promised  to  be  subjects  of  the  King  of  Spain. 

June  3,1571,  Legazpi  gave  the  title  "Distinguished 
and  ever  loyal  city  "  to  Manila.  June  24,  he  appointed 
the  officials  of  the  new  city.  The  Filipinos  called  the 
town   "Maynila."     This  means  in  Tagalog,    "There   is 


42  HISTOKY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

nilad."  The  nilad  is  a  small  tree  bearing  white  flowers, 
that  grew  abundantly  about  Manila. 

The  Building  of  the  City.— On  the  site  of  the  old 
native  village,  which  now  lay  in  dust  and  ashes,  Legazpi 
at  once  laid  out  the  streets  of  Manila  nearly  as  we  find 
them  today.  He  placed  these  streets  so  that  one  side 
should  always  be  in  the  shade.  The  old  log  fort  at  the 
mouth  of  the  river  w^as  rebuilt.  Next  he  built  a  palace 
for  himself,  a  church  and  convent  for  the  Augustinians, 
and  one  hundred  and  fifty  houses  for  the  citizens  of  Mani- 
la. All  these  were  built  of  wood.  The  natives  seeing  the 
strong,  handsome  houses  of  the  Spaniards  replaced  their 
burned  homes  with  better  ones. 

Death  of  Legazpi. — Worn  out  by  the  hardships  and 
anxieties  of  his  life  the  great  Adelantado  passed  away, 
August  20,  1572.  He  died  in  debt  because  he  had  spent 
all  his  money  in  the  king's  service,  and  in  helping  needy 
soldiers.  His  fame  is  without  stain.  Of  all  the  monu- 
ments in  the  Philippines  none  is  more  deserved  than  that 
to  Legazpi  and  his  friend,  the  wife  and  good  Urdaneta. 

Conquest  of  Luzon  by  Sal cedo.— Soon  after  Legazpi 
founded  Manila  he  sent  Salcedo  to  subdue  Cainta  and 
Taytay  in  Laguna.  They  had  refused  to  pay  tribute. 
After  a  fierce  battle  Salcedo  captured  these  towns.  Then 
he  continued  around  the  south  shore  of  the  lake  going  as 
far  south  as  the  gold  mines  of  Paracali,  in  Camarines. 

Beturning  to  Manila,  his  love  of  adventure  led  him  to 
make  another  expedition,  at  his  own  expense.  With 
forty -five  men  he  sailed  up  the  west  coast  of  Luzon,  a- 
round  the  north  end  of  the  island,  and  then  down  the 


CONQUEST       '  43 

east  coast  to  the  island  of  Polillo.  From  here  he  returned 
to  Manila  by  land  across  Laguna.  'This  journey  took  a 
year.  He  arrived  at  Manila  a  few  weeks  after  the 
death  of  Legazpi. 

On  this  trip  of  conquest  Salcedo  landed  at  every  im- 
portant town.  He  told  the  natives  that  they  must  accept 
Philip  II  for  their  king  and  pay  tribute.  If  they  resisted 
him  he  fought.  Generally  he  persuaded  them  by  kind- 
ness. He  went  up  the  Cagayan  Kiver  with  thirteen  men, 
but  was  obliged  to  return  quickly.  The  people  of  Vigan 
received  him  kindly.  Later  he  was  given  charge  of  this 
district. 

Salcedo  in  Southern  Luzon. — The  following  year 
(1573)  he  took  a  larger  expedition  by  sea  to  Camarines 
and  the  island  of  Catanduanes.  He  was  very  successful 
in  making  friends  with  the  people.  He  did  more  than 
any  other  man  to  subject  Luzon  to  the  Spaniards.  Yet 
there  were  many  who  were  unwilHng  to  submit  to 
Spanish  rule.  The  mountain  tribes  were  never  fully 
conquered. 

Questions  and  Topics, 

1.  Why  did  Philip  II  send  Legazpi  to  the  Philippines? 

2.  Why  did  Urdaneta  not  want  to  go  to  the  Philippines  ? 

3.  Describe  the  character  of  Legazpi. 

4.  What  change  did  the  Supreme  Court  make  in  the  plan 

of  Legazpi's  voyage  ? 

5.  Show  on  the  map  Legazpi's  route. 

6.  What  different  names  has  the  city  of  Cebii  had  ? 

7.  Tell  the  story  of  the  Holy  Child  of  Cebu. 

8.  How  did  Legazpi  win  the  friendship  of  the  Cebuans  ? 


44  HISTORY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

9.  Why  did  the  Cebuans  bury  clothes  and  jewels  with 
their  dead  ? 

10.  Draw  a  map  showing  Salcedo's  journeys. 

11.  What  does  **  Maynila  "  mean  ? 

12.  Why  did  the  Spaniards  not  come  to  Luzon  sooner? 

13.  Why  was  the  conquest  of  Luzon  so  easy  ? 

14.  Write  a  short  sketch  of  the  life  of  Salcedo. 


ENCOMENDEROS  AND  FRIARS  45 


CHAPTER  VI, 


THE  ENCOMENDEROS  AND 
THE  FRIARS. 

Poverty  of  the  Victors. — When  the  Spaniards  decid- 
ed to  settle  permanently  in  the  Philippines,  they  had  to 
find  some  way  for  so  many  officials  and  soldiers  to  live. 
At  times  the  soldiers  were  without  pay  for  years.  King 
Philip  had  hoped  that  his  men  would  find  much  gold 
and  spices  in  the  Philippines.  One  fifth  of  this  was  for 
himself.  But  Legazpi  had  been  able  to  send  the  king 
only  a  few  tons  of  cinnamon,  some  wax,  and  a  few  gold 
ornaments.  The  soldiers  had  become  so  desperate  that 
they  sometimes  robbed  the  natives. 

The  Encomiendas  and  Encomenderos.— Therefore 
when  Legazpi  founded  the  city  of  Cebu  in  1570  he  divided 
the  Cebuans  among  the  Spanish  citizens.  Each  of  these 
groups  of  natives  must  support  a  Spaniard.  He  thought 
this  better  than  to  let  the  soldiers  steal  from  the  natives. 
Each  of  these  groups  was  called  an  encomienda,  or  re- 
partimiento.  There  were  usually  from  300  to  1000 
natives  in  an  ei^comienda. 

The  Spaniai'd  who  ruled  them  was  called  an  e7i- 
comendero.  It  was  his  duty  to  care  for  the  natives  under 
his  control.  He  must  keep  order,  see  that  the  laws  were 
obeyed,^  and  protect  the  people  from  their  enemies.  It 
was  also  his  duty  to  support  a  priest  for  the  religious 


46  HISTORY  OP  THE  PHILIPPINES 

instruction  of  the  natives,  and  to  build  churches.  His 
support  came  entirely  from  the  natives,  who  were  taxed 
for  his  benefit. 

The  Tribute. — Every  male  Filipino  between  the  ages 
of  sixteen  and  sixty  was  compelled  to  pay  an  annual  tax, 
or  tribute,  to  the  encomendero.  When  Legazpi  settled  in 
Manila  he  fixed  the  amount  of  this  tribute  at  two  fanegas 
of  rice  and  a  piece  of  colored  cloth  two  varas  long  and 
one  wide.  Instead  of  this,  the  native  could  pay  his  tax 
with  six  silver  reals.  In  other  parts  of  the  Islands  the 
tribute  was  four  varas  of  cloth,  seventy  gantas  of  rice  and 
one  hen.  In  Ilocos  the  tribute  was  often  collected  in 
gold-dust.  The  natives  washed  this  out  of  the  sands  of 
the  rivers,  or  got  it  by  trading  with  the  Igorrotes. 

In  the  early  days  of  the  encomiendas  all  this  tax 
belonged  to  the  encomendero.  If  his  encomienda  was 
small  or  the  tax  hard  to  collect,  he  sometimes  found  it 
difficult  to  live.  In  other  encomiendas  the  encomenderos 
became  rich.  The  tribute  was  increased  to  ten  reals  in 
1590.  In  addition  the  tribute  payer  gave  one  real  for  the 
support  of  the  church  and  one  real  for  the  support  of  the 
government  of  his  town.  A  single  man  paid  one  half  the 
tax  that  a  married  man  paid. 

Evils  of  the  Encomienda  System.— This  tax  seems 
small,  but  it  was  difficult  for  the  Filipinos  of  that  day  to 
pay  it.  They  were  not  used  to  laying  up  goods  for  the 
future.  Their  custom  was  to  get  just  enough  food  to  live 
upon  from  day  to  day.  They  could  not  see  why  they 
should  work  for  the  white  strangers.  So  their  hearts 
were  bitter  towards  the  encomenderos. 


ENCOMENDEEOS  AND  FEIAES  47 

Unjust  Taxes. — Many  of  the  encomenderos  tried  to 
get  rich  as  quickly  as  possible.  Few  of  them  cared  for 
the  good  of  the  natives.  Once  a  year  they  went  through 
their  encomiendas  with  soldiers,  collecting  the  tribute. 
The  rest  of  the  time  they  usually  left  the  natives  to 
themselves.  There  were  a  few  just  and  kindly  men,  like 
rXinTi  dn  SriIp^^^j  who  were  loved  by  the  natives  they 
ruled.  Mflny  of  the  encomenderos,  however,  made  the 
Filipinos  pay  a  tax  not  only  for  themselves  but  also  for 
each  of  their  children,  and  even  for  their  slaves.  Many 
natives  did  not  marry,  on  account  of  the  burden  of  the 
tribute.  Others  killed  their  children  to  avoid  the  tax  on 
them.  Some  burned  their  houses  and  fled  to  the 
mountains  when  the  tax  collector  came. 

Often  the  tax  collectors  deceived  the  natives.  The 
collector  of  "Sagami,  in  Leyte,  used  a  steelyard  that  re- 
quired double  the  proper  weight  to.  weigh  the  tribute  of 
wax.  At  times,  instead  of  collecting  the  tax  when  rice  or 
wax  was  plentiful  and  cheap,  the  encomendero  waited  till 
these  articles  were  dear  so  he  could  sell  them  at  a  high 
price. 

The  First  Revolts. — The  first  insurrections  against 

Spanish  rule  were  caused  by  the  hardships  of  the  tribute 

which  the  encomenderos  forced   from  the  natives.     In 

1589  there  were  revolts  in  the  Cagayan  valley  and  in 

_Ilocos  Norte,  in  which  tax  collectors  were  killed. 

The  Protest  of  Rada.— Father  Eada,  the  provincial  of 
the  Augustinians,  wrote  to  governor  Lavezaris  in  1574  to 
say  that  he  and  other  friars  thought  it  wrong  to  ask  so 
much  tribute  of  the  natives.     He  said:    "Most  of  the 


48  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

owners  of  enconiiendas  have  stocks  in  which  they  keep 
as  prisoners  the  chiefs  or  freemen  who  do  not  supply  the 
amount  of  tribute  from  their  slaves  when  they  themselves 
cannot  obtain  it  from  the  latter."  Hie  said  that  the  reason 
the  friars  consented  to  the  encomienda  system  was,  "  To 
avoid  greater  injuries  and  robberies  which  are  done  without 
any  remedy  when  there  are  no  encomiendas." 

Answer  of  Lavezaris. — The  governor  answered  this 
protest  by  saying  that  the  natives  who  did  not  pay  the 
tax  were  too  lazy  to  work,  or  that  they  spent  their  time 
in  drunkenness  and  feasting.  He  also  said  that  the  in- 
crease of  trade  which  the  Spaniards  brought  had  made 
the  encomiendas  a  benefit  to  the  natives.  Above  all,  he 
said,  the  encomiendas  were  necessary  because  without 
them  the  soldiers  would  rob  the  natives.  This  shows  us 
why  one  Filipino  gave  as  his  reason  for  not  wishing  to 
become  a  Christian  the  fact  that  there  were  Spanish 
soldiers  in  heaven. 

King  Philip  Forbids  Encomiendas.— In  1574 
Philip  wrote  to  governor  Lavezaris  :  "As  for  what  you 
ask  concerning  encomiendas  of  Indians — namely  that  you 
have  them  because  you  were  diiScoverers  of  these  islands — 
such  a  thing  has  appeared  to  me  unsuitable."  Governor 
De  Sande  in  1576  ordered  the  encomenderos  to  ''hold 
those  encomiendas  as  the  royal  property,  make  collections 
and  have  the  natives  instructed  in  the  teachings  of  our 
holy  Catholic  faith."  By  this  decree  the  natives  only 
changed  masters.  The  encomenderos  later  persuaded  the 
Idng  to  make  no  change. 

Oppression  of  the    Encomenderos. — The  Council 


ENCOMENDEROS   AND   FRIARS  49 

of  Manila  wrote  to  King  Philip  II  in  1586  about  the 
encomenderos.  They  said :  "  When  gold  is  plentiful 
and  reals  are  scarce  they  ask  for  reals ;  when  the  latter 
are  plentiful  and  there  is  a  scarcity  of  gold  they  ask  for 
gold.  When  crops  are  plentiful  they  ask  for  money,  but 
when  not  they  ask  for  produce  such  as  rice — even  all  that 
the  Indians  have.  Thus  where  the  tribute  is  eight  reals, 
some  collect  fifteen  and  others  twenty,  twenty-five,  thirty 
and  more.  Through  this  the  Indians  endure  so  great  op- 
pression and  distress  that  on  this  account  several  provinces 
have  revolted,  and  others  will  not  pay  except  by  force 
and  with  much  disturbance." 

It  was  the  duty  of  the  encomenderos- to  see  that  their 
natives  had  religious  instruction.  Yet  some  of  them  let 
the  people  of  their  encomiendas  live  for  twenty  years 
without  priests. 

Progress  of  Religion.— By  1586  over  two  hundred 
and  fifty  thousand  Filipinos  had  become  Christians.  The 
friars  had  established  monasteries  in  forty  different 
places.  Yet  there  were  in  this  same  year  one  hundred 
encomiendas.  So  it  can  be  seen  that  there  were  many 
who  did  not  have  religious  teachers.  The  Council  wrote 
to  King  Philip  :  *'  Many  who  are  already  baptized  are 
yet  without  instruction  or  ministers.  Many  others  paci- 
fied and  yet  to  be  baptized  are  daily  asking  for  baptism. 
There  are  an  infinite  number  of  others  to  be  pacified  who 
have  no  knowledge  of  God." 

The  Encomiendas  in  1591.— By  1591  there  were 
267  encomiendas  of  Filipinos  Thirty  one  of  these  were 
for  the  king.     The  remaining  ones  were  to  support  officers 


50  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

and  favorites  of  the  king  or  the  governor.  The  entire 
Cagayan  valley  was  divided  among  the  soldiers  who  had 
conquered  it. 

The  encomenderos  made  the  cabezas  de  harangay  collect 
the  tribute  for  them  when  possible.  In  return  for  this 
service  the  cabezas  and  their  families  were  free  from  the 
tribute. 

The  Pope  Forbids  Slavery. — Many  of  the  encomen- 
deros had  slaves.  Early  in  the  conquest  when  the 
Spaniards  were  in  Cebu  they  used  as  slaves  Negritos 
who  had  been  captured  in  battle.  Shortly  after  Legazpi 
took  Manila,  Martin  de  Goiti  captured  several  hundred 
natives  in  Butas,  near  Manila.  These  captives  were 
made  slaves  of  the  Spanish  soldiers.  The  Spaniards  bought 
slaves  whom  the  Portuguese  brought  from  India.  They 
also  allowed  the  Filipinos  to  keep  their  old  slaves,  but 
not  to  make  captives. 

When  the  Pope  heard  of  these  things  he  forbade  the 
Spaniards  in  the  Philippines  to  have  Filipinos  as  slaves. 
They  were  still  allowed  to  have  Negro  and  Kaffir  slaves. 
It  was  Pope  Gregory  XIV  who  commanded  this  in 
1591.  He  said:  "We  order  all  persons  dwelling  in 
those  Islands  to  set  wholly  free,  without  any  craft  or 
deceit,  whatever  Indian  slaves  or  serfs  they  may  have; 
nor  for  the  future  shall  they  in  any  manner  contrary  to 
to  the  edict  of  the  said  king  Philip  take  or  keep  captives 
or  slaves.''     This  order  was  very  poorly  obeyed. 

The  Arrival  of  the  Friars.— The  Augustinians  were 
the  first  friars  who  came  to  the  Philippines.  They  had 
charge  of  the  missions  in  Cebu,  Manila,  and  in  the  districts 


ENCOMENDEKOS   AND   FEIARS  51 

now  known  as  Parapanga,  Pangasinan,  Bulacan  and 
Ilocos. 

The  Franciscans  came. nest,  in  1577.  They  labored  in 
Laguna  and  southern  Luzon.  The  Jesuits  arrived  in 
1581,  and  were  given  charge  of  the  central  and  southern 
islands.  Then  came  the  Dominicans,  1587,  to  whom  a 
part  of  Pangasinan  and  Cagayan  were  given.  The 
Recollects  were  the  last  of  the  great  ordei-s  to  arrive,  in 
1606.  A  few  friars  of  other  orders  came  in  later  times, 
but  these  four  are  the  chief  religious  orders  that  have 
worked  in  the  Philippines. 

Character  of  the  Early  Friars. — The  friars  who  came 
to  the  Philippines  with  the  conquerors  were  not  rich  and 
powerful  like  those  of  today.  They  did  not  then  have 
great  haciendas  and  fine  houses.  Some  of  them  begged 
their  food  from  the  Filipinos.  The  Franciscans  did  not, 
like  the  others,  receive  money  from  the  taxes  the 
government  raised.  They  lived  with  the  natives,  who 
supported  them  by  gifts. 

These  first  missionaries  were  brave,  self-sacrificing  men. 
They  labored  patiently  and  lovingly  with  the  poor, 
ignorant,  warring  natives.  They  studied  the  native 
dialects  diligently  so  that  they  could  understand  the  people 
and  preach  to  them.  Often  after  three  to  six  months 
study  of  Tagalog  or  Visayan  they  were  able  to  write  and 
speak  these  tongues.  One  young  Jesuit  learned  to  read, 
write  and  talk  Tagalog  in  seventy-four  days. 

What  the  Friars  Taught.— Besides  the  Catholic  relig- 
ion the  friars  of  those  days  taught  the  Filipinos  many 
things  that  are  necessary  to  civilization.     They  showed 


52  HISTOEY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

them  how  to  make  brick,  to  burn  lime  from  shells  and 
coral  rock,  to  build  houses  of  stone,  to  make  roads,  and  to 
do  many  other  things. 

At  times  the  convents  were  turned  into  workshops  to 
teach  various  handicrafts,  like  carpentry.  The  friars  took 
great  interest  in  agriculture.  They  preached  sermons  on 
the  best  ways  of  planting.  They  brought  new  garden 
seeds  from  Mexico  and  Spain. 

One  of  the  hardest  and  most  useful  of  their  tasks  was 
to  get  the  people  to  move  into  towns  from  their  Httle  vil- 
lages in  the  woods  and  mountains.  In  these  larger  vil- 
lages they  were  safer.  They  could  hear  the  gospel.  They 
could  see  how  other  people  lived.  Their  children  could 
learn  more,  and  have  a  better  chance  in  life. 

The  First  Spanish  Schools.— The  friars  did  what  they 
could  to  teach  the  natives  to  read  and  write.  They  chang- 
ed the  old  Fihpino  alphabet,  putting  in  its  place  the 
Koman  alphabet  that  the  nations  of  the  west  nearly  all 
use.  They  wrote  books  for  the  Filipinos  in  the  native 
dialects.  These  books  were  almost  all  about  rehgion,  but 
they  opened  a  new  world  to  people  who  had  never  seen  a 
book.  Juan  de  Placencia  established  many  primary 
schools  in  Laguna  before  1590.  These  schools  were  not 
like  the  schools  of  today.  "Very  httle  besides  religion  was 
taught  in  them,  but  they  were  a  good  beginning. 

That  the  friars  were  good  and  earnest  men,  liked  by 
the  natives,  is  shown  also  by  the  rapid  acceptance  of 
Christianity  by  the  Filipinos. 

Reasons  for  the  Rapid  Conversion  of  the  Fili- 
pinos.— By   1585   half  of    the    inhabitants    had    been 


ENCOMENDEROS   AND   FRIARS  63 

baptized.     Among  the  reasons  for  this  rapid  change  of 
faith  were  these : 

(1)  The  ancient  reh'gion  of  the  FiHpinos  was  one  of 
fear.  They  did  not  love  their  gods.  Their  rehgion  was 
not  one  of  thought,  but  of  foolish  dreams.  They  thought 
the  God  of  the  Christians  must  be  better  than  their  own 
because  they  saw  the  Christians  were  wiser  and  stronger 
than  they.  People  are  very  slow  to  give  up  a  religion  in 
which  they  believe.  We  can  see  from  the  readiness  of 
the  Filipinos  to  accept  a  new  religion  that  they  had  little 
love  for  their  old  religion. 

(2)  The  Filipinos  had  no  books  of  religion,  or  church- 
es to  abandon,  They  liked  the  wonderful  buildings 
and  beautiful  clothing  of  the  friars,  the  decorations  of  the 
altar,  and  the  images  of  the  saints. 

(3)  They  did  not  have  a  society  of  priests  who  worked 
together  to  keep  out  the  new  religion.  There  was  no 
union  among  their  priests.  Most  of  them  were  old  women 
who  gained  their  living  by  deceiving  the  natives.  Their 
medicines  did  not  heal  diseases  so  well  as  the  medicines 
the  new  teachers  brought. 

(4)  It  did  not  cost  so  much  to  become  a  Christian  as 
to  worship  the  old  gods.  The  friar  would  make  long 
journeys  over  the  mountains  to  visit  the  sick  and  the 
dying,  yet,  in  those  days,  not  ask  for  money.  He  was  not 
afraid  of  the  demons  that  the  natives  thought  were  in  the 
trees  and  rocks.  They  no  longer  had  to  pay  to  have 
these  spirits  driven  away  from  their  houses. 

Summary. — The  friar  and  the  encomendero  were  the 
two  classes  from  whom  the  Filipinos  got  their  first  ideas 


54  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

of  the  Spaniards.  Tbey  endured  the  rule  of  the  former, 
and  cheerfully  accepted  the  religion  of  the  latter.  They 
still  had  their  headmen,  only  these  had  become  tax  col- 
lectors for  the  encomenderos.  There  was  less  war  among 
themselves  and  less  slavery.  The  tribute  was  disliked, 
but  taxes  are  necessary  for  any  people  who  wish  to  rise 
above  barbarism.  Their  commerce  was  increasing,  and 
they  were  learning  better  ways  of  cultivating  the  soil. 
Yet  they  were  far  from  satisfied. 

Questions  and  TopicSp 

1.  What  did  Legazpi  send  the  king  ? 

2.  In  what  condition  were  his  soldiers  ? 

3.  When  and  where  were  encomiendas  first  established  in 

the  Philippines  ? 

4.  Name  four  duties  of  the  encoinendero. 

5.  What  were  some  benefits  of  the  encomienda  system  ? 

6.  In  what  three  ways  was  the  tribute  spent  ? 

7.  Name  three  abuses  of  the  tribute. 

8.  What  was  the  cause  of  the  first  revolts  ? 

9.  Why  did  the  friars  consent  to  the  encomienda  system  ? 

10.  What  change  did  the  king  make  in  encomiendas  ? 

11.  Name  two  cases  when  Spaniards  enslaved  Filipinos. 

12.  When  and  by  whom  was  slavery  forbidden  ? 

13.  Describe  the  division  of  encomiendas  in  1591. 

14.  Name  the  four  religious  orders,  and  the  dates  of  their 

arrival. 

15.  Difference  between  tlie  Franciscans  and  other  orders  ? 

16.  Four  things  besides  religion  which  the  friars  taught  ? 

17.  Name  three  advantages  of  living  in  towns. 

18.  What  sort  of  schools  did  the  friars  establish? 


ENCOMENDEEOS   AND  FEIAES  55 

19.  Explain  the  rapid  spread  of  Christianity. 

20.  Why  were  the  Filipinos  not  satisfied  with  their  rulers  ? 


66  niSTOEY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  YII. 


THE  REPULSE  OF  LIMAHOHG. 

Lavezaris  Governor— 1572-1575.— Guido  de  Lave- 
zaris  had  been  the  treasurer  of  Legazpi's  expedition,  and 
later  the  governor  of  Cebu.  He  followed  Legazpi  as 
governor  of  the  Philippines.  His  time  was  mainly  spent 
in  settling  quarrels  about  encomiendas.  He  gave  en- 
comiendas  in  places  that  had  never  been  conquered,  or 
even  seen  by  the  Spaniards.  Lavezaris  was  not  a  strong 
governor.  He  was  easily  flattered  and  influenced  by 
those  about  him. 

Distress  of  the  Spaniards.— The  Spanish  colony  was 
now  in  great  distress.  Many  were  sick.  Food  was  scarce. 
The  Filipinos  were  suspicious  and  hostile.  They  paid  the 
tribute  very  reluctantly.  Meantime  Lavezaris  took  large 
encomiendas  for  himself.  Finally  Manila  was  attacked  by 
an  enemy  who  nearly  destroyed  the  Spaniards,  and  show- 
ed the  Filipinos  that  they  might  have  worse  masters  than 
their  new  rulers.     This  enemy  was  the  famous  Limahong. 

Limahong.  —  Limahong  was  a  Chinese  pirate.  He  had 
defeated  the  fleets  of  the  Chinese  emperor,  and  burned 
cities  on  the  coast  of  China.  Thousands  of  soldiers  and 
many  ships  were  his.  At  length  he  was  driven  away  by 
the  rulers  of  China.  With  a  fleet  of  sixty  ships  and 
three  thousand  soldiers  and  sailors,  besides  workmen  and 
women,  he  sailed  in  search  of  new  lands. 


LIMAHONG  57 

Near  the  coast  of  Ilocos  he  captured  a  boat,  and  killed 
its  crew  of  Spaniards  and  Filipinos.  An  officer  of  Salcedo's 
saw  the  fight  from  the  shore.  He  hastened  to  Vigan  and 
told  Salcedo.  The  young  captain  sent  three  natives  in  a 
virey  to  tell  the  people  of  Manila  of  the  coming  of  the 
pirate.  This  party  was  nearly  captured  by  Limahong. 
Tt  reached  Manila  too  late  to  warn  the  Spaniards.  Salcedo 
with  fifty  men  set  out  for  Manila  in  boats  as  soon  as 
Limahong  sailed  south. 

The  First  Attack.— The  pirate  ships  reached  Marive- 
les  November  29,  1574.  The  same  night  Limahong  sent 
his  Japanese  captain,  Sioco,  wath  about  seven  hundred 
men  to  take  Manila.  They  landed  near  Parafiaque,  and 
marched  toward  the  city  about  ten  o'clock  the  next 
morning.  No  one  expected  them,  or  knew  who  they 
were.  The  maestre  de  campo,  De  Goiti,  was  ill  in 
bed.  Some  natives  ran  to  his  house  and  told  him  that 
the  King  of  Borneo  was  coming  to  attack  Manila. 
De  Goiti  did  not  believe  this.  His  wife  looked  from  the 
window  and  saw  the  Chinese  coming  along  the  beach. 
She  was  a  brave  woman  and  called  out  to  them  in 
Spanish  that  they  were  dogs  and  would  all  be  killed. 
This  saved  Manila,  bacause  the  Chinese  now  stopped  to 
attack  De  Goiti 's  house.  The  old  Marshal  fought  till  he 
was  wounded  and  most  of  his  followers  were  killed. 
Then  he  leaped  from  the  window"  because  his  house  w^as 
in  flames.  The  Chinese  killed  him,  and .  robbed  and 
wounded  his  wife.  This  delay  gave  the  unprepared 
Spanish  soldiers  time  to  get  ready  for  the  attack  on  the 
fort. 


58  HISTOET   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

The  Chinese  Soldiers.—De  Sande  describes  the 
appearance  of  the  Chinese  soldiers  thus:  "There  were 
seven  hundred  men,  among  whom  were  a  few  arque- 
busiers  and  many  pikemen,  besides  men  armed  with 
battleaxes.  They  were  clad  in  corselets,  which  are  coats 
lined  with  exceedingly  thick  cotton.  They  had  durable 
bamboo  hats  which  served  as  helmets.  They  carried 
cutlasses  and  several  daggers  in  their  belts  ;  and  all  were 
barefoot.  One  out  of  every  ten  rnen  carried  a  banner 
fastened  to  his  shoulders  and  reaching  two  palms  above 
his  head.     There  were  other  and  larger  banners  also." 

Repulse  of  the  Chinese. —Then  the  little  force  of 
forty  Spanish  soldiers  came  out  of  the  wooden  fort  that 
stood  near  where  Forfc  Santiago  now  stands.  They  killed 
eighty  of  the  Chinese,  losing  fourteen  of  their  own  men, 
Sioco  retreated  to  Cavite,  where  Limahong  had  now 
moved  with  his  fleet.  This  was  St.  Andrew's  day, 
Noveml3er  30,  1574.  Manila  had  no  great  stone  wall 
then.  The  fort  was  small,  without  a  moat,  and  surround- 
ed by  a  pahsade  of  stakes. 

The  city  was  filled  with  terror.  Every  one  was  ob- 
liged to  work  day  and  night  on  the  fortifications.  These 
they  made  by  constructing  a  breastwork  of  boards,  boxes, 
and  barrels  filled  with  sand.  This  breastwork  crossed 
behind  the  city  from  the  Pasig  to  the  Bay. 

The  Second  Attack. — The  next  day  Limahong 
prepared  for  a  second  attack.  He  was  too  slow.  On  the 
evening  of  that  day  Juan  de  Salcedo  sailed  into  Manila 
Bay,  with  six  boats  and  fifty  men,  to  the  rescue  of 
Manila.     AH  were  overjoyed  to  see  him.     At  daybreak 


LIMAHONG  59 

the  next  morning  Limahong's  fleet  sailed  fron^  Cavite  to 
Manila,  and  began  to  fire  its  cannon.  Then  the  pirates 
landed  near  the  city  and  attacked  it  in  three  columns,  of 
about  five  hundred  men  each.  Those  on  the  tea-shore 
forced  their  way  into  the  fort.  About  eighty  of  them 
were  killed  within  its  walls.  Then  the  Chinese  were 
driven  to  their  ships.  They  had  burned  the  Augustinian 
church  and  killed  only  half  a  dozen  Spaniards. 

Revolt  of  the  Filipinos.— The  Filipinos  were  glad  to 
see  the  Chinese  attack  the  Spaniards.  They  did  not  stop 
to  think  that  the  Chinese  might  prove  to  be  worse  masters 
than  the  Spaniards.  On  the  day  of  the  second  attack 
they  gathered  in  thousands  before  Manila  in  their  hancas, 
ready  to  avenge  themselves  on  the  Spaniards  if  the 
Chinese  should  win.  The  Moros  around  Manila  captured 
and  robbed  the  friars  who  were  outside  of  the  city.  They 
killed  goats  in  the  churches  to  show  their  contempt  for  the 
new  rehgion.  Several  Spaniards  and  their  slaves  were 
slain.  But  when  the  Moros  saw  that  the  Spaniards  were 
victorious  they  set  the  captured  friars  free,  and  asked 
pardon  for  revolting.  Several  of  their  chiefs  were  executed 
as  a  punishment. 

Limahong  in  Pangasinan.— Limahong  now  sailed 
to  the  mouth  of  the  Agno  Eiver,  in  Pangasinan.  He 
built  a  town,  and  conquered  the  surrounding  country. 
What  he  did  shows  how  foolish  it  wa'fe  for  the  Filipinos 
to  support  him  against  the  Spaniards.  He  seized  several 
hea,dmen  and  kept  them  as  hostages.  He  compelled  the 
natives  to  bring  him  food  for  his  army.  He  robbed  them 
of  their  wealth  and  treated  them  badly. 


60  HISTOEY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

Salcedo  Expels  LimahoDg.— Juan  de  Salcedo  was 
now  appointed  maestre  de  canvpo.  The  Spaniards  were 
called  together  from  all  over  the  Islands  to  repel  the 
Chinese.  In  March,  1575,  Salcedo  set  out  for  Pangasinan 
with  a  large  fleet.  He  led  two  hundred  and  fifty  Spaniards 
and  twenty-five  hundred  natives,  mostly  Visayans.  At 
the  mouth  of  the  Agno  he  was  fortunate  enough  to 
surprise  and  burn  the  Chinese  fleet. 

Instead  of  attacking  the  fort  of  the  Chinese,  Salcedo 
besieged  it  for  four  months.  The  Chinese  built  thirty 
boats  during  this  time,  and  escaped  the  fourth  of  August. 
Thus  the  Filipinos  were  freed  from  the  tyranny  of  a 
people  who  would  have  treated  them  cruelly. 

Questions  ai)d  Topics. 

1.  What  positions  did  Lavezaris  hold  ? 

2.  How  did  he  spend  his  time? 

3.  What  was  the  condition  of  the  Spaniards  in  the  time  of 

Lavezaris  ? 

4.  Why  did  the  Chinese  have  banners  fastened  to  their 

shoulders  ? 

5.  What  were  the  fortifications  of  Manila  in  1574  ? 

6.  Describe  the  conduct  of  the  Filipinos  when  Limahong 

arrived. 

7.  Why  did  Salcedo  besiege  the  fort  instead  of  assaulting 

it? 

8.  How   would  Chinese   government  have  differed    from 

Spanish? 

9.  Write  a  story  of  the  attack  by  Limahong. 


DBEAMS   OF  CONQUEST  61 


CHAPTER    YIII. 


DREAMS  OF  CONaUEST. 

De  Sande  Governor— 1575-1580.— De  Scande  was  a 
judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Mexico.  From  the  time 
of  Legazpi  the  Philippines  were  ruled  from  Mexico  as  a 
colony,  till  that  country  separated  from  Spain  in  1819. 
From  Mexico  came  most  of  the  governors,  soldiers  and 
ofticials  of  the  Philippines.  There  many  of  the  laws  for 
these  Islands  were  made,  and  by  its  Supreme  Court  most 
important  matteis  were  settled. 

De  Sande  made  every  one  obey  the  law,  but  the  coun- 
try was  so  poor  that  he  could  not  keep  criminals  in  prison 
long  because  their  labor  was  needed  to  obtain  food.  In 
his  time  the  first  horses  were  sent  to  the  Philippines,  from 
China.  They  were  thirteen  in  number,  brought  as  pre- 
sents and  to  sell.  It  was  difficult  for  De  Sande  to  get 
servants  because  they  were  afraid  of  the  horses.  De 
Sande  had  many  slaves,  and  lived  in  greater  luxury  than 
Legazpi  and  Lavezaris. 

De  Sande  Rebuilds  Manila.— De  Sande  was  a  very 
ambitious  man.  He  wished  to  excel  the  governors  who 
had  ruled  before  him.  He  wrote  to  king  Philip :  "  When 
your  Majesty  was  pleased  to  order  me  to  come  here,  the 
path  was  not  discovered  by  which  they  brought  me  over 
the  sea,  and  the  land  was  neither  subdued  nor  peopled." 
He  found  Manila  nearly  burned  to  the  ground,  and  with- 


62  HISTOEY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

out  a  church.  He  at  once  rebuilt  the  church,  started  two 
ship-building  yards,  and  surrounded  the  city  with  a 
palisade  and  rampart  of  wood  and  earth. 

Ambitions  of  De  Sande. — De  Sande  was  very  anx- 
ious to  conquer  the  great  kingdom  of  China.  He  begged 
king  Philip  to  allow  him  to  do  this,  but  the  king  refused. 
He  told  De  Sande  to  be  friendly  w^ith  the  Chinese,  and  to 
give  all  his  strength  to  ruling  the  Philippines  well. 

Disappointed  in  this  plan,  De  Sande  thought  of  another 
field  of  glory.  He  learned  that  the  king  of  Borneo  had 
robbed  and  kept  as  slaves  Filipino  merchants  who  had 
come  to  his  country.  He  also  heard  that  the  Borneans 
were  sending  Mahometan  missionaries  to  Cebu,  Mindoro, 
and  elsewhere  in  the  Philippines.  The  year  before  they 
had  prepared  a  large  fleet  to  attack  the  Philippines.  De 
Sande  therefore  wrote  a  letter  to  the  king  of  Borneo, 
demanding  that  he  release  all  Filipino  captives,  and  restore 
all  the  things  he  had  taken  from  them.  He  said  the 
king  must  not  send  any  more  Mahometan  missionaries 
to  the  Philippines,  but  must  allow  Catholic  missionaries 
to  come  to  Borneo. 

Conquest  of  Brunei. — In  1578  De  Sande  went  with  a 
fleet  of  forty  ships,  several  hundred  Spaniards,  and  about 
fifteen  hundred  Filipino  soldiers  and  sailors  to  the  city 
of  Brunei,  capital  of  Borneo.  After  a  short  battle  De 
Sande  captured  the  city.  He  took  twenty-seven  ships 
and  one  hundred  and  seventy  cannon.  Then  his  men 
fell  ill  and  he  was  obliged  to  return  to  Manila. 

During  this  expedition  he  sent  some  of  his  ships  to  Jolo 
and  the  Kio  Grande  de  Mindanao.      They  collected  some 


DREAMS   OF   CONQUEST  .63 

tribute,  but  most  of  the  natives  fled  to  the  mountains. 
The  next  year  the  collector  found  them  so  poor  that  he 
returned  the  tribute. 

Dreams  of  Conquest. — De  Bande  was  very  j)roud  of 
his  conquest  in  Borneo.  He  had  reall}^  done  very  little 
for  the  Philippines.  It  was  a  great  task  for  the  Filipinos 
to  build  him  a  fleet,  and  go  so  far  away  to  fight  people 
they  had  never  seen.  Then,  after  all  the  expense  of  con- 
quest, Borneo  was  not  kept.  Most  of  the  early  governors 
thought  of  little  but  fleets  and  armies  with  which  they 
hoped  to  conquer  new  countries.  They  thought  the  busi- 
ness of  the  government  was  to  raise  money  by  taxes  for  the 
king  and  themselves.  They  did  not  understand  that  they 
could  do  this  best  by  teaching  the  people  agriculture  and 
other  useful  things.  The  victories  of  peace  are  greater 
than  those  of  war,  but  war  seemed  to  them  more  glorious. 

Better  Days. — With  all  its  faults  the  government  of 
Spain  in  those  days  was  much' better  than  the  condition 
of  things  before  the  conquest.  Then  every  man  was 
afraid  of  his  neighbor  ;  a  man's  own  brother  was  his  slave. 
Men  feared  a  thousand  demons  of  the  earth,  the  sea  and 
the  air.  Life  was  hard  and  very  uncertam.  After  the 
Spaniards  came  life  was  still  hard,  but  it  was  much  safer. 
Trade  was  better ;  people  were  growing  richer  in  spite  of 
the  taxes ;  the  population  was  increasing  faster,  and  the 
Filipinos  were  becoming  more  united. 

Ronquillo  de  Penalosa  Governor— 1580-1583. — 
Eonquillo  brought  six  hundred  soldiers  to  the  Philippines 
at  his  own  expense.  In  return  for  this  he  was  to  receive 
the  governorship  of  the  Islands  for  life.     He  took  away 


64  HISTOKY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

all  royal  office  from  De  Sande  by  what  was  called  the 
"residencia." 

The  "Residencia." — The  governor  of  the  Philippines 
in  the  old  days  was  very  powerful.  It  was  so  far  to  Mexico 
and  Spain  that  he  was' allowed  to  do  what  he  thought 
best,  like  a  Idng.  No  one  could  disobey  him  while  he 
held  office.  At  the  close  of  his  rule,  however,  he  must 
stay  in  the  Islands  till  the  governor  who  followed  him 
had  examined  all  he  had  done.  This  examination  was 
called  the  "  residencia."  At  this  time  all  the  governor's 
accounts  were  searched  to  see  if  he  had  spent  the  public 
money  honestly.  Any  one  who  thought  the  old  governor 
had  treated  him  unjustly  could  come  before  the  new  gov- 
ernor and  make  a  complaint.  If  it  was  found  that  the 
old  governor  had  not  ruled  justly  he  was  punished. 
Sometimes  they  took  away  all  the  property  of  a  governor 
and  put  him  in  prison. 

Union  of  Portugal  with  Spain,— In  1580  Philip 
II  conquered  Portugal.  With  this  conquest  all  the  Por- 
tuguese colonies  in  the  East  Indies  came  under  the  rule  of 
the  governor  of  the  Philippines.  This  union  of  the 
two  kingdoms  lasted  till  1640.  During  this  period  the 
governn^ent  of  the  Philippines  stretched  from  India  to 
Japan.  It  was  great  task  for  the  Filipinos  to  find 
the  ships  and  men  to  rule  so  many  different  and  widely 
separated  lands.  From  this  time  the  governors  began 
to  try  to  make  the  name  of  Spain  respected  in  the 
islands  south  of  the  Philippines. 

Expeditions  to  Borneo  and  Ternate.— In  1582 
Philip  II  ordered  the  conquest  of  the  Moluccas.     They 


BREAMS   OF   CONQUEST  65 

were  his  in  name,  but  actually  in  the  power  of  het 
native  Malay  tribes.  Bonquillo  sent  an  expedition  to 
Borneo  in  1581,  when  he  replaced  the  sultan  Sirela  on  his 
throne. 

A  second  expedition  under  his  son  Sebastian  Eonquillo 
besieged  Ternate,  but  could  not  capture  it  because  disease 
broke  out.  This  little  island  w^as  taken  in  later  years  by 
the  Dutch.  Its  people  remained  faithful  to  Spain.  They 
emigrated  to  Cavite,  and  there  founded  a  pueblo  which 
they  called  Ternate.  Their  descendants  still  live  in  this 
town. 

Japanese  Pirates. — The  northern  coast  of  Luzon 
was  often  attacked  by  Chinese  and  Japanese  pirates. 
They  would  land,  burn  and  rob  a  town,  and  then  sail 
away.  During  Eonquillo's  rule  a  strong  force  of  Japanese 
pirates  captured  and  held  the  village  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Cagayan  Eiver.  They  were  under  a  leader  called  Tayfusa, 
who  severely  oppressed  the  natives.  Eonquillo  sent  a 
force  which  after  heroic  fighting  drove  them  away.  He 
deposed  the  native  rulers  who  were  holding  the  people  in 
bondage. 

Near  the  mouth  of  the  Cagayan  he  founded  the  city  of 
Nueva  Segovia,  later  the  seat  of  a  bishopric.  The  bishop 
of  the  see  of  Nueva  Segovia  now  lives  in  Vigan,  Ilocos 
Sur.  In  Eonquillo's  time  Iloilo,  now  the  second  city  in 
the  Philippines  in  importance,  was  founded. 

The  Filipinos'  Part  in  Spanish  Conquests.— In  all 
those  expeditions  the  Filipinos  toiled  to  add  glory  to  the 
flag  of  Spain.  They  built  the  ships,  rowed  or  sailed 
them,  did  all  the  hard  work,  and  often  shared  in  the 


66  HISTOBY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

fighting.  Thousands  of  them  perished  from  disease  and 
the  sword  in  the  various  expeditions  of  the  Spanish. 
They  did  not  hke  this.  They  were  not  accustomed  to  the 
labor  of  ship  building.  They  objected  to  the  long  weary 
hours  spent  at  the  oars,  and  felt  Httle  interest  in  con- 
quering the  people  of  far  off  islands.  Most  of  the  king's 
tribute  was  spent  on  war.  Many  of  these  wars  were  for 
glory  and  plunder.  The  expeditions,  however,  usually 
cost  more  than  the  result  was  worth. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  From  what  country  were  the  Philippines  ruled  till  the 

nineteenth  century? 

2.  When  and  from  what  country  were  horses  introduced 

into  the  Philippines? 

3.  What  was  the  chief  ambition  of  De  Sande  ? 

4.  What  two  complaints  had  De  Sande  against  the  king  of 

Borneo  ? 

5.  Describe  De  Sande's  expedition  to  Brunei. 

6.  What  mistake  did  the  early  governors  make? 

7.  Name  five  particulars  in  which  the  condition   of  the 

Filipinos  was  improved. 

8.  On  what  condition  did  Ronquillo  come  to  the  Philip- 

pines? 

9.  What  was  the  purpose  of  the  "  residencia"? 

10.  When  did  Portugal  and  Spain  unite? 

11.  What  effect  did  the  union  of  Spain  and  Portugal  have 

on  the  Philippines? 

12.  Who  were  the  actual  rulers  of  the  Moluccas  in  1582? 

13.  How  did  the  pueblo  of  Ternate  in  Cavite  begin  ? 

14.  In  whose  governorship  was  Iloilo  founded? 


DREAMS   OF   CONQUEST  67 

15.  What  was  the  object  of  the  expeditions  to  the  Moluccas? 

16.  How  did  the  Filipinos  feel  about  the  Spanish  conquests? 


68  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  IX. 


SALAZAR  AND  DE  VEHA. 

The  First  Bishop  of  Manila. — Domingo  de  Salazar, 
the  first  bishop  of  Manila,  arrived  in  March,  1581.  He 
was  a  good  and  earnest  ]nan,  but  not  greatly  beloved, 
because  he  was  very  stern.  In  his  time  the  quarrels 
between  church  and  state  began  to  be  serious.  There 
was  an  encomendero  in  Mindanao  who  treated  the  natives 
with  great  harshness.  The  friar  there  reproved  him  and 
tried  to  punish  him,  but  the  encomendero  mocked  at  him. 
When  Salazar  heard  of  this  quarrel  he  persuaded  Kon- 
quillo  to  call  the  encomendero  to  Manila.  Here  he  suffer- 
ed the  disgrace  of  excommunication  This  made  the  other 
encomenderos  very  angry ;  for  they  feared  their  own  evil 
lives  would  be  punished  in  the  same  way.  So  they  com- 
plained to  the  governor.  This  was  the  beginning  of  a 
strife  between  bishop  and  governor  that  lasted  till  the  end 
of  Spanish  rule  in  the  Philippines.  Under  American  rule 
such  quarrels  are  impossible  because  the  duties  of  the 
governor  and  the  bishop  are  separate.  Neither  can  in- 
terfere with  the  other. 

De  Vera  Acting-governor — 1584-1590.— Eonquillo 
and  Salazar  had  asked  the  king  to  establish  a  Supreme 
Court  in  the  Philippines.  It  was  hoped  that  the  disputes 
between  church  and  state  could  be  settled  by  such  a  court. 
In  1584  throe  judges  arrived,  and  began  the  Supreme 


SALAZAK   AND   DE    VERA  69 

Court  of  the  Philippines.  De  Vera,  the  chief  justice, 
became  acting-governor,  because  Bonquillo  had  died  the 
year  before.  It  was  long  the  custom  in  the  PhiHppines 
for  the  chief  justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  to  fill  a  vacancy 
in  the  governorship. 

Scarcity  of  Food. — Eonquillo  had  brought  so  many 
soldiers  to  the  Philippines  that  it  was  difficult  to  feed 
them.  The  population  of  Manila  w^as  only  a  few  thou- 
sand in  those  days.  Many  had  died  in  the  expeditions  of 
conquest.  Others  were  employed  in  the  ship-yards  and 
upon  other  public  works. 

Meantime,  in  1584,  twenty-five  Chinese  ships  arrived 
at  Manila  bringing  four  thousand  Chinese.  These  new 
settlers  were  merchants  and  mechanics.  They  ate  a  great 
deal,  and  of  the  best  kinds  of  food.  The  prices  of  all  pro- 
visions rose.  In  1577  one  could  buy  in  Manila  three 
hens  for  one  real.  A  buffalo  could  be  bought  for  four  reals  ; 
a  hog  for  six.  By  1584  one  hen  cost  two  or  three  reals 
and  a  hog  six  or  seven  pesos.  Both  Spaniards  and 
Filipinos  suffered  hardships. 

Insurrection  in  Pampanga.— In  1585,  while  the 
soldiers  were  sick  and  hungry  and  many  of  them  without 
weapons,  a  revolt  broke  out  in  Pampanga.  Certain  men 
conspired  with  some  Moros  from  Borneo  who  were  trading 
in  Manila  to  burn  the  city  and  kill  all  the  Spaniards. 
The  plot  was  betrayed  by  a  woman,  and  the  disaster 
avoided. 

Deeds  of  De  Vera. — De  Vera  was  a  wiser  and  stronger 
man  than  most  of  the  governors  who  came  before  him. 
He  did  some  useful  things  for  the  Islands.     In  his  rule 


70  HISTOKY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

the  first  stone  houses  were  built  in  Manila.  He  found 
that  stone  could  easily  be  cut  from  the  ledges  near  the  ban  lis 
of  the  Pasig  and  brought  to  Manila  in  boats  So  he  had 
twenty  stone  houses  built  that  there  might  be  less  danger 
from  fire.  He  also  built  the  first  stone  fort,  near  where 
Fort  Santio.go  now  stands.  It  was  called  *' Nuestra 
Seiiora  de  Guia  ".  The  artillery  for  this  fort  was  cast  by 
a  Pampangan  native  called  Pandapira.  De  Vera  also 
began  to  dig  the  moat  which  surrounds  the  city.  He 
built  a  stone  breastwork  along  the  river  front.  The  great 
wall  was  not  begun  till  later. 

Cost  of  the  Conquest.— All  these  military  works  cost 
a  great  deal  for  those  days.  The  fort  and  moat  were 
paid  for  by  a  tax  of  one  real  on  each  married  man  and 
half  a  real  on  each  single  man.  The  total  cost  of  con- 
quering and  holding  tlie  Philippines  from  the  time  of 
Legazpi  till  1586  had  been  3,000,000  ]3esos.  This  was 
equal  in  value  to  at  least  16,000,000  pesos  today,  because 
money  would  buy  much  more  then  than  now.  Only 
a  small  part  of  this  sum  was  paid  by  the  tribute  from  the 
natives.  The  Islands  were  a  heavy  tax  upon  the  treasury 
'of  Spain. 

Aims  of  Spain  in  the  Conquest.— The  old  Spanish 
kings  who  conquered  and  held  these  Islands  had  three 
aims  in  so  doing.  Pirst  they  desired  to  m.ake  money  by 
trade  and  taxes.  The  rare  and  costly  goods  brought 
from  the  East  filled  their  minds  with  visions  of  wealth. 
Charles  1.  expected  that  Magellan's  ships  would  return 
laden  with  riches.  The  letters  between  the  kings  and  the 
leaders  of  the  expeditions  say  a  great  deal  about  trade, 


SALAZAR   AND  DE  VERA  71 

spices  and  gold  mines.  The  conquerors  hurried  from 
island  to  island,  hoping  for  new  treasures  from  each  newly 
discovered  land.  They  were  bitterly  disappointed  to  get 
so  small  a  reward.  Yet  when  they  had  once  taken  the 
new  lands  it  was  hard  to  give  them  up. 

The  Glory  of  Empire. — A  second  ,£!,im  in  the  conquest 
was  the  glory  of  empire.  Spain  was  one  of  the  richest 
and  proudest  of  the  kingdoms  of  Europe  in  those  days 
Her  empire  extended  around  the  world.  The  sun  never 
set  upon  her  possessions.  The  sailors  and  soldiers  who 
raised  the  banner  of  Spain  in  new  lands  were  richly 
rewarded.  The  king  gave  them  pensions,  and  titles  of 
nobility.  Both  monarch  and  subjects  delighted  to  boast 
of  the  wide  dominion  of  the  crown  of  Spain.  There  is  a 
feeling  which  every  great  people  has  that  where  its  flag  is 
once  raised  it  should  never  be  lowered.  So  while  gain 
was  one  of  the  first  thoughts  of  the  Spanish  conquerors  it 
was  not  the  only  one. 

The  Triumph  of  the  Cross.—The  Spanish  monarchs 
were  Catholic  kings.  They  thought  that  the  cross  must 
always  go  with  the  flag.  Side  by  side  with  the  soldier 
went,  the  missionary.  The  king  felt  that  he  was  conquer- 
ing for  God  as  well  as  for  himself.  This  was  why  he  did 
not  ask  the  inhabitants  of  new  lands  if  they  wished  to 
serve  him.  He  beheved  he  had  the  only  true  religion. 
He  was  given  by  the  Pope  the  right  to  subdue  pagan 
nations  and  compel  them  to  be  baptized.  So  even  if  it 
cost  vastly  more  to  conquer  these  lands  than  they  return- 
ed to  his  treasury  he  could  not  give  them  up.  He 
believed  this  would  mean  the  loss  of  many  souls. 


72  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

Philip  III  and  Moraga.— We  may  see  how  the  kings 
of  Spain  felt  about  these  things  from  the  reply  of  Philip 
III  to  Moraga.  About  the  year  1619  some  of  the 
counsellors  of  the  king  were  advising  him  to  give  up  the 
Philippines.  Some  thought  they  were  too  expensive ; 
others  said  it  was  not  right  to  compel  a  people  to  accept  a 
new  religion  by  the  power  of  the  sword.  The  Franciscan, 
Moraga,  now  arrived  at  the  court  of  Philip  III.  "When 
he  heard  that  the  Philippines  might  be  abandoned  by 
Spain  he  was  full  of  grief ;  for  he  thought  all  the  work  of 
the  Catholic  missionaries  there  would  be  lost.  He  threw 
himself  at  the  feet  of  the  king,  and  begged  him  not  to  give 
up  the  Islands.  Philip  III  replied  :  "  Depart  with  God, 
Father  Moraga,  certain  that  it  shall  not  be  said  of  me  that 
I  abandoned  what  my  father  conquered  and  left  to  me." 

The  Memorial  to  the  King.— In  1586  the  General 
Council  of  Manila,  composed  of  all  the  leading  men,  sent 
a  long  letter  to  the  king  asking  for  many  reforms.  The 
governor,  the  bishop,  and  all  civil  and  military  officials 
united  in  the  choice  of  the  Jesuit,  Alonso  Sanchez,  to  take 
this  memorial  to  the  king.  Sanchez  went  to  Spain. 
After  much  talking,  the  king  finally  decided  to  change 
many  things  in  the  Philippines.  The  decree  ordering 
these  changes  is  called  the  reform  decree  of  1589. 

Reform  Decree  of  1589.~The  principal  things  in 
this  decree  were  the  following  : 

(1)  Twelve  thousand  ducats  were  to  be  spent  in  repair- 
ing and  ornamenting  the  cathedral  and  convents.  The 
cathedral  at  that  time  was  built  of  "wood  and  straw, 
poor  and  weatherbeaten  and  deprived  of  necessities". 


SALAZAR   AND  DE   VERA  73 

(2)  Many  friars  were  to  be  sent  to  the  Islands.  They 
must  stay  for  hfe  unless  excused  by  the  bishop.  This  was 
ordered  because  the  friars  had  been  going  to  Japan  and 
China  instead  of  staying  in  the  Philippines.  They  were 
Hke  the  governors.  They  wanted  to  make  new  conquests 
before  the  first  ones  were  completed. 

(3)  Native  girls  who  should  marry  poor  Spaniards 
were  to  receive  dowries. 

-  (4)  The  governor  was  forbidden  to  give  an  encomienda 
to  any  one  who  had  not  worked  in  it  for  three  years.  It 
was  desired  to  give  the  natives  an  example  of  industry. 
Nor  could  the  governor  give  encomiendas  to  his  friends, 
relatives  or  servants,  unless  they  were  worthy.  Some 
worthless  people  from  Mexico  were  getting  encomiendas 
while  men  who  had  lived  and  fought  for  years  in  the 
Philippines  had  none. 

(5)  No  new  slaves  were  to  be  made.  Those  born  of 
slave  parents  were  to  be  free. 

(6J  The  Supreme  Court  was  to  be  taken  away.  It 
had  not  succeeded  in  settHng  the  difficulties  between  the 
Church  and  the  State  The  king  now  sent  a  governor  of 
his  own  choice  in  whom  he  had  full  confidence. 

ftuestion  and  Topics. 

1.  Tell  the  incident  of  the  encoinendero  of  Mindanao. 

2.  What  does  this  show  about  churcli  and  state  ? 

3.  Are  such  quarrels  possible  today  ? 

4.  Why  was  a  Supreme  Court  established  in  the  Philip- 

pines ? 

5.  What  position  did  the  chief  justice  often  fill  ? 


74  HISTOEY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

6.  Why  did  food  become  dear  in  Manila  in  1584? 

7.  What  publie  works  did  Da  Vera  construct? 

8.  What  did  the  first  thirty  years  of  Spanish  conquest  in 

the  Philippines  cost  ? 

9.  What   were  the  three  aims  of  the  kings  of  Spain  in 

the  conquest  ? 

10.  When   colonies    were   costly   why   did    they   not  give 

them  up  ? 

11.  AYhat  was  the  answer  of  Philip  III  to  Moraga  ? 

12.  What  does  this  answer  show  was  his  principal  aim  ? 

13.  Who  was  the  messenger  of  Manila  to  the  king  in  1586? 

14.  To  what  did  the  six  principal  commands  of  the  decree 

of  1589  relate? 


A   EOTAL   GOVERNOR  75 


CHAPTER  X, 


A  ROYAL  GOVERNOR. 

Das  Marinas.— This  man  was  the  wisest  and  strongest 
of  the  early  governors.  Philip  II  trusted  Das  Marinas  fully. 
The  king  desired  to  treat  the  Filipinos  justly  and  kindly. 
But  he  was  a  long  distance  from  the  Philippines.  The 
officials  of  Mexico  did  not  always  tell  him  the  truth  about 
these  Islands.  The  governors  and  the  bishop  had  written 
him  different  stories  about  the  treatment  of  the  Filipinos 
by  the  Spaniards.  So  he  sent  Das  Marinas  from  Spain  to 
tell  him  the  truth.  The  governors  before  Das  Marinas  had 
been  chosen  by  the  viceroy  or  the  Supreme  Court  of 
Mexico.  Das  Marinas  was  a  royal  governor.  The  king 
gave  him  more  power  than  any  governor  before  him. 

Das  Marinas  worked  very  hard  for  the  good  of  the 
Philippines.  But  he  received  little  help  from  Mexico 
because  the  rulers  there  were  jealous  of  him.  Nor  did 
he  and  old  Bishop  Salazar  agree. 

Spain's  Treatment  of  the  Filipinos— The  new 
governor  did  not  think  the  friars  had  treated  the  natives 
of  the  Philippines  justly.  On  the  other  hand  Bishop 
Salazar  did  not  think  the  governors  and  soldiers  had  done 
right.  Each  tried  to  prove  to  the  king  that  he  was  the 
best  friend  of  the  natives. 

Salazar's  Opinion  of  the  Governors.— Salazar 
wrote  to  the  king :     "  The  natives  are  so  harassed  with 


76  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

public  and  private  undertakings  that  they  are  not 
able  to  take  breath."  He  said  also :  "  The  Spaniards 
came  to  this  country  in  name  as  conquerors  but  in  fact  as 
destroyers." 

Neglect  of  E,eligious  Instruction. — It  was  the  duty 
of  the  encomenderos  to  give  one  fourth  of  the  tribute  for 
the  support  of  churches  and  friars  in  their  districts. 
Salazar  said  :  "Of  ten  divisions  of  this  bishopric,  eight 
have  no  instruction."  The  bishop  said  the  fault  for  this 
was  the  neglect  of  the  governor  to  make  the  encomenderos 
do  their  duty.  He  wrote  to  Das  Marinas  :  "  "Who  doubts 
that  the  preaching  of  the  gospel  is  the  most  important 
thing  for  which  we  have  come  here  ?  But  yet  I  see  that 
we  care  least  for  this.  If  you  do  not  think  so  look  at 
the  progress  of  the  natives.  I  know  very  well  that  there 
is  plenty  of  care  about  temporal  things.  As  long  as  these 
are  present,  religious  instruction  must  stop,  or  the  Indians 
must  support  it  even  if  they  never  understand  it.  So  we 
all  say  that  the  Gospel  is  the  principal  thing,  but  our 
works  show  what  it  is  that  we  care  most  about,'' 

Das  Marinas'  Opinion  of  the  Friars.— Everything 
in  history  has  two  sides.  So  we  must  hear  what  Das 
Marinas  wrote  the  king  about  the  friars.  Each  was  trying 
to  tell  the  best  story  possible.  Probably  neither  the 
Bishop  nor  the  governor  was  so  much  at  fault  as  each 
painted  the  other  to  the  king. 

Das  Marinas  said  that  the  friars  and  Bishop  Salazar 
interfered  with  the  governor,  and  took  away  the  respect  of 
the  Filipinos  for  the  king.  Of  the  natives  he  said  :  "  They 
recognize  no  other  king  or  superior  than  the  father  of  the 


A  BOYAIi  GOVEENOR  77 

doctrina  and  are  more  attentive  to  his  demands  than  to 
those  of  the  governor."  He  said  the  friars  did  not  treat 
the  Filipinos  kindly.  His  words  v^ere:  "The  friars 
make  use  of  them  by  hundreds  as  slaves,  in  their  rowing, 
works,  services  and  other  ways,  without  paying  them, 
and  whipping  them  as  if  they  were  highwaymen." 

The  Friars  as  Merchants. — Das  Marinas  said  of  the 
friars :  "  The  clergy  are  all  better  merchants  than  students 
of  Latin."  The  friars  of  those  times  were  accustomed  to 
buy  much  Chinese  merchandise,  and  send  it  on  ships  to 
Mexico.  There  they  sold  it  at  a  great  j)i'ofit.  In  the 
galleon  "  Sant  Felippe,"  which  sailed  from  Cavite  in  1591, 
Bishop  Salazar  sent  fifteen  bales  and  thirty-three  boxes 
of  merchandise.  Other  friars  sent  several  bales  of  goods 
each.  It  may  be  said  in  defence  of  the  friars  that  they 
received  small  pay  at  this  time,  and  that  they  wanted  to 
use  the  profits  of  this  trade  in  the  support  of  the  church. 

Restitution  to  the  Filipinos  by  the  Conquerors. — 

It  was  the  opinion  of  Salazar  and  of  nearly  all  the  friars 
that  the  early  conquerors  of  the  Philippines  did  wrong. 
Thej  thought  that  it  was  unjust  to  conquer  people  without 
teaching  them  the  Christian  religion.  They  said  that  the 
natives  ought  to  receive  Christian  instruction  in  return  for 
the  taxes  they  paid.  King  Philip  II  when  he  heard  that 
some  of  the  natives  had  been  paying  taxes  for  many 
years  without  religious  teaching  was  deeply  grieved.  He 
ordered  in  the  decree  of  1589  that  the  early  conquerors 
pay  back  to  the  Filipinos  the  taxes  which  they  had 
collected  from  them  at  the  time  when  they  had  no  priests 
of  Christianity. 


Is  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Salazar  refused  to  confess  and  absolve  the  Spanish  en- 
eomenderos  who  did  not  do  this.  Some  money  had  been 
collected  to  restore  to  the  Filipinos,  Das  Marinas  said  of 
the  bishop  :  "  From  these  restitutions  he  gave  pensions  to 
whomsoever  he  wished,  and  took  such  part  as  he  wished 
for  his  own  house/'  The  governor  complained  that  while 
the  cathedral  was  still  unfinished  the  Bishop  was  living  in 
a  fine  house. 

Das  Marinas  wrote  to  the  king  that  it  would  need 
150,000  pesos  to  make  proper  restitution  to  the  Filipinos 
for  taxing  them,  without  teaching  them  religion.  Veiy 
little  of  this  money  was  ever  paid  to  the  Filipinos.  The 
Philippines  were  so  far  away  that  the  rulers  did  not 
always  obey  the  king's  decrees.  So  the  restitution  was 
never  made.  There  were,  however,  juster  laws  made 
about  taxes.  Das  Marinas  ordered  that  in  encomiendas 
where  there  were  judges,  but  no  priests,  only  three -fourths 
of  the  tribute  should  be  collected.  If  there  was  neither 
judge  nor  priest  no  tax  was  to  be  collected.  So  we  see 
that  the  leading  Spaniards  of  those  days  tried  to  do  justly. 

Building  of  the  Walls  of  Manila.— Das  Marinas 
found  the  PhiHppines  threatened  by  the  Moros,  the 
Chinese  and  the  Japanese.  He  determined  to  build  a 
fort  and  a  wall  at  Manila  as  a  protection  against  these 
enemies.  It  was  difficult  to  get  money  for  these  works. 
He  taxed  playing  cards  for  this  purpose ;  also  the  goods  of 
all  merchants.  The  bishop  and  friars  opposed  this  because 
they  were  trading.  They  said  that  the  natives  did  not 
ask  for  the  wall.  But  Das  Marinas  was  determined  to 
build  it.     He  wrote  to  the  king:     "I  have  begun  the 


A  ROYAL   GOVERNOR  79 

walls  at  the  jjoint  where  the  fort  was  being  built.  It  is 
nine  feet  above  the  ground  and  the  foundation  is  of  the 
same  depth.  It  is  from  sixteen  to  twelve  and  eight  feet 
wide  on  top,  according  to  the  plan."  It  took  many  years 
to  make  the  walls  as  we  see  them  now.  Many  different 
governors  added  to  them,  so  that  they  grew  wide  and 
thick.     Das  Mariilas  also  built  Fort  Santiago. 

Decay  of  the  Cotton  Industry.— Before  the  Span- 
iards came  the  Filipinos  grew  their  own  cotton  and  made 
their  own  cloth.  When  they  began  to  earn  money  from  the 
Spaniards  they  bought  their  cloth  of  the  Chinese.  They 
still  raised  cotton,  but  they  sold  it  to  the  Chinese.  This 
cotton  was  taken  to  China,  woven  into  cloth,  then  brought 
back  to  Manila  and  sold  to  the  Filipinos.  By  and  by  the 
Filipinos  did  not  even  raise  the  cotton.  Then  the  price  of 
cloth  was  put  higher  and  higher  by  the  Chinese.  Thus 
an  industry  was  lost  which  was  of  great  benefit  to  the 
Philippines.  Cotton  grows  very  well  in  these  Islands. 
It  is  best  for  a  country  to  make  all  that  it  needs  for  itself. 
At  this  time  the  Filipinos  were  spending  on  Chinese  goods, 
chiefly  cottons  and  silks,  about  200,000  pesos  a  year. 

A  Change  for  the  Worse. — In  the  time  of  Das 
Marinas  an  inquiry  was  made  about  the  former  habits  of 
the  Filipinos.  Several  Filipinos  said,  under  oath,  that 
before  the  Spaniards  came  the  natives  lived  in  villages 
and  worked  upon  their  crops.  The  chiefs  were  obeyed 
and  respected  and  there  was  plenty  to  eat.  But  after 
they  found  they  could  get  money  by  working  for  Span- 
iards they  left  their  villages  and  gave  them'selves  up  to 
vice  and  wandering.     They  found  it  easy  to  buy  what 


80  HISTORY  OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

they  needed  after  working  awhile.  Then  they  spent 
their  spare  time  in  evil  wa^  s.  Before  the  conquest  they 
had  to  work  all  the  time.  But  now,  since  so  many  had 
left  the  fields,  food  had  become  scarce  and  dear.  Civiliza- 
tion always  brings  some  evils  with  it.  Those  who  are  not 
strong  cannot  stand  the  freedom  and  the  changes  that  it 
brings.  Whatever  losses  the  Filipinos  suffered,  there  was 
much  that  they  gained. 

Conquest  of  Zambales. — The  Negritos  of  the  Zam- 
bales  mountains  had  for  centuries  robbed  and  killed  the 
Pampangans,  their  neighbors.  So  Das  Marinas  resolved 
to  make  war  on  them.  The  way  he  did  it  shows  how 
the  Spaniards  used  the  Filipinos  to  help  them. 

In  1591  he  sent  six  Spanish  captains  against  the  Ne- 
gritos. Each  captain  led  twenty  Spanish  soldiers  and 
five  or  six  hundred  Pampangans.  They  entered  the 
Zambales  mountains  by  six  different  roads.  Then  they 
burned  the  houses  and  crops  of  the  Negritos.  They  cap- 
tured 2500  men  and  women.  Of  most  of  these  they 
made  slaves.  Four  hundred  of  them  were  put  as  rowers 
into  four  new  boats  which  Das  Marinas  had  built.  These 
boats  were  propelled  by  fifty  or  sixty  long  oars  each.  It 
was  very  hard  work  to  pull  these  oars  all  day.  The 
Filipinos  never  liked  this  work.  Yet  they  did  a  great 
deal  of  it  for  the  Spaniards.  A  slave  who  was  used  in 
rowing  by  the  Spaniards  was  given  freedom  after  three 
years  of  this  work. 

The  Great  Fleet. — Like  the  governors  before  him 
Das  Marinas  wanted  to  conquer  the  Moluccas.  The  king 
had  given  a  special  order  that  this  be  done.     So  Das 


A  EOYAL   GOVERNOR  81 

Marinas  made  many  natives  cut  trees  in  the  forests  of 
Bulacan.  This  timber  was  carried  to  Cavite  and  made 
into  ships.  By  1593  Das  Marinas  had  two  hundred 
ships,  large  and  small.  To  build  and  equip  these  ships 
was  a  great  task  for  the  Fihpinos.  It  would  have  been 
much  better  for  them  to  cultivate  the  fields,  and  learn  to 
make  the  things  they  were  buying  of  the  Chinese. 

Das  Marinas  sent  the  fleet  ahead  to  Iloilo.  It 
carried  one  thousand  Spaniards,  four  hundred  Tagalog 
and  Pampangan  arquebusiers,  one  thousand  Visayans, 
armed  with  lances  and  bows,  and  five  hundred  Chinese 
rowers. 

Death  of  Das  Marinas.— Das  Marinas  with  forty 
companions,  among  them  several  captains  and  friars,  sail- 
ed a  few  days  later  in  a  boat  propelled  by  one  hundred 
and  fifty  Chinese  rowers.  At  the  island  of  Caya,  near 
the  coast  of  Batangas,  the  Chinese  killed  twenty-one  of 
the  Spaniards,  including  the  governor.  So  perished  one 
of  the  best  governors  the  Philippines  ever  had. 

Manila  in  Das  Marinas'  time.— Das  Marinas  left 
Manila  a  different  city  from  what  he  found  it.  He  had 
surrounded  it  with  a  wall.  He  had  built  barracks,  store- 
houses, hospitals,  public  markets,  and  the  college  of  Santa 
Potenciana.  The  Cathedral  was  completed  by  him.  His 
rule  was  a  time  of  great  activity.  Manila  became  a  city 
of  stone  instead  of  bamboo.  The  foundations  of  Spanish 
rule  were  for  the  first  time  firmly  laid. 


82  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  Who  chose  Das  Marinas  for  governor  ? 

2.  Why  was  it  difficult  for  the  king  to  know  the  truth 

about  the  Philippines  ? 

3.  What  dispute  arose  between  Das  Marinas  and  Salazar  ? 

4.  What  proportion  of  the  Islands  had  religious  instruction 

in  1590  ? 

5.  What  opinion  had  the  friars  of  the  Spanish  conquerors  ? 

6.  How  did  Salazar  try  to  enforce  restitution  ? 

7.  AVhat  change  did  Das  Marinas  make  in  the  taxes? 

8.  How  was  money  raised  to  build  the  wall  of  Manila? 

9.  Describe  the  first  wall  of  Manila. 

10.  What  effect  did  the  coming  of  the  Spaniards  have  on  tlie 

cotton  industry  ? 

11.  Can   you   think   of  some   evils    civilization   brings   to 

barbariaii  people  ? 

12.  What  changes  did  Das   Marinas  make  in  the  city  of 

Manila  ? 


THE  GALLEONS  83 


CHAPTER  XI. 


THE  VOYAGES  OF  THE  GALLEONS. 

The  Chinese  Trade. — It  is  impossible  to  understand 
the  history  of  the  Philippines  unless  we  know  something 
of  the  early  trade  with  China.  In  the  time  of  Das 
Marinas  twenty  or  thirty  Chinese  junks  came  to  Manila 
every  year.  They  brought  porcelain,  silks,  cottons,  cloths 
ornamented  with  gold  and  silver,  jewels,  copper  and  iron 
vases,  curious  ornaments  of  ivory  and  wood,  besides  many 
kinds  of  food,  and  buffaloes,  horses  and  cows. 

Commerce  with  Mexico. — Most  of  the  goods  that 
the  Chinese  brought  were  bought  by  merchants  who  sent 
them  to  Mexico.  Here  they  were  sold  at  a  very  high 
price.  The  profits  of  this  trade  were  so  tempting  that 
everybody  engaged  in  it.  The  g  )vernor,  the  judges,  the 
bishop  and  friars,  the  army  officers — all  tried  to  get  rich 
from  the  commerce  with  Mexico. 

No  Room  for  Filipinos. — There  were  only  one  or 
two  ships  a  year  to  Mexico  from  Manila.  So  only  the 
rich  and  the  powerful  could  send  their  goods.  There  was 
not  room  on  the  ships  for  the  cargoes  of  all  who  wished 
to  engage  in  this  trade.  Therefore  the  Pilipinos  did  not 
get  much  advantage  from  it.  They  helped  load  and 
unload  the  ships,  received  some  of  the  money  the  Spaniards 
spent,  but  very  few  became  rich  merchants.  The  proper 
business  of  the  Islands  was  neglected.     Manila  became 


84  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

the  place  where  the  goods  of  one  foreign  country  were 
bought  and  sent  to  another  foreign  country. 

Yet  the  galleon  trade  was  the  foundation  of  the  wealth 
of  Manila.  The  money  was  made  by  working  for  three 
months.  Then  the  merchants  lived  in  ease  and  luxury 
the  rest  of  the  year.  The  people  who  made  money 
from  this  trade  often  spent  it  foolishly,  or  else  went 
away  to  Mexico  and  Spain.  Agriculture  and  the 
native  industries  were  neglected.  Manila  grew  rich  and 
powerful,  while  the  rest  of  the  Philippines  was  neglected. 

The  Galleons. — This  trade  was  so  rich  that  the  king 
allowed  no  ships  but  his  to  carry  goods  to  Mexico. 
These  ships,  built  for  the  trade  between  Manila  and 
Mexico,  were  called  wao.s  de  Acapulco,  or  galleons. 
They  were  owned  and  sailed  by  the  government.  In 
fact  they  were  royal  trading  and  treasure  ships.  They 
carried  also  the  goods  of  private  merchants.  These  ships 
sailed  first  from  Navidad,  but  after  1602  from  Acapulco. 
The  last  galleon  left  Manila  in  1811.  The  last  to  come 
from  Mexico  was  in  1815. 

The  galleons  were  short,  broad  ships  with  very  high 
bow  and  stern.  For  those  days  they  were  large  ships. 
Now  they  would  seem  small.  They  were  about  the  size 
of  the  steamers  which  run  from  Manila  to  Iloilo  and 
Vigan.  Usually  they  were  built  in  Cavite.  Although 
small,  they  had  four  decks,  and  carried  sometimes  forty 
cannon  to  protect  them  from  enemies. 

The  Voyage  Across  the  Pacific.— The  galleon 
sailed  from  Manila  in  July.  The  voyage  across  the 
Pacific  to  Acapulco  was  long  and  dangerous.     It  took  four 


THE   GALLEONS  85 

to  six  months.  In  the  early  days  one-fourth  of  the  pas- 
sengers often  died  from  the  hardships  of  the  voyage. 
Nearly  every  one  who  travelled  from  Spain  to  the  Philip- 
pines came  on  the  galleons.  Sometimes  four  or  five 
hundred  persons  were  crowded  into  the  ship.  They  were 
soldiers,  friars,  government  officials,  merchants  and 
travellers.  It  cost  from  five  hundred  to  one  thousand 
pesos  each  way  for  a  private  person  to  cross  the  ocean  in 
a  galleon.  Often  the  food  became  scarce.  The  water, 
kept  so  many  months  in  wooden  casks,  became  hot  and 
foul.  Many  galleons  were  wrecked.  Others  were 
captured  by  English  or  Dutch  corsairs.  It  was  so 
difficult  and  dangerous  a  voyage  that  many  persons  spent 
their  lives  in  the  Philippines  because  they  could  not  get 
the  money  or  had  not  the  courage  to  return  to  Spain. 

Arrival  of  the  Galleon.— The  voyage  from  Mexico 
to  Manila  was  much  easier.  It  was  made  in  forty  to 
sixty  days.  The  galleon  stopped  at  Guam  for  water.  It 
entered  by  the  Strait  of  San  Bernardino.  A  watchman 
on  Mt.  Buliisan,  when  he  saw  the  ship  on  the  horizon, 
sent  the  news  to  Manila  as  quickly  as  possible.  Then  the 
bells  rang  for  joy,  and  all  was  excitement.  The  merchants 
were  expecting  the  money  for  the  cargo  they  had  sent  the 
year  before  to  Mexico.  The  church  looked  for  new  priests 
to  take  the  places  of  those  who  had  died.  The  army 
awaited  fresh  soldiers.  The  governor  looked  for  replies 
from  the  king  to  his  requests,  or  perhaps  for  the  arrival 
of  his  successor.  Friends  watched  for  those  who  were 
coming  for  the  first  time  to  the  Philippines. 

In  short,  there  was  no  one  in  Manila  who  did  not  feel 


86  HISTORY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

an  interest  in  the  arrival  of  the  galleon.  In  years  when 
the  galleon  did  not  arrive,  many  articles  became  scarce 
dnd  high  in  price.  The  wrecking  or  capture  of  the 
galleon  meant  a  hard  j^ear  for  many  poor  people. 

Loss  of  the  Galleons. — The  officers  of  the  galleons 
received  very  high  salaries.  The  commander  was  called 
''  General  ".  His  salary  was  40,000  pesos  a  year.  The 
pilot  received  20,000  pesos.  These  positions  were  filled  by 
the  governor.  Too  often  he  appointed  favorites  These 
i^en  were  not  always  good  sailors.  About  ten  galleons  were 
wrecked  at  different  times  in  the  Strait  of  San  Bernardino, 
upon  its  dangerous  rocks  and  shoals.  Several  sailed  from 
Manila  and  were  never  seen  again.  Hundreds  of  lives 
and  millions  of  pesos  were  thus  lost  to  the  Philippines. 
It  would  have  been  better  to  have  had  smaller  vessels  and 
more  of  them.  Then  in  case  of  loss  the  Islands  could 
have  borne  it  more  easily. 

Capture  of  the  "Sancta  Ana." — In  1585  the  young 
English  captain.  Cavendish,  came  through  the  Strait  of 
Magellan.  He  sailed  up  the  coast  of  South  America, 
capturing  sixteen  Spanish  ships.  Near  the  coast  of  Cali- 
fornia, he  waited  for  the  galleon  from  the  Phihppines. 
That  year  it  was  the  Sanda  Ana,  richly  laden.  She  had 
many  cannon,  but  they  were  carried  as  ballast.  Cavendish 
captured  nearly  a  million  pesos'  worth  of  booty.  He  is 
said  to  have  entered  London  with  sails  made  of  silk  and 
damask.  After  burning  the  Sanda  Ana,  he  sailed  to  the 
Moluccas,  then  around  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  to  London, 
Watchmen  were  kept  on  several  of  the  promontories  of 
the  Philippines  to  report  the  coming  of  such  corsairs. 


THE   GALLEONS  87 

The  Royal  Subsidy. — The  Philippines  for  many 
years  received  annually  a  sum  of  money  from  the  royal 
treasury  in  Mexico  to  help  pay  the  expenses  of  the  govern- 
ment here.  This  was  called  the  real  situado,  or  royal 
subsidy.  The  taxes  collected  from  the  Filipinos  were  used 
to  buy  Chinese  goods.  These  were  shipped  to  Mexico  in 
the  galleons.  There  they  w^ere  sold,  and  the  money  sent 
back  to  the  Philippines.  Enough  money  or  goods  was 
added  to  pay  the  expenses  of  the  government  here.  In 
1665  the  subsidy  was  fixed  at  250,000  pesos.  Sometimes 
it  was  more ;  sometimes  less.  On  the  whole  these  Islands 
cost  the  treasury  of  Spain  much  more  than  she  ever  receiv- 
ed from  them.  There  were  merchants  and  officials  who 
made  large  fortunes  in  the  Philippines  Often  they  did 
this  by  dishonesty  to  the  government  and  injustice  to  the 
Filipinos.  But  the  Islands  never  paid  a  lasting  profit  to 
the  king. 

ftuestions  and  Topics. 

1.  What  kinds  of  goods  were  brought  from  China  to  the 

Philippines? 

2.  What   classes    of  people   engaged    in    the    trade   with 

Mexico  ? 

3.  Why  could  not  all  engage  in  the  galleon  trade? 

4.  Mention  the  evils  of  the  galleon  trade. 

5.  Trace  the  course  of  the  galleons  on  the  map. 

6.  What  classes  of  people  travelled  on  the  galleons? 

7.  At  what  point  did  the  galleon  enter  the  Philippines? 
8-  Why  were  so  many  galleons  lost  ? 

9.     What  was  the  royal  subsidy  ? 


88  HISTOEY   OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XII, 


THE  WARS  WITH  THE  DUTCH. 

The  Dutch  Conquer  the  Moluccas.— When  Philip 
II  annexed  Portugal  in  1580  he  forbade  the  Dutch  to 
buy  eastern  goods  there.  Therefore  the  Dutch  began  to 
conquer  the  Moluccas.  In  1598  they  defeated  the 
combined  fleets  of  Portugal  and  Spain,  and  established 
trading  posts  in  Java  and  Johore.  Then  they  grew  bold 
and  sent  a  strong  fleet  under  Admiral  Van  Noort  to 
attack  Manila.  With  four  large  ships  the  Dutch  admiral 
appeared  in  Manila  Bay  in  December,  1600.  His  was  the 
first  fleet  to  attack  Manila  since  the  days  of  Limahong. 
Fortunately  there  was  a  brave  and  able  leader  to  oppose 
Van  Noort. 

Antonio  de  Morga. — De  Morga  had  come  to  the 
Philippines  a  few  years  before.  He  served  as  judge  and 
lieutenant-governor  from  1595  to  1596.  He  is  best  known 
by  his  book,  Sucesos  de  las  Filipinas.  This  book  was 
published  in  Mexico  in  1609.  It  was  the  first  full  history 
of  the  early  days  of  the  Spanish  rule  in  the  Philippines. 
Jose  Kizal  reprinted  De  Morga's  work  in  Paris,  1890. 
He  added  notes  of  his  own.  In  these  notes  Rizal  claims 
that  the  Filipinos  were  more  advanced  in  civilization  at 
the  time  of  the  conquest  than  they  were  after  three 
centuries  of  Spanish  rule.  He  says  that  then  they  could 
make  cannon,  build  big  boats,  and  do  other  things  that 


^ARS  WITH  THE   DUTCH  89 

they  have  now  forgotten  how  to  do,  or  that  others  do  for 
them.  Some  FiHpino  writers  think  Kizal  was  right. 
Others  say  that  he  was  mistaken,  and  that  the  true  glory 
of  the  Filipino  is  to  be  found  in  the  use  he  makes  of  the 
present  and  the  future.  Every  one  must  read  the  story 
of  those  times  and  judge  for  himself. 

The  Defeat  of  Van  Noort.— De  Morga  was  made 
commander  of  the  force  chosen  to  defend  Manila  against 
the  Dutch.  There  were  two  old  ships  at  Cavite.  These 
were  hastily  fitted  for  battle.  The  cannon  were  too  heavy 
for  the  ships,  and  soldiers  and  sailors  were  few.  The 
battle  was  long  and  fierce.  The  Spaniards  showed  great 
bravery.  The  Dutch  flagship  was  burned,  another  ship 
captured,  while  the  remaining  two  escaped.  De  Morga's 
ship  was  sunk.  He  himself  was  four  hours  in  the  water 
before  he  reached  the  shore. 

Some  prisoners  were  captured.  They  were  Protes- 
tants. The  friars  tried  to  convert  them  to  Catholicism. 
All  but  one  became  Catholics.  These  were  hung,  while 
the  one  captain  who  refused  to  change  his  religion  was 
garroted  and  thrown  into  the  sea. 

The  Dutch  as  Colonizers.— The  object  of  the  Dutch 
in  their  conquest  of  the  Indies  was  commerce.  They  did 
not  try  to  Christianize  or  educate  the  natives,  as  the 
Spaniards  did.  They  taught  the  natives  of  Java  and 
other  islands  they  ruled  to  cultivate  the  ground  properly. 
They  preserved  order  among  them,  and  guarded  them 
from  foreign  enemies.     But  they  gave  them  little  liberty. 

The  Dutch  now  rule  with  an  iron  hand  forty  millions 
of  Malays  in  the  islands  south  of  the  Philippines.     These 


90  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

islands  under  Dutch  rule  have  been  more  prosperous  and 
peaceful  than  the  Philippines.  But  the  people  are  not 
treated  with  the  same  respect  and  kindness  as  in  the 
Philippines.  If  a  native  of  good  position  in  the  Dutch 
colonies  meets  a  Dutchman  of  humble  rank  he  must 
dismount  from  his  horse  and  take  off  his  hat  to  the 
Dutchman.  The  native  princes  have  been  allowed  much 
power  and  liberty  by  the  Dutch,  but  the  common  people 
have  always  been  treated  by  them  as  children.  Perhaps 
it  was  fortunate  for  the  Philippines  that  the  Spaniards 
drove  away  the  Dutch  from  these  Islands. 

Acuna's  Expedition, — In  1606  Governor  Bravo  de 
Acufia  set  out  to  take  the  Moluccas  from  the  Dutch.  He 
fitted  out  a  fleet  of  five  large  ships  and  thirty  smaller 
ones.  Fourteen  hundred  Spaniards  and  sixteen  hundred 
Filipinos  went  with  him.  Two  years  before,  eight  hun- 
dred soldiers  had  come  from  Mexico.  With  them  were  sent 
200,000  ducats,  as  w^ell  as  cannon  and  war  supplies  for  a 
campaign  in  the  Moluccas.  Acu fia  made  the  first  successful 
expedition  of  the  Spaniards  for  the  conquest  of  the  Moluc- 
cas. He  seized  Tidor,  and  stormed  the  fort  at  Ternate. 
The  chief  of  Ternate  submitted  to  Spain,  giving  up  to 
Acuna  his  Spanish  and  Dutch  prisoners.  Acufia  took  the 
son  of  the  chief  and  twenty-four  others  as  hostages.  After 
taking  possession  of  several  smaller  islands  he  returned 
to  Manila.   • 

The  Battle  of  Mariveles. — The  next  great  battle  with 
the  Dutch  was  fought  near  Mariveles.  The  Dutch  ad- 
miral, Wittert,  held  the  entrance  to  Manila  Bay  for  five 
months  in  the  year  1609.     He  did  not  dare  to  attack 


WAES   WITH  THE  DUTCH  91 

Manila,  on  account  of  the  strength  of  the  fort  and  walls. 
But  he  captured  many  Chinese  and  Japanese  trading- 
ships  on  their  wa)^  to  Manila. 

At  this  time  Juan  de  Silva  was  governor.  Manila  was 
almost  without  ships  of  war.  Six  small  ships  were  has- 
tily built  at  Cavite,  while  Wittert  was  plundering  the 
ships  that  tried  to  enter  the  Bay.  The  church  bells  of 
Manila  were  melted  into  cannon.  The  iron  gratings  were 
torn  from  the  windows  of  the  houses  to  make  nails  and 
cannon-balls.  Finall}''  the  fleet  was  ready.  Silva  sailed 
to  Mariveles  and  attacked  Wittert.  The  battle  lasted 
six  hours.  The  Dutch  were  completely  defeated.  Two 
hundred  and  fifty  men  were  captured,  besides  half  a 
million  pesos  in  money  and  goods.  There  was  great 
rejoicing  in  Manila  when  the  victorious  fleet  returned. 
The  friars  persuaded  the  captured  Dutch  to  give  up  their 
Protestantism.  They  spared  the  lives  of  those  who  be- 
came Catholics. 

Silva's  Great  Fleet.— Silva  now  determined  to  build 
a  fleet  which  should  drive  the  Dutch  from  the  seas.  For 
years  the  natives  of  Pampanga  and  Bulacan  toiled  in  the 
forests  cutting  trees  for  ship-building.  In  the  Cavite  ship- 
yard FiHpino  mechanics  shaped  the  boats  and  cast  the 
cannon  that  were  to  bring  victory  to  Spain.  In  1616 
Silva  sailed  in  search  of  the  Dutch  fleet.  He  had  fourteen 
large  ships  and  many  small  ones,  carrying  three  hundred 
cannon.  Two  thousand  Spaniards  and  three  thousand 
Filipinos  manned  this  fleet.  The  flagship,  SjQivadgra, 
was  two  thousand  tons  in  size,  perhaps  the  largest  ship 
ever  built  in  the  Philippines. 


92  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

The  Dutch  had  heard  of  the  great  preparations  to  break 
their  power.  They  were  careful  to  keep  out  of  the  reach 
of  this  mighty  squadron.  Silva  hunted  the  Dutch  for 
two  months  in  vain.  Then  he  died  in  Malacca  of  fever. 
His  ships  returned  to  Manila,  to  the  joy  of  its  anxious 
inhabitants. 

The  Battle  of  Playa  Honda. — The  Dutch,  hearing 
of  the  death  of  their  dreaded  enemy,  again  invaded  the 
seas  of  the  PhiHppines.  "With  ten  ships  they  appeared  at 
Playa  Honda,  a  beach  on  the  coast  of  Zambales. 

Juan  Eonquillo,  attacked  the  Dutch  fleet  with  nine 
ships  April  14,  1617.  He  captured  three  ships,  destroy- 
ed two,  while  the  remaining  five  fled.  The  captain  of 
the  "  San  Marcos,"  one  of  the  Spanish  ships,  was  a 
coward.  He  fled  with  his  ship  to  the  coast  of  Ilocos. 
Meeting  two  of  the  Dutch  ships  here,  he  refused  to 
fight,  beaching  his  ship  to  save  his  life.  A  Dutch  sailor, 
seeing  this,  cried  to  him  in  Spanish :  "  Vile  traitor, 
would  it  not  be  more  to  your  credit  to  lose  that  great  ship 
in  battle  than  to  destroy  it  with  such  cowardice  ?  "  The 
Spanish  captain,  Vega,  returned  safely  to  Manila  by  land. 
Being  the  son  of  a  man  of  influence,  he  was  not  punished. 
Such  cowardice  was  rare.  There  were  many  battles  with 
the  Dutch  besides  these,  and  the  Spaniards  showed  them- 
selves better  and  braver  fighters  than  their  foes. 

Attack  on  Cavite— 1647.— The  last  great  sea  battle 
with  the  Dutch  was  fought  in  1647.  That  year  twelve 
large  ships  sailed  into  Manila  Bay.  The  flagship  went 
ahead  to  Cavite  and  fired  at  Fort  San  Felipe.  The  fort 
was  wholly  unprepared  for  an  attack.     Had  the  Dutch 


WAES  WITH  THE  DUTCH  93 

adrairal  fought  that  day,  Cavite  would  have  fallen. 
General  Corcuera  was  a  prisoner  in  the  fort.  When  he 
saw  the  ]J)utch  ship  sail  back  to  Mariveles,  he  cried  out, 
"  Wretched  soldier,  today  you  have  lost  the  victory." 
Three  days  later  when  the  Dutch  fleet  attacked  the  fort, 
all  was  ready.  Their  fleet  fired  more  than  2000  cannon- 
balls  at  the  fort,  but  was  driven  away.  Their  flagship 
was  wrecked,  and  the  admiral  killed. 

Massacre  of  Abiicay. — The  Dutch  now  retreated  to 
Mariveles  and  tried  their  fortune  on  land.  They  attacked 
the  pueblo  of  Abucay,  in  Bataan.  The  alcalde  had 
six  hundred  Filipino  soldiers.  He  shut  himself  up  with 
them  in  the  convent.  The  Dutch  surrounded  the  building, 
and  demanded  the  surrender  of  the  force.  On  the  advice 
of  some  friars,  the  alcalde  yielded  without  fighting.  The 
Dutch  had  promised  to  spare  the  lives  of  the  soldiei-s. 
But  when  they  entered  the  convent  they  massacred  over 
four  hundred  of  them  in  the  gallery  of  the  convent.  War 
was  very  cruel  in  those  days,  and  often  carried  on  without 
honor.     The  Dutch  acted  little  better  than  pirates. 

Defeat  of  the  Dutch. — After  this  massacre  the  Dutch 
grew  very  bold  and  robbed  the  country  near  their  camp. 
Captain  Chaves  with  three  companies  of  troops,  mostly 
Pampangans,  attacked  them  in  the  pueblo  of  Abucay.  He 
slew  the  Dutch  without  mercy  at  the  same  place  where 
they  had  shown  no  mercy  to  the  FiHpinos.  Then 
an  epidemic  fell  upon  the  Dutch  and  they  sailed  away. 
After  this  defeat  they  gave  up  the  attempt  to  conquer 
the  Philippines.  Fifty  years  of  war  with  these  cruel  and 
greedy  conquerors  had  cost  the  Filipinos  many  lives  and 


94  HISTORY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

ships.     Spaniards  and  Filipinos  had  fought  bravely  to- 
gether against  the  common  enemy. 

Filipino  Loyalty. — In  those  days  there  were  many 
Filipinos  who  weie  very  loyal  to  Spain  and  proud  of  the 
Spanish  flag.  They  had  never  seen  Spain  defeated. 
They  believed  she  was  the  greatest  nation  on  the  face  of 
the  earth.  Pirates  of  many  nations  sailed  the  seas  then, 
and  the  Filipinos  were  glad  of  the  protection  of  a  strong 
hand.  The  people  were  simple  and  ignorant.  They 
knew  nothing  of  sach  words  as  "  republic  ",  "  equality  ", 
"  reform  ".  When  they  rebelled,  as  they  sometimes  did, 
it  was  because  of  some  particular  hardship  in  one  locahty. 
They  had  no  thought  of  uniting  all  the  islands  under  a 
free,  equal  and  just  government  by  all  the  people.  Those 
who  took  refuge  from  the  Spaniards  in  the  mountains 
had  no  hesitation  in  robbing  and  killing  their  fellow 
countrymen  as  in  the  days  before  the  conquest. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  Why  did  the  Dutch  try  to  conquer  the  Moluccas? 

2.  For  what  is  Antonio  de  Morga  most  famous  ? 

3.  What  was  Rizal's  opinion  of  the  state  of  the  Filipinos 

at  the  time  of  the  conquest  ? 

4.  What  was  done  to  the  Dutch  captured  in  1600? 

5.  What  was  the  difference  between  the  aims  of  the  Dutch 

and  the  Spanish  ? 
G.     How  do  the  Dutch  treat  their  Malay  subjects? 

7.  What  were  the  results  of  Acuiia's  expedition  ? 

8.  Why  did   the  Spanish  spare  the  lives  of  the  captives 

from  Wittert's  fleet  ? 


WAES  WITH  aHE  DUTCH  95 

9,  What  was  the  object  of  Silva's  great  expediton  ? 

10.  Why  did  it  fail  ? 

11.  What  part  did  the  Filipinos  take  in  Silva's  expedition? 

12.  Why  did  the  Spaniards  defeat  the  Dutch  so  often  ? 

13.  Why  is  a  massacre  dishonorable  ? 

14.  Why  were  the  Filipinos  of  the  days  of  Silva  loyal  to 

Spain  ? 

15.  What  was  the  motive  of  the  early  revolts  ? 


96  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XIII. 


THE  CHIKTESE  IN  PHILIPPINE  HISTORY. 

Arrival  of  the  Chinese. — Long  before  the  Spaniards 
came  to  the  Philippines  the  people  of  China  traded  with 
the  Filipinos.  But  onlj^  a  few  Chinese  made  their  homes 
in  the  Philippines  in  those  early  days.  The  country  was 
not  safe  for  strangers.  When  Legazpi  came  to  Manila 
there  were  about  one  hundred  and  fifty  Chinese  living  in 
the  town.  The  Spaniards  in  those  days  encouraged  the 
Chinese  to  come  to  Manila  and  settle.  They  wanted  them 
to  build  houses,  row  in  the  boats,  and  make  and  sell  the 
things  which  the  Filipinos  did  not  use.  De  Morga  said  : 
"  It  is  true  the  town  cannot  exist  without  the  Chinese, 
as  they  are  workers  in  all  trades  and  occupations,  very 
industrious  and  work  for  small  pay."  The  Chinese  came 
so  rapidly  that  by  1600  there  were  more  Chinese  than 
Filipinos  in  Manila.  It  was  necessary  to  make  them 
live  in  one  place  when  they  became  numerous.  Then  they 
could  be  more  easily  watched.  Therefore  a  building  was 
made  for  them. 

The  Alcaycena .  and  the  Parian. — ^The  Alcayceria 
was  a  huge  building  built  by  Konquillo  in  1581  for  the 
Chinese.  Its  first  site  was  on  Calle  San  Fernando, 
Binondo.  There  the  Chinese  merchants  who  came  to 
Manila  lived  and  traded.  In  1582  this  building  burned 
to  the  ground.     The  following  year  a  new  Alcayceria, 


THE   CHINESE  97. 

called  the  Faridn  (Mexican  for  ''  market-place  "),  was 
built  where  the  Botanical  Gardens  now  are.  It  consisted 
of  four  long  rows  of  buildings.  These  structures  were 
built  on  the  four  sides  of  a  square.  In  the  middle  was  a 
small  lake,  long  since  filled  with  earth.  A  creek  led  from 
this  lake  to  the  Eiver  Pasig.  The  Chinese  boats  laden  with 
merchandise  would  come  to  this  lake  and  unload  silks, 
cottons  and  other  wares.  In  these  great  buildings  lived 
thousands  of  Chinese.  Here  they  carried  on  all  kinds  of 
trades  and  sold  n:iany  things  the  Filipinos  had  never 
before  seen.  The  Parian  had  one  hundred  and  fifty 
shops  and  six  hundred  merchants.  The  Chinese  were 
rapidly  becoming  rich  and  powerful. 

Chinese  Christians. — Das  Marinas  thought  it  was 
not  well  to  let  the  Chinese  do  all  the  useful  things  and 
get  all  the  money.  He  wished  to  expel  them  from  the 
country.  But  Bishop  Salazar  and  the  friai-s  did  not  want 
him  to  send  away  the  Chinese,  because  many  of  them 
had  become  Christians.  The  Dominicans  had  done  a 
great  deal  for  the  conversion  of  the  Chinese.  More 
would  have  been  converted,  had  not  the  old  Bishop 
made  every  Christian  Chinaman  cut  off  his  queue.  After 
this  he  could  not  return  to  his  native  land.  So  the 
Chinese  remained  in  Manila. 

The  Three  Mandarins. — A  strange  thing  happened 
in  the  year  1603,  v/hen  Acufia  was  governor.  Three 
Chinese  mandarins,  as  the  great  men  of  China  are 
called,  arrived  in  Manila.  They  wished  to  see  if  a 
mountain  of  gold  existed  in  Cavite,  as  they  had  been  told 
was  the  case.     Acuiia  showed  them  that  this  was  an  idle 


98  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

tale,  so  they  went  away.  The  Spaniards  could  not 
believe  that  the  search  for  a  mountain  of  gold  was 
the  real  purpose  of  the  mandarins.  They  thought 
these  men  wished  to  see  if  Manila  could  be  captured. 
The  Chinese  in  Manila  now  began  to  act  strangely. 
Many  of  them  went  back  and  forth  between  the  city  and 
the  country.  The  Spaniards  fearing  a  plot  began  to 
threaten  them.  Then  the  Chinese  became  alarmed  and 
planned  to  destroy  the  Spaniards. 

Chinese  Revolt  of  1603.— On  the  night  of  October 
3,  1603,  the  entire  Chinese  population  of  Manila, 
nearly  25,000  in  number,  rose  in  revolt.  They  burned 
many  houses  in  Binondo,  and  killed  many  natives.  There 
were  few  Spaniards  in  Manila.  A  force  of  one  hundred 
and  fifty  men  attacked  the  Chinese.  Nearly  all  of  the 
Spaniards  were  killed. 

At  dawn  the  rebels  attacked  the  walled  city.  The 
fight  lasted  all  day.  Every  Spaniard,  including  the  friars, 
armed  himself  and  fought  that  day.  It  is  said  that  Father 
Flores  sat  all  day  in  a  boat  near  the  wall,  firing  two 
arquebuses,  and  killed  six  hundred  Chinese. 

Defeat  of  the  Chmese.— Finally  the  Spaniards  drove 
away  the  Chinese.  They  fled  to  the  mountains  of  San 
Pablo.  Here  a  large  force  of  Spaniards  and  Filipinos  sur- 
rounded and  besieged  them.  Hunger  and  the  attacks  of 
the  natives,  who  hated  the  Chinese,  caused  the  death  of 
about  23,000. 

In  the  case  of  Limahong,  the  Spaniards  saved  the  Fili- 
pinos, but  in  the  insurrection  of  1603  the  Spaniards  would 
all  have  been  destroyed,  without  the  help  of  the  Filipinos. 


THE   CHINESE  99 

Revolt  of  1639. — Two  galleons  were  wrecked  off  the 
coast  of  Cagayan  in  1639.  This  ruined  the  business  of  the 
Chinese.  The  Spaniards  and  FiHpinos  had  no  money  to 
buy  their  goods,  because  it  had  sunk  with  the  galleons. 
Hunger  forced  the  Chinese  to  revolt.  There  were  by  this 
time  33,000  of  them  in  the  Islands,  and  they  were  hving 
in  the  provinces,  as  they  had  not  done  in  earlier  times. 
They  committed  many  outrages  in  Laguna  and  near 
Manila.  But  they  did  not  attack  the  walled  city  again. 
They  remembered  1603.  An  edict  was  published  order- 
ing all  the  Chinese  in  the  provinces  to  be  killed.  For  a 
year  the  battles  lasted.  In  all,  20,000  of  the  Chinese 
were  slain. 

The  Chinese  ftuestion. — Many  times  after  this  there 
was  trouble  with  the  Chinese.  They  were  taxed  more 
heavily  than  the  Filipinos.  They  were  compelled  to  be- 
come Christians  or  leave  the  country.  But  although  both 
Spaniards  and  Filipinos  hated  the  Chinese  they  always 
had  to  allow  them  to  return  to  the  Islands.  The  Chinese 
are  the  most  numerous  people  in  the  world.  They  have 
learned  by  centuries  of  practice  the  virtues  of  industry, 
perseverance  and  economy.  No  people  can  become  great 
without  these  qualities.  In  the  last  four  centuries  the 
Filipinos  have  made  great  progress  in  learning  these  things. 
They  are  now  engaged  in  many  callings  requiring  skill 
and  patience.  No  more  Chinese  are  allow^ed  to  come  to 
this  country.  The  door  of  opportunity  is  wide  open  for 
the  Filipino.  He  may  learn  any  trade  and  there  is  plenty 
of  work.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  children  of  today  to  show 
that  they  can  do  as  good  w^ork  of  all  kinds  for  their 


100  HISTOEY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

country  as  the  people  of  any  other  nation.      This  is  a 
better  victory  than  sword  and  fire  can  win. 


Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  AVlmt  relations  did  the  Chinese  have  with  the  Filipinos 

before  the  Spaniards  came  ? 

2.  Why  did  the  Spaniards  wish  the  Chinese  to  come  to 

Manila? 

3.  How  numerous  were  the  Chinese  in  Manila  in  1600  ? 

4.  When  and  why  was  the  Alcayceria  built  ? 

5.  Describe  the  Parian. 

6.  What  did  Das  Marinas  wish  to  do  with  the  Chinese  ? 

7.  Who  opposed  this  plan,  and  why  ? 

8.  Why  were  not  more  Chinese  converted  ? 

9.  Tell  the  story  of  the  three  mandarins. 

10.  What  caused  the  Chinese  revolt  of  1603  ? 

11.  What  difference   was   there   between    the    forces  that 

repulsed   Limahong   and  those  that   put   down   the 
rising  of  1603  ? 

12.  What  was  the  cause  of  the  revolt  of  1639  ? 

13.  What  good  qualities  have  the  Chinese? 

14.  What  is  the  law  now  about  the  coming  of  the  Chinese  ? 

15.  Why  is  it  no  longer  necessary  to  bring  in  the  Chinese? 
'iQ.     Write  a  composition  on  the  reasons  for  excluding  the 

Chinese  from  the  Philippines  ? 


•  ',  ;••  •,  •  •    • 


MoRO  Warrior  in  Coat  of  Mail. 


THE   MOEO  PIRATES  101 


CHAPTER  XIY. 


THE  MORO  PIRATES. 

Summary. — We  have  studied  the  peoples  of  the 
Phihppines  as  they  were  before  the  Spaniards  came.  We 
have  read  how  these  Islands  were  discovered  and  conquer- 
ed by  Europeans.  W^e  have  learned  how  the  early 
governors  laid  the  foundations  of  the  new  rule  in  the 
Philippines.  We  have  seen  how  America  and  Asia  were 
connected  by  the  galleon  service,  which  began  the 
commerce  of  the  Pacific.  We  followed  the  story  of  battles 
with  foreigners,  the  Dutch  and  the  Chinese.  We  shall 
now  study  the  struggles  of  the  islanders  with  each  other. 

The  Moro  Pirates.  -The  pirates  of  Borneo,  Jolo  and 
Mindanao  had  for  many  years  put  terror  into  the  hearts 
of  the  Visayans  and  the  people  of  Luzon.  Their  boats 
were  large  and  swift.  A  hundred  slaves  sometimes 
rowed  them  swiftly  over  the  sea/;  at  the  stroke  of  the 
master's  lash.  %  J  i  ^i  i   •.'  ,       *,,/»- 

When  the  southwest  wind  began'  tq  ;bk)W  *hqy  ^ould 
come  out  from  their  pirate  refuges  rri*  the  kJiith.'  '^Akjt^ 
the  shores  of  Mindoro,  Masbate  and  other  islands  they 
would  hide  among  the  nipa  swamps.  Concealed  in  the 
forest  fringed  bays  and  esteros,  they  would  cross  in  a  night 
to  the  shores  of  Panay,  Cebu  or  Luzon.  Then,  while  the 
fishermen  and  farmers  slept,  the  fierce  cries  of  the  sea- 
rovers  would  ring  out.     People  ran  out  of  their  houses, 


102  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

and  found  the  village  in  flames.  Dazed  by  fire  and  fright, 
they  were  slain  if  they  resisted,  and  enslaved  if  they 
submitted.  All  their  goods  of  value  wexe  taken  by  the 
pirates.  Then  by  the  light  of  their  burning  homes  they 
were  hurried  into  the  boats  and  rowed  across  the  sea  to 
the  retreat  of  the  Moros.  There  they  remained  till  the 
camp  was  full  of  plunder. 

With  the  coming  of  the  northeast  wind  they  sailed 
away  to  the  south  and  slavery.  If  they  were  aged  and 
weak,  the  Moros  took  them  to  Sandakan  on  the  coast  of 
Borneo.  Here  they  were  sold  to  the  heathen  tribes,  who 
offered  them  as  sacrifices  to  their  gods.  The  strong  were 
sold  as  slaves  or  kept  by  their  captors.  Families  were 
separated  in  this  way,  never  to  meet  again.  For  centuries 
the  camps  of  the  Moros  were  the  prisons  of  thousands  of 
Christian  Filipinos  whose  friends  and  relatives  wept  for 
them  in  the  northern  islands. 

Spaniards  Fail  to  Destroy  Piracy.— After  the 
Spaniards  came,  the  Filipinos  became  richer.  There  was 
more  wealth  to  plunder.  Therefore  the  Moros  came 
more  often  than,  teforer.  The  Spaniards  fought  these 
pirat^'many.time^'-'^^'Es-tially  the  Moros  escaped  because 
theii*  bqats:  were:  vei-y  ^^fewiffe  Often  the  Spaniards  were 
tooiazy-dr'cbVai'dly  to  pursue  them. 

When  the  great  fleets  sailed  away  to  the  Moluccas  with 
every  man  and  gun  they  could  get,  the  pirates  came 
north  to  rob  and  capture  the  defenceless  Filipinos.  The 
people  of  the  Philippines  have  suffered  many  times  as 
much  from  the  pirates  of  their  own  race  as  from  all  the 
invaders  that  have  come  from  Europe,  China,  and  Japan. 


THE  MOBO  PIEATES  103 

Had  the  Philippines  never  been  conquered  by  for- 
eigners, the  Islands  would  now  be  thinly  populated  by 
a  poor  and  timid  people.  Civilization  brings  its  terrible 
wars,  but  they  are  often  wars  of  progress.  The  wars 
of  the  pirates  were  unjust.  They  did  not  lead  to  a 
better  government.  We  shall  now  study  some  of  these 
piratical  attacks  and  the  attempts  of  the  Spaniards  to  stop 
them. 

A  Raid  on  the  Visayans. — In  the  summer  of  1599 
one  of  the  most  terrible  of  the  Moro  raids  occurred.  Two 
chiefs  with  fifty  boats  from  Mindanao  and  Jolo  and 
three  thousand  armed  men  ravaged  the  coasts  of  Cebii, 
Negros  and  Panay.  They  captured  800  natives,  burned 
many  villages,  and  loaded  their  boats  with  plunder.  The 
inhabitants  of  the  coast  fled  to  the  mountains.  An  aged 
priestess,  called  Dupungay,  told  them  that  the  Spaniards 
were  helping  the  Moros  to  destroy  the  peaceful  Filipinos. 
With  great  difficulty  they  were  persuaded  to  come  back 
to  their  villages  on  the  coast. 

The  following  year  the  pirates  returned  with  eight 
thousand  men  in  seventy  boats.  This  time  they  boldly 
attacked  Iloilo  The  alcalde  with  seventy  Spaniards  and 
one  thousand  Visayan  bowmen  built  a  fort  to  resist  the 
Moros.  A  fierce  battle  followed  in  which  the  Moros  were 
defeated.  The  alcalde  pursued  them.  Then  the  cunning 
Moros  surrounded  his  boat  and  killed  him.  Tello  de 
Guzman,  governor  at  the  time,  sent  two  hundred 
Spaniards  to  Jolo  to  punish  the  pirates.  They  killed 
many  Moros  but  could  not  capture  the  fort.  Then  the 
pirates  were  as  bad  as  ever. 


104  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Acuiia  and  the  Pirates.— In  governor  Acuna's  time 
a  large  fleet  of  Moros  sailed  along  the  coast  of  southwest 
Luzon.  They  burned  the  church  and  convent  of  Cali- 
baya,  and  captured  the  friar  and  many  natives.  They 
took  away  the  bells  of  the  churches  to  melt  them  into 
cannon.  Next  they  went  to  Balayan.  Here  the  natives 
repulsed  them  bravely.  Finally  they  sailed  away  with 
their  booty  to  a  desert  island.  Acuna  heard  of  all  this, 
but  instead  of  crushing  the  pirates  he  sent  an  ambassador 
to  make  peace  with  them.  Then  he  sailed  away  with  his 
great  fleet  to  conquer  the  Moluccas.  Thus,  while  the 
Spaniards  were  busy  with  their  dreams  of  conquest,  the 
pirates  were  growing  bolder.  In  1616  they  came  even  to 
Cavite.  Here  they  were  defeated  and  for  some  years 
gave  little  trouble. 

Battle  of  Punta  de  Flechas.— In  1636,  Tagal,  a 
Moro  chief,  brother  of  the  sultan  of  Mindanao,  attacked 
the  islands  of  Cuyo  and  Mindoro.  He  captured  three 
Eecollect  friars  for  each  of  whom  he  asked  a  ransom  of 
two  thousand  pesos  and  thirty  taels  of  gold.  "With  six 
hundred  and  fifty  captives  he  sailed  for  Pmita  de  Flechas. 
This  is  a  lofty  promontory  about  one  hundred  miles  east 
of  Zamboanga.  The  Moros  believed  that  in  this  cliff  liv- 
ed a  diuata,  or  god  of  war.  On  departing  for  a  piratical 
trip,  and  on  returning,  they  were  accustomed  to  shoot 
arrows  at  the  cliff  in  honor  of  the  god.  The  governor 
of  Zamboanga  sent  a  fleet  against  Tagal.  He  was  killed 
with  three  hundred  of  his  men.  Many  captives  were  set 
free. 

In  a  letter  to  the  king,  the  archbishop  said  that  in  the 


THE  MOEO  PIBATES  105 

last  thirty  years  the  Moros  had  carried  into  captivity  over 
twenty  thousand  Filipinos. 

Treaties  with  the  Moros.— For  a  century  the  strife 
went  on.  At  length,  in  1725,  the  sultan  of  Jolo  sent  a 
request  for  peace  to  Manila.  A  treaty  was  made.  By 
this  treaty  it  was  agreed  that  Filipinos  and  Moros  should 
trade  freely  with  each  other.  All  Christian  captives  were 
to  be  set  free.  The  sultan  did  not  keep  his  promise. 
The  Moros  never  kept  their  promises  to  the  Spaniards. 

Concentration  of  Villages. — In  1734  it  was  decided 
by  the  Council  of  War  at  Manila  to  build  little  forts  on 
the  coasts  of  the  Islands,  as  a  defence  against  the  pirates. 
It  was  ordered  that  the  little  fishing  villages  unite  to  form 
large  towns.  No  coast  town  could  have  less  than  five 
hundred  taxpayers,  or  about  two  thousand  persons.  It 
was  a  great  hardship  to  make  this  change,  but  it  protected 
the  people  because  the  Moros  did  not  often  attack  large 
towns. 

Arming  the  Filipinos. — The  Filipinos  were  now 
given  arms  to  defend  themselves.  They  were  allowed 
to  make  expeditions  against  the  Moros,  and  to  make 
slaves  of  all  they  captured.  There  was  quiet  for  a  few 
years,  then  the  pirates  again  began  their  attacks.  Like 
many  other  Spanish  decrees  the  order  to  unite  the  small 
villages  with  the  large  ones  was  not  fully  carried  out. 
So  the  raids  of  the  pirates  began  again. 

The  alcaldes  of  Cebu,  Leyte,  Iloilo  and  Negros  were 
now  commanded  to  build  thirty-six  boats  that  could  carry 
one  hundred  men  each.  The  government  paid  for  the 
food  of  the  men  who  built  these  boats,  but  the  towns 


106  HISTOEY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

furnished  the  wood  and  labor  free.  To  encourage  the 
natives  to  fight  the  pirates  it  was  decided  that  Fihpinos 
who  won  victories  over  the  Moros  should  not  have  to  pay 
tribute.  This  plan  showed  that  the  Spaniards  did  not 
feel  strong  enough  to  defeat  the  pirates  with  their  own 
forces.  But  the  Moro  boats  had  little  of  value  in  them, 
so  the  Fihpinos  did  not  wish  to  risk  their  lives  in  the 
attempt  to  capture  them. 

Selfishness  of  the  Alcaldes.— Another  reason  why 
this  plan  failed  was  because  the  alcaldes  used  these  boats 
for  their  private  trade.  The  soldiers  in  the  forts  acted  as 
servants  for  the  alcaldes.  So  when  the  Moros  came  there 
were  neither  boats  nor  men  to  oppose  them.  Sometimes 
an  expedition  would  go  out  to  attack  the  pirates,  and 
return  laden  with  merchandise,  without  pursuing  the 
enemy. 

Brave  Defenders.  —There  were  times  when  the  pirates 
met  their  match.  In  1753  the  islands  of  Tablas,  Banton, 
the  Calamuanes  and  others  lost  much  by  the  attacks  of 
the  Moros.  The  same  Moros  who  made  these  attacks 
were  driven  away  by  the  people  of  Camiguin,  Eomblon, 
Culion  and  Capiz.  The  people  of  Batangas  were  very 
brave.  Several  times  they  repulsed  the  pirates  from  their 
shores. 

An  Unequal  Battle. — In  1754  Captain  Pedro  Gaz- 
tambide  was  surrounded  by  thirty-eight  Moro  boats  off 
the  coast  of  Batangas.  He  had  only  one  boat,  and  that 
Vv^as  not  as  large  as  some  of  the  pirate  boats.  He  was 
attacked  from  all  sides.  The  man  at  the  stern  of  the  boat 
had  double-loaded  the  cannon.     The  Captain  ran  to  the 


THE   MORO  PIRATES  107 

stem,  and  not  knowing  that  the  cannon  was  already 
loaded  put  a  thiid  charge  into  it.  A  Moro  boat  was 
rushing  toward  him.  He  fired  the  triple-loaded  cannon. 
The  boat  with  one  hundred  and  twenty  men  was  sunk. 
The  entire  fleet  was  driven  away,  with  a  loss  of  2500  men, 
by  this  one  captain. 

The  Coast  Guard  Towers. —On  many  of  the  beaches 
of  the  Philippines  round  stone  towers  may  be  seen.  Most 
of  these  were  built  in  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century 
to  serve  as  watch-towers  and  forts  for  a  defence  against 
the  Moros.  The  parish  priests  had  charge  of  this  w^ork. 
To  their  perseverance  and  skill  in  building  these  towers 
the  Filipinos  owe  much.  Unfortunately  the  alcaldes  took 
these  towers  away  from  the  command  of  the  priests  and 
put  lazy  officials  in  charge  of  them.  These  men  used  the 
guards  for  their  own  w^ork  as  servants. 

The  Story  of  Ali-Mudin.— Philip  V  was  persuaded 
by  the  Jesuits  to  write  a  letter  to  Ali-Mudin,  sultan  of 
Jolo,  asking  his  friendship.  The  sultan  received  the  mes- 
sengers of  the  king  peaceably.  He  decided  to  visit 
Manila. 

When  he  went  on  board  of  the  Spanish  ship,  his  broth- 
er seized  the  throne  and  put  a  price  of  six  slaves  and  one 
thousand  pesos  on  the  head  of  Ah-Mudin.  The  sultan 
sailed  away  to  Manila  where  he  was  received  with  the 
honors  of  a  king.  He  and  his  seventy  followers  were 
given  a  house  near  the  estero  of  Binondo. 

Conversion  of  the  Sultan.— Governor  Arrechederra, 
who  was  formerly  bishop  of  Nueva  Segovia,  became 
.greatly  interested  in  the  conversion  of  the  Mahometan 


108  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

ruler.  He  ate  with  him,  walked  with  him,  made  him 
presents  of  gold,  emeralds  and  rubies  and  tried  in  every 
way  to  make  a  Christian  of  him.  He  used  to  say  to  the 
sultan,  "  Sultan,  if  you  wish  to  return  to  your  kingdom 
and  conquer  your  enemies,  become  a  Christian,  be  con- 
verted to  Jesus  Christ,  and  you  shall  be  master  of  your 
subjects." 

At  length  the  sultan  became  a  Catholic.  The  Jesuits 
did  not  think  he  was  sincere,  but  the  governor,  proud  of 
his  success,  determined  to  have  the  sultan  baptized.  The 
ceremony  was  performed  at  Panique,  Pangasinan.  Ali- 
Mudin  was  christened  "Fernando  I  of  Jolo."  The 
governor  had  little  money  and  few  men,  so  he  could  not 
place  Ali-Mudin  upon  the  throne  of  Jolo. 

Treachery  of  Ali-Mudin. — Governor  Obando,  who 
followed  Arrechederra,  sent  a  fleet  to  replace  Ali-Mudin 
on  his  throne.  This  fleet  was  driven  away  from  Jolo. 
On  the  retm^n  to  Zamboanga  the  Spaniards  decided  that 
Ali-Mudin  was  a  traitor.  He  had  written  a  letter  for 
the  Spaniards  to  the  sultan  of  Mindanao  which  proved  to 
be  against  the  Spaniards  instead  of  to  their  advantage. 
So  Ali-Mudin  and  two  hundred  and  seventeen  of  his 
followers  were  brought  to  Manila  and  put  in  prison. 

Lessons  of  This  Story. — The  treatment  of  Ali-Mudin 
shows  how  feebly  the  Spaniards  dealt  with  the  Moros.  It 
was  pitiful  that  the  ruler  of  the  once  powerful  kingdom  of 
Spain  should  beg  the  friendship  of  a  pirate  chief.  It 
shows  also  that  the  Spaniards  were  slow  to  learn  the 
treachery  of  the  Moros.  With  all  their  faults,  the  Span- 
iards were  usually  honorable  in  their  treaties.     So  it  was  ■ 


THE   MOEO  PIRATES  109 

difficult  for  them  to  believe  that  the  Moro  chiefs  were 
deceiving  them. 

The  Americans  made  a  treaty  with  the  sultan  of  Jol6 
when  they  came  to  these  Islands.  The  sultan  agreed  to 
keep  his  men  from  making  war  on  the  Americans.  For 
this  he  was  paid  a  pension.  The  sultan  failed  to  keep 
his  part  of  the  treaty.  In  time  of  peace  the  Americans 
were  attacked,  in  Jolo,  in  1903.  So  they  had  to  punish 
the  Joloans.  In  1904  America  declared  the  treaty 
ended.  The  sultan  will  never  be  able  to  make  another 
treaty  with  the  Americans.  They  will  not  allow  them- 
selves to  be  deceived  again  and  again,  as  were  the  Span- 
iards. 

The  High  Tide  of  Piracy  .—The  year  1754  was  the 
high  tide  of  Moro  piracy.  The  defeat  of  the  Spaniards  at 
Jolo  when  they  tried  to  put  AH-Mudin  on  the  throne  had 
destroyed  all  respect  for  their  power.  Moro  fleets  attacked 
the  towns  of  the  Christian  Filipinos  Irom  Mindanao  to 
Batangas,  and  from  Mindoro  to  Samar.  Hundreds  of 
villages  were  burned  in  that  year.  Thousands  were  killed 
and  enslaved.  The  savings  of  years  were  carried  away 
by  the  dreaded  sea-robbers.  The  Islands  lay  under  a  pall 
of  ashes  and  grief.  Ten  thousand  Christian  FiHpinos 
toiled  in  slavery  among  the  bloodthirsty  Moros.  Yet  the 
rulers  were  so  weak  that  they  could  think  of  nothing 
better  than  to  send  Ali-Mudin's  daughter  to  Jolo  to  try  to 
make  peace. 

Finally  Governor  Arandia  sent  a  strong  expedition 
against  the  Moros.  Some  battles  were  won  by  the  Span- 
iards, many  forts  were  built  in  the  Visayas,  and  more 


110  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

treaties  were  made  with  the  pirate  chiefs.  But  the  Moro 
raids  continued  for  another  century. 

The  Scourge  of  the  Pirates.— The  Moro  pirates,  as 
we  have  seen,  were  the  greatest  curse  that  ever  fell  upon 
the  Philippines.  Though  different  in  religion,  these  mur- 
derers were  of  the  same  blood  as  the  Fihpinos  they  hunted. 
The  Filipinos  have  been  their  own  worst  enemies.  The 
hatred  that  caused  so  much  bloodshed  and  loss  between 
members  of  the  same  race  for  centuries  still  lives.  Without 
the  strong  aid  of  the  American  government,  the  slumbering 
flame  would  break  out  again  and  the  Philippines  once 
more  be  stained  with  the  blood  of  brothers. 

In  the  fifteen  years  from  1778-1793  one  and  one-half 
million  pesos  were  spent  in  the  attempt  to  subdue  these 
pirates.  During  that  time  they  captured  about  five  hun- 
dred persons  a  year  and  killed  hundreds  more.  Governor 
Aguilar  then  divided  the  Islands  into  six  districts,  with  a 
fleet  of  six  cannon-bearing  boats  for  each.  In  1794 
Gomez,  the  most  feared  captain  that  ever  pursued  the 
Moros,  led  many  successful  expeditions  against  them.  He 
drove  them  from  Mindoro,  Masbate  and  Burias.  There 
was  peace  again  for  a  time.  We  shall  see  later  how  the 
power  of  the  Morps  to  make  their  expeditions  was  crushed. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  Where  did  the  Moro  pirates  have  their  northern  camps? 

2.  Describe  an  attack  of  the  pirates. 

3.  What  did  the  Moros  do  with  their  captives  ? 

4.  Why  were  the  Spanish  unsuccessful  in  destroying  the 

pirates? 


THE  MORO   PIRATES  111 

5.  From  whom  have  the  Filipinos  suffered  most? 

6.  Describe  tJie  atLriok  on  the  Vlsayas  in  1599. 

7.  Why  did  not  Acuiia  crush  the  pirates  ? 

8.  What  superstition  had   the   Moros   about   "Punta  de 

Flechas"?  ' 

9.  How  did   the   Moros   observe   their   treaties    with   the 

Spaniards? 

10.  When,  why,  and  how  were  the  viUages  concentrated? 

11.  How  were  the  Filipinos  encouraged  to  attack  the  Moros? 

12.  What  was  the  reason  for  the  plan  ? 

13.  What  use  did  the  alcaldes    make    of  the    boats"  and 

soldiers  ? 

14.  Describe  the  attacks  of  1753. 

15.  Who  built  the  coast  guard  towers  ? 

16.  Why  were  the  towers  not  successful  ? 

17.  What  does  the  story  of  Ali-Mudin  show? 

18.  Describe  the  worst  year  of  piracy. 

19.  What  would  the  Moros  do  if  a  strong  government  did 

not  control  them  ? 

20.  What  did  the  pirates  do  from  1778-1793  ? 

21.  What  plan  did  Aguilar  adopt  against  the  pirates? 

22.  When  and  why  was  the  American  treaty  with  the  sultan 

of  Jolo  ended  ? 


112  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XY. 


FORCED  LABOR  AMD  INSURRECTION. 

The  Dark  Century.— On  the  stage  of  Philippine 
History  there  were  many  years  of  darkness  and  dullness 
in  the  seventeenth  century.  We  shall  raise  the  curtain 
only  now  and  then  to  view  the  scenes  that  teach  us  most. 

The  FiHpinos  had  suffered  from  the  toil  and  losses  of 
war  for  half  a  century.  Much  of  their  time  had  been 
spent  in  building  fleets  and  fighting  battles  against  the 
Moros,  the  Chinese  and  the  Dutch.  These  fleets  were 
built  by  forced  labor.  The  hardships  of  this  labor  brought 
on  many  revolts  against  Spanish  rule. 

The  Labor  Tax.— Besides  the  tribute,  the  Filipinos 
had.  to  pay  a  labor  tax.  During  most  of  the  period  of 
Spanish  rule  this  forced  labor  was  forty  days  each  year 
from  every  man.  This  labor  was  used  to  build  churches, 
convents,  roads,  bridges  and  all  kinds  of  public  works. 
By  this  forced  and  unpaid  labor  the  timber  was  cut  from 
which  the  galleons  were  built.  There  was  a  force  of 
Filipinos  employed  in  the  ship-yard  at  Cavite  who  received 
rice  and  about  twenty  pesos  a  year  each  for  their  skilled 
labor  as  carpenters  and  smiths.  But  most  of  the  heavy 
work  was  done  by  the  peasants,  who  were  taken  from 
their  fields  to  build  ships  and  forts.  The  long  succession  of 
wars  with  the  Moros,  the  Dutch  and  the  Chinese  had 
nearly  worn  out  the  patience  of  the  Filipinos.     At  length 


LABOR  AND   INSURRECTION  113 

a  governor  came  whose  rule  was  not  disturbed  by  foreign 
foes. 

Alonso  Fajardo. — This  was  Alonso  Fajardo,  who 
governed  the  Philippines  from  1G18-1G24.  Fajardo  saw 
that  the  people  were  overworked.  He  therefore  lessened 
the  labor  tax.  He  said  that  the  natives  need  not  work 
without  pay  for  a  while,  except  at  founding  cannon  and 
in  the  ship-yards.  In  this  way  he  won  the  favor  of  the 
Filipinos.  He  was  the  first  governor  for  a  long  time 
whom  they  had  liked.  Still  the  burden  was  heavy,  and 
the  reform  came  too  late  to  prevent  revolt. 

Insurrection  in  Bohol  and  Leyte. — In  1621, 
while  the  Jesuit  fathers  of  Bohol  were  in  Cebu  at  a 
festival,  the  natives  of  Bohol  revolted.  This  revolt  was 
led  by  the  chiefs.  They  told  the  common  people  that  a 
diuata  ordered  the  expulsion  of  the  Spanish.  The  real 
reason  for  this  revolt  was  the  desire  to  escape  taxes  and 
labor.  Often  the  leaders  of  the  Filipinos  have  taken 
advantage  of  the  ignorance  of  the  people  to  get  them  to 
rebel  for  religious  reasons,  when  the  chiefs  themselves  bad 
some  other  reason. 

Four  towns  were  burned  by  the  revolters.  Images  of 
the  virgin  were  pierced  with  lances.  Nearly  all  the 
natives  joined  the  revolt,  and  fled  to  the  mountains. 
Fifty  Spanish  lancers  and  one  thousand  Cebuans  followed 
them  into  the  mountains  for  five  days.  Then  they  came 
to  a  village  of  one  thousand  houses  which  the  rebels  had 
built.  Here  fifteen  hundred  rebels  were  defeated,  but  it 
was  six  months  before  they  were  all  driven  from  their 
mountain  refuges. 


114  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Bancao. — Now  the  insurrection  spread  to  Leyte,  led 
by  the  aged  chief  Bancao,  of  Limasana.  Philip  II  had 
given  a  letter  to  this  old  chief  thanking  him  for  the  services 
he  had  done  for  Legazpi.  But  Bancao  longed  for  his  old 
power,  and  joined  the  rebellion.  He  was  beheaded.  The 
revolt  was  soon  suppressed . 

Beath  of  Fajardo — The  last  days  of  Fajardo's  hfe 
were  filled  with  sorrow.  Finding  his  wife  unfaithful, 
he  killed  her  in  public  with  his  sword.  The  power  of  a 
governor  of  the  Philipippines  in  those  days  may  be  seen 
from  the  fact  that  no  one  tried  to  punish  him  for  this 
deed.  A  few  months  later  he  died  broken-hearted,  and 
was  buried  beside  his  wife  in  the  church  of  the  Ee- 
coUects. 

"^Tabora  Governor.  — 1626-1632.  —  Juan  Nino  de 
Tabora  came  to  the  Philippines  from  the  wars  in 
Flanders.  He  brought  six  .hundred  soldiers  with  him. 
This  large  force  kept  the  country  peaceful  for  a  time. 
The  Philippines  were  now  prosperous.  The  former  age 
with  its  little  bamboo  villages  and  its  neighborhood  wars 
was  fast  passing  away.  The  Islands  and  their  people 
were  now  a  part  of  the  great  world  sending  their  products 
across  the  seas.  Shells  and  gold-dust  were  no  longer 
their  money.  There  were  rich  men  among  the  Filipinos. 
Fortunes  were  being  made  in  the  trade  with  China  and 
Mexico. 

Public  Works. — Many  public  works  were  undertaken 
by  Tabora.  Within  six  months  he  built  ten  large  ships 
and  several  small  ones.  It  was  Tabora  who  built  the 
"  Bridge  of  Spain  "  in  1631,  called  at  first  the  "  Puente 


LABOR   AND   INSURRECTION  115 

Grande."  This  bridge  lasted  for  nearly  two  centuries  till 
it  was  destroyed  by  an  earthquake  in  1824. 

Diego  Fajardo. — This  governor  ^1644-1653)  w^as  a 
stern  and  warlike  man.  He  tried  to  establish  a  ship-yard 
in  the  Visayas  like  those  in  Tondo  and  Pampanga.  This 
caused  an  insurrection  in  Samar.  Sumoroy,  the  leader, 
was  beheaded.  There  were  other  revolts  caused  by  the 
oppressions  of  the  tribute  and  forced  labor  during  the 
following  year.  The  principal  ones  were  in  Camarines, 
Pampanga,  Ilocos  and  Mindanao.  The  Filipinos  always 
showed  themselves  willing  to  endure  a  great  deal  from 
governors  who  tried  to  understand  and  benefit  them. 
But  their  lives  were  so  full  of  hardship  that  when  harshly 
treated  the  fire  of  revolt  burned. 

Earthquake  of  1645. — In  the  year  1645,  on  St. 
Andrew's  day,  November  30,  there  was  a  terrible  earth- 
quake in  Manila.  Fire,  it  is  said,  bm'st  through  cracks 
in  the  ground.  The  Pasig  Eiver  was  thrown  out  of  its 
channel.  Nearly  all  the  churches,  convents  and  other 
large  buildings  of  Manila  fell  in  ruins.  Six  hundred  per- 
sons were  killed.  For  weeks  people  lived  outside  the 
walls,  hardly  daring  to  step  inside.  It  was  believed  that 
St.  Francis  saved  the  city  from  complete  destruction. 
Therefore  he  was  chosen  the  patron  saint  of  Manila  to 
protect  it  against  earthquakes.  Many  people  considered 
the  earthquake  a  punishment  for  their  sins,  and  now 
began  to  be  more  religious. 

After  this  earthquake  they  built  no  more  great 
houses  of  stone  in  Manila  for  many  yeais.  The  large 
and  beautiful  houses,  which  stood  before  the  earthquake, 


116  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

had  gained  for  Manila  the  name  "Pearl  of  the 
Orient." 

Insurrection  of  1660. — Manrique  de  Lara  was  now 
governor.  During  his  rule  many  calamities  had  come 
upon  the  Philippines.  Locusts,  famine,  small-pox,  pirate 
attacks,  shipwrecks  and  earthquakes  had  made  the  lot 
of  the  Filipinos  a  hard  one. 

In  addition  to  all  these  troubles  the  natives  were  work- 
ed like  slaves,  at  ship-building.  In  1660  one  thousand 
Filipinos  were  cutting  timber  for  the  government  in  the 
forests  of  Pampanga.  Sometimes  they  were  whipped  to 
make  them  work  harder.  These  woodmen  now  rebelled. 
A  Mexican,  Mafiago,  was  their  leader.  They  wrote  to 
their  fellow-countrymen  in  Pangasinan,  Ilocos  and  Caga- 
yan  to  get  their  aid.  But  before  it  could  come  they  were 
betrayed  by  their  leader.  They  went  with  arms  to  the 
pueblo  of  Lubao.  Manrique  de  Lara  hurried  to  Macabebe 
with  a  few  soldiers.  Instead  of  fighting,  he  won  over 
Manago  by  making  him  commander  of  the  Mexicans  in 
Manila.  Then  he  built  forts  in  Arayat  and  Lubao.  He 
promised  better  treatment  to  the  rebels.  Deprived  of 
their  leader,  they  went  back  to  work,  without  bloodshed. 

Revolt  in  Ilocos. — In  Ilocos  the  revolt  had  more 
strength.  Juan  Manzano  w^as  the  leader.  A  fierce  battle 
occurred  at  Bantay,  near  Vigan.  Eight  hundred  loyal 
natives  were  slain.  But  the  rebels  were  soon  put  to  flight. 
They  were  driven  to  Ilocos  Ncrte.  From  here  they  cross- 
ed the  mountains  to  Cagayan.  The  alcalde-mayor  of 
Cagayan,  with  three  hundred  loyal  troops,  drove  the 
rebels  back  to  Ilocos.      Then  he  marched  through  Ilocos 


LABOR  AND   INSURRECTION  117 

to  Pangasinan.  Here  he  joined  the  Spanish  forces,  and 
greatly  assisted  them  in  putting  down  the  rebellion.  As 
had  often  happened  before,  the  weakness  of  the  Filipinos 
was  the  lack  of  union  between  the  different  tribes.  The 
Spaniards  held  these  Islands  by  setting  one  tribe  against 
another. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  Which  was  the  dark  ceutury  ? 

2.  What  hardships  had  the  Filipinos  suffered  in  the  first 

half  century  of  Spanish  rule  ? 

3.  What  was  the  purpose  of  the  labor  tax  ? 

4.  Can  you  think  of  any  benefits  from  such  a  tax  ? 

5.  What  were  its  evils  ? 

6.  What  change  did  Alonso  Fajardo  make  in  the  labor  tax  ? 

7.  Under  what  circumstances  did  the  revolt  in  Bohol  begin  ? 

8.  What  does  this  revolt  show  about  the  motives  of  the 

leaders  ? 

9.  Who  was  Bancao  ? 

10.  Tell  an  incident  showing  the  power  of  the  early  gover- 

nors. 

11.  Describe  the  changes  that  had  now  taken  place  in  the 

Philippines. 

12.  What  public  works  did  Tabora  undertake? 

13.  What  brought  on  the  insurrection  in  Siimar  ? 

14.  AVhere  else  were  there  revolts  at  this  time  ? 

15.  AVhat  caused  the  Pampangan  revolt  of  1660  ? 

16.  Why  did  it  fail  ? 

17.  Who  aided  in  the  suppression  of  the  llocos  revolt  ? 

18.  How  did  the  Spaniards  hold  the  Phihppines  with  so  few 

Spanish  troops  ? 


118  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XYI. 


THE  STRIFE  BETWEEN  CHURCH 

AND  STATE. 

Introductory.  -We  have  seen  earlier  in  this  book 
that  the  governors  and  the  friars  did  not  always  agree. 
Although  the  governors  were  Catholics,  they  usually  sup- 
ported the  king,  while  the  friars,  though  Spaniards, 
looked  rather  to  the  Pope.  Besides  this,  on  the  whole, 
the  governors  cared  less  for  the  good  of  the  Filipinos 
than  did  the  friars.  Few  Filipinos  understand  what  their 
lot  would  have  been,  if  the  friars  had  not  been  here  to 
protect  the  natives  from  the  selfishness  of  the  governors 
and  the  encomenderos 

Another  difficulty  was  the  fact  that  the  friars  often  re- 
fused to  be  governed  by  the  bishops.  Then  the  bishops 
would  seek  the  aid  of  the  governor,  and  bitter  quarrels 
followed. 

The  fifty  years  following  the  insurrection  of  1660  are 
filled  with  this  strife.  It  lasted  to  the  very  close  of  Spa- 
nish rule.  But  we  shall  not  study  all  of  these  struggles. 
There  is  no  longer  any  quarreling  between  church  and 
state  in  the  PhiHppines.  The  bitterness  of  recent  years 
should  be  forgotten.  Yet  it  impossible  to  understand 
the  history  of  the  PhiHppines  without  some  knowledge  of 
those  events.  The  things  we  shall  study  in  this  chapter 
happened  long  ago.     We  can  think  of  them  now  without 


CHURCH  AND   STATE  119 

anger,  and  read  them  for  the  light  they  throw  upon  the 
past. 

Two  Kinds  of  Courts. — In  those  days  there  were  two 
kinds  of  courts ;  that  of  the  State  and  that  of  the  Church. 
The  royal  court  tried  those  who  had  broken  the  laws  of 
the  king.  The  church  court  tried  those  who  broke  the 
I9.WS  of  religion.  Sometimes  crimes  against  religion  are 
the  same  as  those  against  the  state.  Therefore  there  were 
times  when  it  was  difficult  to  know  which  court  ought  to 
punish  a  wrongdoer. 

The  Case  of  Nava. — In  the  governorship  of  Sebastian 
Hurtado  de  Corcuera  (1635-1644)  such  a  case  happened. 
Corcuera  was  a  man  of  great  energy,  warlike  and  firm. 
One  of  his  soldiers,  called  Nava,  had  a  female  slave.  The 
archbishop  ordered  him  to  give  her  up.  He  was  com- 
pelled to  yield  her  to  another  man.  One  day  be  saw  her 
riding  on  the  street  with  her  new  master.  Nava  rushed 
to  the  carriage  and  killed  her.  Then  he  fled  into  the 
convent  of  St.  Augustine  for  refuge. 

The  Law  of  Refuge. — It  was  the  law  of  those  days 
that  a  criminal  who  took  refuge  in  a  church  or  other  sacred 
place  could  not  be  taken  away  by  the  civil  rulers.  This 
was  called  **  the  right  of  sanctuary,"  or  refuge.  When 
governor  Corcuera  heard  what  had  happened  he  ordered 
the  archbishop  to  give  up  Nava.  The  archbishop  thought 
that  Nava  ought  to  be  tiied  by  the  church  court,  so  he 
refused  to  obey  the  governor. 

Then  then  governor  fell  into  a  rage.  He  did  what  was 
at  that  time  thought  a  terrible  thing.  He  marched  his 
soldiers  to  the  convent  and  took  away  Nava  by  force. 


120  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Then  he  punished  him  at  once  with  death.  The  arch- 
bishop closed  the  churches,  reproved  the  governor  severely, 
and  fined  the  artillery  officer  who  arrested  Nava.  For  a 
long  time  the  courts  and  the  bishops  quarrelled  over  this 
case.  Such  things  were  very  bad  for  the  country ;  for  the 
people  lost  respect  for  both  governor  and  bishop.  They 
did  not  know  which  to  obey.  These  quarrels  grew  in 
number.  Finally  the  Islands  were  left  for  years  without 
an  archbishop.  Then  a  governor  and  an  archbishop 
arrived  who  were  agreed. 

The  Pope's  Jubilee. — Manrique  de  Lara  ruled  from 
1653-1663.  With  him  came  Archbishop  Miguel  Poblete, 
the  first  archbishop  the  Islands  had  seen  for  twelve  years. 
Poblete  found  great  distress  in  Manila.  The  quarrels  of 
the  last  few  years  had  filled  the  dungeons  of  Fort  Santiago 
and  the  convents  with  many  prisoners.  Some  of  these 
had  been  unjustly  condemned.  The  city  had  not  recover- 
ed from  the  losses  caused  by  the  earthquake  of  1645. 

The  condition  of  things  was  so  bad  that  the  Pope  in 
1654  ordered  a  jubilee.  He  said  that  all  who  had  been 
imprisoned  should  be  pardoned  and  have  his  blessing. 
There  was  great  joy  in  Manila  when  the  dungeon  doors 
opened  and  friends  were  again  united.  To  show  their 
gratitude  all  set  to  work  to  rebuild  the  cathedral,  which 
had  been  destroyed  by  the  great  earthquake. 

The  Inquisition  in  the  Philippines. — The  Inquisi- 
tion was  a  church  court.  It  was  founded  by  a  pope 
several  centuries  ago  to  discover  and  punish  those  who 
believed  and  taught  ideas  contrary  to  the  doctrines  of  the 
church.     In  Spain  the  Inquisition  was  directed  by  the 


CHURCH  AND  STATE  121 

King.  He  used  it  to  destroy  those  who  opposed  him,  or 
the  Church. 

The  officers  of  the  Inquisition  made  secret  inquiries. 
They  arrested  and  imprisoned  men  without  telling  them 
who  accused  them.  They  burned  thousands  of  people  at 
the  stake  in  Spain.  The  Inquisition  was  introduced  into 
the  Philippines  in  1583.  The  head  of  it  Was  called  "  the 
Commissary  of  the  Inquisition."  Sometimes  no  one 
knew  who  that  man  was.  Yet  the  secret  hand  of  the 
Inquisition  was  always  at  work  reaching  after  those  who 
were  unfaithful  to  the  King  or  the  Church.  The  Jesuit, 
Sanchez,  recommended  that  it  be  taken  away  from  the 
Philippines.  This  was  not  done.  The  Inquisition  was 
not  as  cruel  here  as  in  other  countries.  No  one  was 
burned  at  the  stake.  Yet  it  had  great  power  as  we 
shall  see. 

Diego  de  Salcedo. — Salcedo  was  governor  from  1663- 
1668.  He  brought  the  hatred  of  all  the  merchants  and 
friars  upon  him  by  his  selfishness.  He  wanted  to  be  the 
only  one  to  send  goods  in  the  galleon  to  Mexico.  After 
the  king's  goods  were  put  into  the  ship  he  filled  the  rest 
of  the  space  with  his  private  merchandise.  Although 
everyone  hated  him  it  seemed  impossible  to  take  away 
his  power.  Salcedo  quarrelled  with  Poblete.  When  the 
archbishop  died  the  governor  forbade  the  church  bells  to 
be  tolled,  and  would  not  allow  the  body  to  be  embalmed. 

The  enemies  of  Salcedo  then  conspired  with  the  Com- 
missary of  the  Inquisition.  This  man  threatened  the  old 
FiHpina  who  guarded  the  door  of  Salcedo's  room  when 
he  slept.     She  allowed  the  commissary  and  others  to  enter. 


122  HISTOEY   OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

They  seized  and  bound  the  sleeping  governor,  and  locked 
him  in  a  cell  in  the  Augustinian  convent.  Then  they 
sent  him  to  Mexico  to  be  tried,  but  he  died  in  mid- 
ocean. 

When  the  Supreme  Court  of  Mexico  heard  of  this,  it 
ordered  the  Commissary  to  Mexico  for  imprisonment,  but 
he,  too,  died  on  the  ocean  at  nearly  the  same  place  where 
Salcedo  had  died. 

De  Vargas  and  Pardo.— When  De  Vargas  was 
governor  (1678-1684)  it  was  the  State  and  not  the  Church 
which  triumphed.  According  to  the  historians  of  the 
religious  orders,  those  were  dark  days  for  Manila.  There 
were  many  lawsuits  and  imprisonments.  Felipe  Pardo 
was  archbishop.  He  and  the  governor  were  bitter 
enemies.  The  archbishop  disobeyed  twenty  different 
royal  decrees.  Then  the  governor  did  what  no  governor 
had  before  dared  to  do.  He  sent  soldiers  to  the  palace 
of  the  archbishop,  and  in  the  early  dawn  led  the  old  man 
out  of  the  city.  As  the  archbishop  passed  out  of  the  gate 
he  shook  the  dust  from  his  feet  and  threw  a  handful  of 
stones  at  the  wall  to  show  that  he  rejected  the  city.  He 
was  sent  to  Lingayen  where  the  Dominicans  cared  for 
him.  The  next  governor  restored  Pardo  to  power. 
The  archbishop  had  De  Vargas  put  on  an  island  in 
the  Pasig  where  he  was  kept  for  four  years  while  his 
residencia  was  held.  Thus  the  high  officials  of  Spain 
wasted  their  time  ^and  the  money  of  the  Philippines  in 
this  unhappy  strife. 

The  Friars*  Lands. — The  friars  grew  more  and  more 
powerful.      We  have  seen  how  they  overcame  the  gover- 


CHUECH  AND   STATE  123 

nor.  Now  we  shall  see  how  they  were  stronger  than  the 
governor  and  the  archbishop  together.  In  1697  Archi- 
bishop  Caraacho  and  Governor  Cruzat  tried  to  make  the 
friars  show  the  titles  to  their  lands.  They  were  now  in  pos- 
session of  large  estates.  In  those  times  people  were  not 
careful  about  the  papers  which  prove  the  ownership  of 
lands.  Some  of  these  lands  had  been  bought  by  the 
friars  ;  som-e  had  been  given  to  them  by  the  state,  and 
other  lands  were  gifts  from  those  who,  dying,  left  their 
property  to  the  church.  The  growing  wealth  of  the 
fi-iars  made  it  difficult  for  the  archbishop  and  the  gov- 
ernor to  make  them  obey. 

A  judge  was  appointed  to  examine  the  titles  of  these 
lands.  The  friars  refused  to  show  the  titles.  In  some 
cases  they  had  no  titles.  Then  the  governor  embargoed 
the  lands  ;  that  is,  he  took  possession  of  the  lands  till  the 
question  should  be  settled.  Then  all  the  friars  closed 
their  churches  and  refused  to  obey  Archbishop  Camacho. 
The  governor  sent  the  soldiers  to  open  the  churches  by 
force.  The  opposition  of  the  friars  was  so  strong  that  a 
rebellion  was  feared.  So  the  governor  and  the  archbishop 
had  to  yield  and  allow  the  friars  to  keep  their  lands. 
Thus  the  strife  continued,  sometimes  the  governor  and 
sometimes  the  friars  winning.  Finally  occurred  a  contest 
which  is  one  of  the  darkest  blots  upon  the  pages  of  Phil- 
ippine history. 

Bustamente  and  the  Friars.— Fernando  Manuel  de 
Bustamente  (1717-1719)  was  a  stern  and  despotic  gover- 
nor. Yet  he  was  honest  and  able.  He  found  the  treasury 
empty.     This   was   not   because   the  country  was  poor. 


124  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Many  of  the  citizens  of  Manila  were  in  debt  to  the 
treasury.  To  "avoid  paying  these  debts  they  had  the 
money  due  them  from  the  sale  of  goods  in  Mexico  come 
to  their  friends.  These  friends  secretly  gave  it  to  them. 
Then  the  government  could  not  collect  its  debts  from  them. 
Bustamente  made  these  people  pay  their  debts.  In  this 
way  he  added  three  hundred  thousand  pesos  to  the  treas- 
ury in  one  year. 

Bustamente  Fortifies  Zamboanga.  —  Bustamente 
also  imprisoned  Torralba,  a  former  governor.  It  was 
said  that  through  the  neglect  of  Torralba  seven  hundred 
thousand  pesos  had  been  lost  to  the  treasury.  With  the 
money  he  obtained  by  these  just  deeds  he  established  a 
garrison  in  Zamboanga.  For  half  a  century  the  govern- 
ment had  abandoned  the  Christian  population  of  Minda- 
nao and  the  Visayans  to  the  attacks  of  the  Moro  pirates. 
With  their  own  efforts  the  Visayans  had  built  a  fleet 
called  the  "  fleet  of  the  Pintados  "  to  defend  their  homes. 
The  Jesuits  had  for  along  time  urged  that  a  garrison  be 
placed  in  Zamboanga.  The  other  orders  were  opposed  to 
this  plan.  But  Bustamente  had  the  courage  to  do  what- 
ever he  thought  was  right.  So  he  built  forts  for  the 
defenceless  FiHpinos  of  the  south.  All  these  acts  made 
him  many  enemies.  These  enemies  now  plotted  his 
destruction . 

Arrest  of  the  Archbishop. — A  galleon  was  about  to 
sail  for  Mexico.  Bustamente  feared  that  this  galleon  was 
carrying  letters  with  charges  against  him.  He  sent  an 
officer  to  bring  the  captain  of  the  galleon  ashore.  The 
captain  threw  overboard  the  officer  and  his  men,  and 


CHUECH  AND  STATE  125 

sailed  away.  The  governor  sent  ships  to  overtake  the 
galleon.  He  now  was  sure  that  there  was  a  conspiracy 
against  him. 

Bustamente  then  put  every  one  in  prison  that  he  be- 
lieved to  be  his  enemy.  The  churches  and  convents  were 
filled  with  persons  seeking  refuge  from  the  governor. 
Bustamente  demanded  one  of  these  refugees  from  the 
archbishop.  The  archbishop  refused  to  give  up  the 
refugee.  Then  the  governor  arrested  the  arclibishop,  and 
imprisoned  him  in  Fort  Santiago.  The  church  bells 
tolled  when  this  was  done.  The  friars  were  filled  with 
horror  and  anger.  Now  the  governor  called  on  the 
citizens  of  Manila  to  defend  the  lights  of  the  king.  At 
the  signal  of  a  cannon-shot  all  were  to  present  themselves 
with  arms  to  aid  the  governor.  Manila  was  filled  with 
noise,  terror  and  tumult. 

Death  of  Bustamente.— October  11, 1719,  was  a  day 
long  to  be  remembered  in  Philippine  history.  The  friars 
resolved  to  rescue  the  archbishop  by  force.  They  went 
through  the  streets  in  procession,  holding  aloft  crucifixes 
in  their  hands.  Behind  them  came  the  refugees,  bearing 
arms,  ready  to  fight  for  their  lives.  Then  followed  a 
crowd  of  citizens  and  the  Jesuits.  All  were  giving  vivas 
for  **  the  faith,  religion  and  the  king."  Yet  it  was  really 
a  rebellion  against  the  king,  because  Bustamente  was  the 
representative  of  the  king.  The  friars  believed  the 
governor  had  done  wrong.  Therefore  they  rebelled. 
Never  before  nor  since  was  there  such  a  scene  in  the  Phil- 
ippines. The  crowd  rushed  into  the  palace.  They 
attacked  Bustamente.     He  defended  himself  bravely,  but 


126  HISTOBY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

fell  wounded.  His  son  came  to  his  rescue,  but  was 
dragged  from  his  horse  and  killed  The  governor  was 
thrown  into  prison  where  he  died  the  same  day. 

Archbishop  Cuesta  Governor.— The  archbishop  and 
other  prisoners  were  released.  The  judges  of  the  Supreme 
Court,  w^ho  had  supported  Bustamente,  were  put  in 
chains.  Many  army  captains  were  arrested  and  the 
royal  standard  of  Spain  was  torn  down.  It  was  a 
dramatic  moment  in  the  history  of  these  Islands.  It 
meant  that  after  one  hundred  and  fifty  years  of  strife  the 
Church  had  triumph(id  over  the  King.  The  archbishoj* 
Cuesta,  now  took  possession  of  the  palace,  and  was  made 
governor-general  of  the  Philippines  by  the  friars. 

The  religions  orders  gave  a  great  funeral  to  Bustamente 
and  a  pension  to  his  six  sons.  They  denied  that  they 
planned  the  death  of  the  governor.  The  king  was  very 
angry  when  he  heard  of  the  overthrow  of  the  royal  power 
in  the  Philippines.  The  slayers  of  Bustamente  were 
arrested  and  taken  to  Mexico  for  trial.  They  were  then 
returned  to  the  Philippines  to  be  tried  and  punished  there. 
This  was  not  done,  because  the  confessor  of  Governor 
Torre  Campo  advised  him  to  disobey  the  order  of  Philip 
V  to  punish  these  men. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  Did  the  governors  or  the  friars  care  most  for  the  good 

of  the  Filipinos? 

2.  What  was  the  attitude  of  the  friars  toward  the  bishops? 

3.  How  should  we  study  the  quarrels  between  church  and 

state? 


CHUECH  AND   STATE  127 

4.  Describe  two  kinds  of  courts. 

5.  Why  did  they  sometimes  conflict? 

6.  Give  an  example  of  a  conflict  between  the  church  court 

and  the  civil  court. 

7.  What  was  the  "  law  of  sanctuary  "  ? 

8.  What  were  some  of  the  evils  of  the  quarrels  between 

church  and  state  ? 

9.  When,  and  why  did  the  Pope  order  a  jubilee  ? 

10.  In  what  condition  was  Manila  in  1653? 

11.  Consider  the  Inquisition  as  to  its  origin,  purpose  and 

methods. 

12.  Why  did  Governor Salcedo  make  enemies? 

13.  How  was  Salcedo  deprived  of  his  power  ? 

14.  What    was    the  character   of  the   Inquisition    in    the 

Philippines  ? 

15.  Why  did  De  Vargas  banish   Archbishop  Pardo  from 

Manila? 

16.  When,  and  by  whom  were  the  friars  asked  to  show  title 

to  their  lands  ? 

17.  What  reasons  made  it  difiicult  for  them  to  do  this? 

18.  How  did  the  controversy  end  ? 

19.  In  what  condition  did  Governor  Bustaraente  find  the 

treasury  ? 

20.  How  did  Bustamente  improve  the  financial  condition  of 

the  government? 

21.  What  classes  became  enemies  of  Bustamente,  a,nd  why  ? 

22.  What  was  the  condition  of  the  Visayans  with  respect  to 

the  Moro  pirates  when  Bustamente  came  ? 

23.  What  did   Bustamente   do   for  the  protection   of  the 

Visayans  ? 

24.  How  did  Butamente  try  to  crush  the  conspiracy  against 

him? 


128  HISTORY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

25.  Describe  the  attack  on  Biistamente,  October  11,  1719. 

26.  Who  succeeded  Bustamcnte  as  governor,  and  by  what 

authority? 

27.  How  were  the  slayers  of  Bustamente  treated  and  why  ? 

28.  Mention  three  governors  who  were  overthrown  by  the 

friars. 

29.  Why  are  there  no  longer  quarrels  between  church  and 

state  in  the  Philippines? 

30.  Which  party  triumphed  in  this  period  of  Philippine 

history — church  or  state? 


END  OF  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY  129 


CHAPTER  XYII. 


THE  END  OF  THE  SEVENTEENTH 
CENTURY. 

Fausto  Cmzat  y  Gongora  Governor— 1690-1701. 

Cruzat  found  the  treasury  empty.  He  was  a  courageous 
and  honest  governor.  He  collected  large  sums  due  the 
treasury  from  citizens  of  Manila.  With  this  money  he 
repaired  the  palace  and  other  public  buildings.  Cruzat 
found  many  abuses  in  the  system  of  governing  the 
Philippines.  In  order  to  correct  these  he  published  the 
"Ordinances  of  Good  Government".  A  study  of  these 
reform  laws  will  show  us  much  about  the  condition  of 
the  Philippines  two  centuries  ago. 

"Ordinances  of  Good  Government."— The  prin- 
cipal matters  of  which  these  ordinances  spoke  were  the 
following  :— 

1. — Taxes.  It  was  the  practice  to  make  the  poor  pay 
the  same  tax  as  the  rich.  Cruzat  ordered  that  the  rich 
pay  more  than  the  poor.  This  was  an  excellent  law,  but 
it  was  not  obeyed.  Instead  of  this  the  poor  were  made 
to  pay  more  than. the  rich.  The  reason  for  this  was  that 
the  rich  could  bribe  the  tax  collector  to  take  less  than  the 
just  tax,  while  the  poor  who  could  not  offer  such  a  bribe 
were  forced  to  pay  more  than  they  ought. 

2. — The  alcaldes  and  covimerce.  The  alcaldes-mayor 
were  accustomed  to  engage  in  commerce.     They  occupied 


130  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

their  time  more  with  private  business  than  with  their 
duties  as  governors.  Cruzat  fobade  them  to  engage  in 
any  kind  of  commerce.  He  commanded  them  to  visit 
each  small  pueblo  six  days  and  the  large  pueblos  twelve 
days,  each  year.  The  object  of  this  was  to  give  the 
natives  an  opportunity  to  make  their  complaints  and  get 
justice. 

3. — Industry.  Cruzat  ordered  that  the  Filipino  farmers 
be  obliged  to  work.  They  must  cultivate  a  certain  amount 
of  ground  each  year  and  raise  a  certain  number  of  animals. 
No  one  was  to  be  allowed  to  lend  more  than  five  pesos 
to  a  Filipino.  This  shows  that  the  people  were  contented 
with  just  enough  to  eat,  and  had  little  ambition  to  provide 
for  the  future. 

4. — Fi'isons.  It  was  decreed  that  separate  rooms  be 
given  to  women  in  the  prisons.  In  case  of  a  light  charge 
they  must  be  shut  up  in  private  houses,  and  not  put  in 
prison.  The  prisons  of  those  times  were  filthy,  and  full 
of  evil  practices.  This  was  so  even  in  Europe.  Many  of 
the  faults  of  the  Spanish  government  were  common  to 
most  governments  in  those  days.  It  is  easy  to  see  the 
mistakes  of  those  who  lived  centuries  ago.  We  should 
remember  that  if  we  had  lived  then  we  might  have 
made  the  same  mistakes. 

5. — Spaniards.  Spaniards  were  not  to  be  allowed  to 
live  in  the  pueblos  without  permission  from  the  govern- 
ment. This  was  because  the  alcaldes  wanted  all  the 
commerce  for  themselves.  Besides,  the  Spanish  planters 
did  not  always  treat  the  Filipinos  justly  when  they  were 
far  away  from  the  reach  of  the  lav/. 


END  OF  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY        131 

6. —  Wild  tribes.  One  ordinance  forbade  the  Christian 
natives  to  speak  with  or  trade  with  the  people  of  the  wild 
tribes.  The  reason  given  was  '*  because  this  makes  their 
pacification  impossible ".  There  were  goods  the  wild 
tribes  wished  to  get  from  the  Christians.  It  was  thought 
that  they  would  come  down  from  the  mountains  and  live 
in  the  pueblos  as  Christians  if  they  were  forbidden  to  trade 
while  living  in  a  wild  state.  But  the  Christian  natives 
wished  to  trade  with  these  people,  so  sometimes  they 
would  leave  their  goods  at  certain  places  in  the  moun-^ 
tains.  When  they  went  away  the  savages  would  come 
and  get  these  things,  leaving  some  of  their  own  products 
in  exchange. 

Evil  Days. — These  laws  and  others  lilie  them  show 
that  two  hundred  years  ago  there  were  oppression  and 
injustice  in  the  Philippines.  They  show  that  the  Span- 
iards did  not  trust  each  other ;  that  slavery  still  existed ; 
that  there  were  still  encomenderos  ;  that  many  Filipinos 
were  idle  and  in  debt ;  that  the  prisons  were  a  disgrace, 
and  the  roads  and  bridges  in  a  bad  state.  After  seeing 
how  the  rulers  in  Manila  had  been  acting  for  half  a 
century  we  can  see  why  these  things  were  so. 

Manila  and  the  Provinces.— In  spite  of  all  the  bad 
government  from  which  the  Philippines  suffered  at  this 
time,  the  country  prospered.  The  rulers  and  people  of 
Manila  have  been  accustomed  to  think  that  city  all  im- 
portant. Manila  is  more  important  to  the  Philippines 
than  many  capitals  are  to  their  country.  It  is  the  only 
large  commercial  city  in  the  Islands.  But  most  of  the 
people  in  the  Philippines  live  and  die  without  ever  seeing 


132  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Manila.  Most  of  the  wealth  of  the  Philippines  was 
won  from  her  fields  and  forests  by  the  farmers.  They 
knew  little  of  the  quarrels  of  their  rulers  in  the  capital, 
and  most  of  their  rulers  knew  little  of  them.  Two 
hundred  years  ago  there  were  no  steamers  or  railroads. 
Many  of  the  islands  saw  no  Spaniards,  except  once  a 
year.  Then  the  tax  collector  came,  took  his  piece  of 
cloth,  or  the  peso  of  tribute,  and  departed.  For  another 
year  all  lived  in  the  country  villages  very  much  as 
they  used  to  live  before  the  Spaniards  came  to  the 
Philippines.  There  was  less  war  between  the  villages. 
There  was  less  practice  of  the  old  religion.  Still,  the 
Filipinos  of  the  barrios  were  governed  by  their  head  men, 
and  saw  little  of  their  Spanish  rulers. 

The  "Laws  of  the  Indies/'~The  "Laws  of  the 
Indies  "  were  made  for  the  natives  of  Mexico  and  the 
West  Indies  by  Spain.  After  this,  when  the  Spaniards 
conquered  the  Philippines,  they  gave  them  these  same 
laws.  But  the  customs  of  the  Filipinos  were  different 
from  those  of  the  Mexicans,  so  the  laws  of  the  Indies 
were  not  always  good  for  this  land.  Therefore  the 
Filipinos  were  allowed  to  use  their  old  laws  and  customs 
when  these  were  not  contrary  to  Christianity.  So  they 
continued  to  govern  themselves  in  all  small  matters. 
There  are  more  Filipinos  today  ruled  by  ancient  Filipino 
laws  and  customs  than  there  were  when  Legazpi  settled 
the  Islands. 

Most  of  the  Filipinos  were  little  influenced  by  their 
rulers  compared  with  those  who  lived  in  Manila.  There- 
fore much  of  the  growth  and  prosperity  of  the  Philippines 


END  OF  SEVENTEENTH  CENTURY        133 

must  be  due  to    the   industry    and  intelligence  of   the 
Filipinos  themselves. 

What  the  Filipinos  Did. — In  spite  of  war  and  bad 
government  the  Filipinos  multiplied.  They  broadened 
their  fields.  They  increased  their  herds  of  cattle  and 
horses.  They  sent  their  children  to  the  primary  schools 
that  the  friars  established  from  early  times.  They  were 
taught  many  useful  things  by  the  friars.  Had  they 
been  bad  pupils  th^  would  not  have  learned  these 
lessons.  But  the  Filipinos  learned  as  rapidly  and  as 
well  as  any  primitive  people  could  learn  from  such 
teachers  as  the  Spaniards.  The  American  Indian  refused 
to  accept  the  teachings  of  civilization.  The  Hawaiian 
Islanders  are  dying  out,  although  every  advantage 
has  been  offered  them.  But  the  Filipinos  have  accepted 
civilization.  The  pupil  who  learns  deserves  praise  as 
much  as  his  teacher.  To  the  Filipinos  belongs  great 
credit  for  the  steady  growth  of  the  country  in  popu- 
lation, wealth  and  civilization.  It  was  their  loyalty 
that  enabled  Spain  to  hold  the  Islands.  They  built 
ships  for  the  trade  and  wars  of  their  conquerors.  They 
fought  by  their  side  against  the  Chinese,  the  Dutch,  the 
English,  and  against  rebellious  Filipinos.  The  Philippines 
grew  greater  and  richer  by  their  efforts. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  What  kind  of  a  roan  was  Cruzat? 

2.  What  was   the  purpose  of  the  "Ordinances  of  Good 

Government "  ? 

3.  What  abuse  existed  in  the  tax  system  ? 


134  HISTOKY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

4.  Why  was  it  difficult  for  the  natives  to  get  justice? 

5.  Why  were  the  farmers  not  more  ambitious? 

6.  Why  was  intercourse  between  the  Christians  and  the 

wild  tribes  forbidden  ? 

7.  What  was  the  state  of  the  prisons  ? 

8.  Why  have  the  rulers  considered  Manila  so  important? 

9.  Find  out  what  part  of  all  Filipinos  live  in  Manila. 

10.  How  were  the  Filipinos  in  country  districts  governed? 

11.  Compare  the  Filipinos  with  the  American  Indians  as 

regards  their  acceptance  of  civilization. 

12.  How  did  the  Filipinos  help  Spain  ? 


BEITISH  INVASION  135 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 


THE  BRITISH  INVASION  AND 
ITS  RESULTS. 

The  Mysterious  Fleet.— In  the  year  1762  Archbishop 
Kojo  was  acting-governor  of  the  Philippines.  He  was  a 
good  man,  but  not  fitted  for  the  great  trials  that  were  to 
come  upon  the  Philippines.  For  nearly  one  hundred 
years  Manila  had  not  been  threatened  by  a  foreign  fleet. 
There  was  a  small  garrison,  and  no  readiness  for  the  attack 
of  a  powerful  enemy. 

One  day  in  September,  1762,  thirteen  large  ships  an- 
chored in  Manila  Bay.  No  one  knew  of  what  nation  they 
were,  or  why  they  had  come.  An  official  was  sent  out  to 
them  to  make  inquiries.  He  came  back  with  the  starthng 
news  that  the  ships  were  British,  and  that  they  demanded 
the  surrender  of  Manila.  Eight  months  before  the  British 
fleet  sailed  into  Manila  Bay,  England  had  declared  war  on 
Spain.  Today  news  of  such  an  event  is  flashed  over  the 
telegraph  wires  around  the  world  in  a  few  minutes.  At 
that  time,  sometimes  one  ship  and  sometimes  none  in  a 
year  brought  tidings  of  Europe.  Some  Armenian  mer- 
chants had  told  the  archbishop  that  the  British  in  India 
were  preparing  a  fleet  to  attack  the  Philippines.  But 
Governor  Eojo  was  a  man  whose  thoughts  were  not  of 
war.     No  preparations  had  been  made  for  defence. 

Landing  of  the  British.— -The  next  day  the  British. 


136  HISTOET  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

landed  at  Malate.  Their  troops  occupied  the  churches 
and  convents  of  Malate,  Ermita,  San  Juan  de  Bagum- 
bayan  and  Santiago.  Not  a  shot  was  fired  at  them  from 
the  walls  and  forts  of  Manila.  The  city  was  dumb  with 
surprise  and  fear.  There  were  nearly  seven  thousand 
British  troops,  including  three  thousand  of  their  Indian 
allies.  In  Manila  there  were  only  six  hundred  soldiers. 
With  great  courage  they  refused  to  surrender.  Messages 
for  help  were  sent  to  the  provinces.  In  a  few  days  seven 
thousand  natives,  armed  with  bows  and  spears,  had  come 
to  the  help  of  the  Spaniards. 

The  Bombardment.— The  British  began  to  fire  at  the 
walls  and  city  with  their  heavy  cannon.  The  Spaniards 
did  not  have  enough  cannon-balls,  so  they  picked  up  those 
the  enemy  fired  into  the  city  and  shot  them  back 
from  their  own  cannon.  Three  times  the  Filipinos  and 
Spaniards  went  out  of  the  city  and  attacked  the  British. 
Each  time  they  were  driven  back.  The  forts  along  the 
walls  fired  at  the  churches  and  convents  where  the 
British  took  shelter.  The  balls  would  not  pierce  the  thick 
walls.  The  church  of  Santiago  stood  on  the  Luneta, 
only  about  fifteen  hundred  feet  from  the  walls.  From 
the  top  of  this  church  the  British  fired  into  the  city. 

The  '' Philipino."— The  third  day  the  British  cap- 
tured a  small  boat  which  came  from  the  Strait  of  San 
Bernardino  to  tell  of  the  arrival  of  the  galleon  "  Philipino". 
This  ship  brought  three  million  pesos  for  the  Philippines. 
The  British  sent  two  ships  to  capture  her.  They  did  not 
get  the  "  Philipino  ",  but  they  captured  the  "  Trinidad". 
This  ship  surrendered  only  after  she  was  struck  by  seven- 


BRITISH   INVASION  137 

teen  hundred  cannon-balls.  Her  cargo  of  silks,  spices 
and  gold-dust  was  valued  at  two  million  pesos. 

Death  of  an  Officer — The  British  had  captured  on 
the  small  boat  a  nephew  of  Governor  Eojo.  One  day  a 
British  officer  walked  toward  the  city  bearing  a  white  flag, 
and  accompanied  by  the  nephew  of  the  governor.  Some 
of  the  natives  who  did  not  understand  what  a  flag  of 
truce  meant  killed  these  two  men,  beheading  the  English 
officer.  The  British  general  was  very  angry.  He  said 
he  would  behead  all  the  prisoners  he  had  if  his  officer's 
head  were  not  returned  together  with  the  head  of  the 
Filipino  who  led  the  attack.  Eojo  sent  an  apology  to 
General  Draper,  but  not  the  required  heads. 

Desertion  of  the  Filipinos.— The  British  general 
now  hung  seventy  prisoners.  This  made  the  Filipinos 
who  had  been  fighting  for  the  Spaniards  lose  heart. 
None  of  the  people  then  living  had  ever  seen  the 
Spaniards  defeated.  They  thought  the  Spaniards  were 
the  strongest  nation  in  the  world.  When  they  saw  how 
powerful  the  British  guns  were  and  the  great  holes  they 
were  making  in  the  wall  many  of  the  natives  ran  away 
into  the  country. 

The  Capture  of  Manila.— On  the  fifth  of  October, 
1762,  the  British  entered  the  city  through  a  breach  which 
their  guns  had  made  in  the  wall  on  the  east  side  of  the 
city.  General  Draper  led  a  column  through  the  streets  to 
the  plaza,  two  cannon  preceding  him  firing  constantly. 
The  officials  of  the  church  and  the  government  had  taken 
refuge  in  Fort  Santiago.  The  palace  guard  w^as  cut  down 
fighting  bravely.     The  inhabitants  of  Manila  were  fleeing 


138  HISTOBT   OP  THE   PHILIPPINES 

across  the  Pasig  in  boats.     The  British  turned  the  guns  of 
the  wall  upon  them,  and  killed  many  of  the  fugitives. 

The  Surrender.— Colonel  Munson  now  went  to  Fort 
Santiago,  and  demanded  its  surrender.  Governor  Eojo 
was  so  terrified  that  he  wished  to  get  down  on  his  knees 
before  the  officer.  Later  the  governor  and  the  judges 
signed  a  paper  giving  up  the  entire  Philippine  Archipelago 
to  the  British.     The  victors  promised  : 

1.  Security  for  the  life  and  property  of  all. 

2.  The  free  exercise  of  the  Catholic  fiiith. 

3.  Freedom  for  commerce  and  industry. 

4.  The  preservation  of  the  Supreme  Court. 

5.  Military  honors  for  the  soldiers  on  their  surrender. 

Governor  Rojo  was  completely  in  the  hands  of  the 
British.  General  Draper  compelled  him  to  raise  five 
hundred  and  forty-six  thousand  pesos  in  money,  jewels 
and  silver  plate.  The  British  demanded  four  million 
pesos,  but  could  get  no  more. 

The  Sack  of  the  City. — A  cruel  practice  of  war  in 
those  days  was  the  permission  given  to  soldiers  to  rob  and 
abuse  the  inhabitants  of  a  conquered  city.  Manila  was 
given  over  for  three  hours  to  be  sacked.  The  robbery  and 
murder  went  on  for  forty  hours.  Across  the  Pasig  in 
Binondo  the  natives  did  as  wicked  deeds  as  the  British. 
Finally  Draper  hung  several  Chinese  and  stopped  his 
soldiers.  About  one  thousand  lives  were  lost  on  each  side 
in  the  taking  of  Manila. 

Simon  de  Anda  y  Salazar.~On  the  Malecon  Drive 
in  Manila  stands  a  tall  monument  to  a  brave  Spaniard 
who  would  not  surrender  to  the  British.     Anda  was  a 


BEITISH  INVASION  139 

judge  of  the  Supreme  Court.  The  night  before  the  British 
entered  Manila  he  left  the  city  in  a  hanca  for  Bulacan. 
Here  he  proclaimed  himself  governor  The  Augustinians 
supported  him,  but  the  Jesuits  flew  the  British  flag  over 
their  convent  when  the  British  entered  the  city.  Anda 
soon  had  a  small  army.  With  this  he  tried  to  keep  order 
in  the  provinces,  and  besiege  the  British  in  Manila.  Anda 
and  Eojo  each  sent  proclamations  through  the  provinces 
calling  the  other  a  traitor. 

Campaign  of  Backhouse.— Thomas  Backhouse  with 
a  small  force  drove  Bustos,  Anda's  General,  to  Mariquina. 
Then  he  captured  the  pueblo  of  Pasig.  Here  he  found 
Ali-Mudin.  The  wily  sultan  made  friends  with  the 
British,  who  replaced  him  on  his  throne.  After  the 
capture  of  Pasig,  Backhouse  marched  through  the  prov- 
inces looking  for  the  treasure  of  the  "■  Philipino  ".  He 
attacked  Tunasan,  Binan,  Santa  Eosa,  Calamba  and 
Lipa.  In  the  last  town  he  captured  several  Augustinian 
friars.  Hearing  that  the  treasure  had  been  taken  to 
Pampanga,  he  returned  to  Pasig.  There  were  several 
skinnishes  between  the  forces  of  the  British  and  those  of 
Anda.  The  British  made  no  determined  effort  to  conquer 
the  provinces.     Plunder  was  what  they  wanted. 

Restoration  of  Spanish  Rule.— January  30,  1764, 
Governor  Eojo  died .  Shortly  after  his  death,  news  of  peace 
between  England  and  Spain  arrived.  A  new  governor, 
La  Torre,  was  sent  to  the  Philippiness.  The  British 
gave  up  Manila  to  the  Spaniards  after  holding  it  nearly 
a  year  and  a  half.  La  Torre  generously  allowed  Anda 
to  make  a  triumphal  entry  into  Manila,  March  31,  1764. 


140  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Effects  of  the  Invasion.— When  the  fall  of  Manila 
became  known  in  the  provinces  many  revolts  broke  out. 
Taxes  were  not  collected.  Property  and  life  were  not 
safe.  Bands  of  robbers  roamed  through  the  provinces. 
During  the  period  of  British  occupation  the  Philippines 
suffered  great  distress  No  one  knew  who  was  the  real 
governor — Kojo  or  And  a.  Outside  of  Pampanga  and 
Bulacan,  where  Anda  ruled,  there  was  little  law  and  order 
of  any  kind.  In  Batangas,  Laguna,  Tondo  and  Cavite, 
homeless  and  starving  people  wandered  from  village  to 
village.  The  wild  tribes  of  Negritos  and  Igorrotes  de- 
scended boldly  froni  the  hills  and  killed  the  way- 
farer. 

Revolt  in  Pangasinan.— -Throughout  the  British 
occupation  there  was  a  revolt  in  Pangasinan.  Teji 
thousand  natives  perished  in  battle.  The  population  of 
the  province  fell  from  sixty  thousand  to  thirty-six 
thousand  in  less  than  four  years.  Many  had  gone  to 
other  provinces,  died  of  hunger,  or  been  killed  by  the 
savages.  Finally  Anda's  troops  aided  by  some  Cagayan 
soldiers  put  down  the  revolt  and  hung  the  leaders. 

Diego  Silan. — One  of  the  fugitives  from  Manila  when 
the  British  took  the  city  was  Diego  Silan.  He  was  a 
native  of  Vigan,  Ilocos  Sur.  This  man  was  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  leaders  the  Fihpinos  ever  had.  At  first 
he  took  the  side  of  the  Spaniards  sajdng  that  he  wished 
to  arm  the  natives  against  the  English.  The  Spaniards 
became  suspicious  and  imprisoned  him.  Some  pei'sons  of 
influence  to  whom  he  promised  to  give  good  positions 
released  him  from  prison.     Now  Silan  boldly   said   he 


BRITISH  INVASION  141 

would  drive  the  Spaniards  and  mestizos  from  the  country, 
and  then  the  British. 

Silan  in  Power, — Many  joined  the  cause  of  Silan. 
As  in  previous  insurrections,  the  oppression  of  the  alcalde 
was  the  main  reason  of  the  revolt.  This  man  had  abused 
the  natives  of  Ilocos.  He  had  made  them  sell  him  all 
their  wax,  and  buy  of  him  all  their  candles.  Silan  drove 
him  from  Vigan.  Then  the  new  leader  set  up  a  shrine 
and  claimed  the  special  favor  of  God.  He  proclaimed 
Jesus  Christ  as  the  head  of  his  rebellion.  Thousands 
came  to  his  support. 

The  bishop  of  Nueva  Segovia  and  some  of  his  priests 
led  a  force  of  natives  from  Ilocos  Norte  against  Silan. 
This  force  was  defeated  by  treachery.  While  they  laid 
down  their  arms  to  talk,  the  Tinguiane  allies  of  Silan 
attacked  them.  They  were  driven  back  to  Ilocos  Norte. 
Silan  sent  a  force  to  Ilocos  Norte  and  captured  a  number 
of  the  leading  men  and  friars.  He  raised  large  sums  of 
money  by  setting  these  men  free  for  a  ransom.  This 
created  great  hatred  of  him  in  that  province. 

Alliance  with  the  British,— When  the  English 
general  heard  of  the  success  of  this  revolution  he  offered 
to  make  Silan  his  ally.  The  Ilocano  leader  did  not  dare 
to  refuse.  He  feared  that  Anda  would  soon- send  a  strong 
force  against  him.  The  people  of  Ilocos  Norte  were 
hostile  to  him  also.  So  he  was  between  two  fires.^  He 
accepted  the  offer  of  the  British.  They  sent  him  a  can- 
non and  appointed  him  governor  of  Ilocos.  This  was  a 
gieat  surprise  to  the  followers  of  Silan,  but  their  faith  in 
him  was  great. 


142  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

Death  of  Silan. — ^The  bishop  of  Nueva  Segovia  and 
his  friars  were  now  shut  up  in  the  convent  of  Bantay, 
near  Vigan.  Silan  could  not  persuade  his  followers  to 
kill  them.  So  he  was  about  to  allow  some  of  the  savage 
Tinguianes  to  massacre  the  priests.  At  this  time  a 
mestizo,  named  Vicos,  planned  to  assassinate  Silan.  He 
received  absolution  from  the  bishop,  and  then  went  to 
Silan 's  house  and  shot  him  in  the  back.  The  friars  now 
returned  to  their  parishes ;  for  the  death  of  Silan  terrified 
his  followers  for  a  time.  A  general  pardon  and  a  remis- 
sion of  taxes  was  proclaimed. 

A  Fresh  Outbreak. — Anda  sent  new  officials  to  Vi- 
gan. By  this  time  the  followers  of  Silan  had  recovered 
their  courage.  They  rebelled,  making  an  uncle  of  Silan 
governor.  Now  was  the  opportunity  for  Ilocos  Norte  to 
take  revenge.  A  force  of  six  thousand  from  that  province 
invaded  Ilocos  Sur  and  defeated  the  rebels.  Silan's  wife 
fled  with  the  wealth  he  had  collected  to  the  mountains 
of  Abra.  She  was  a  brave,  determined  woman.  She 
meant  to  avenge  the  death  of  her  husband.  So  she  hired 
the  wild  Tinguianes  to  attack  Vigan  for  her,  but  the 
bowmen  of  Piddig  drove  her  Httle  army  back  to  the 
mountains. 

Anda  now  made  the  Cagayan  leader,  Arza,  governor 
of  all  of  Luzon  north  of  Pangasinan.  Arza  pursued 
Silan's  wife  till  he  captured  her.  She  and  ninety  other 
leaders  of  the  revolt  were  hung. 

Why  the  Revolts  Failed.— It  is  easy  to  see  that  all 
these  revolts  failed  because  the  Filipinos  were  not  agreed 
as  to  what  they  wanted,  and  how  they  wanted  to  get  it. 


BBITISH  INVASION  143 

Each  was  working  for  his  own  good,  not  for  the  good 
of  all  Filipinos.  The  old  hostile  spirit  of  the  different 
tribes  towards  each  other  was  still  alive.'  It  takes  a  long 
time  to  make  one  people  of  so  many  different  branches  of 
the  Malay  race.  The  Fihpinos  of  that  day  were  strug- 
gling for  a  freedom  which  they  did  not  know  how  to  get, 
or  to  use,  if  they  had  obtained  it. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  Who  was  governor  when  the  British  attacked  Manila  ? 

2.  Did  the  governor  have  any  warning  of  the  coming  of 

the  British  ? 

3.  Describe  the  landing  of  the  British. 

4.  What  was  the  effect  of  the  landing  of  the  British  on  the 

people  of  Manila  ? 

5.  Describe  the  bombardment  of  Manila. 

6.  How  can  you  tell  for  what  country  the  "  Trinidad  "  was 

sailing? 

7.  What  threat  did  the  British  general  make  when  his 

officer  was  killed  ? 

8.  What  caused  many  Filipinos  to  desert  the  Spaniards  ? 

9.  Describe  the  conditions  of  the  surrender  of  Fort  Santi- 

ago. 

10.  Why  did  General  Draper  compel  the  governor  to  give 

him  546,000  pesos?     . 

11.  What  is  meant  by  the  "  sacking  "  of  a  city  ? 

12.  Compare  the  difference  between   the   British  entrance 

into  Manila  and  the  American  entrance. 

13.  Explain  why  there  was  this  difference. 

14.  For  what  is  Simon  de  Anda  famous  ? 

15.  Compare  his  patriotism  with  that  of  Rojo. 


144  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

16.  Which  do  you  think  was  the  real  governor  after  the 

British  arrived  ? 

17.  What  was  the  difference  between  the  attitude  of  the 

Jesuits  and  the  Augustinians  toward  the  conquerors  ? 

18.  What  two  things  did  Anda  try  to  do  with  his  army? 

19.  What  was  the  object  of  the  campaign  of  Backhouse? 

20.  What  was  the  principal  object  of  the  British  ? 

21.  How  does  that  compare  with  the  object  of  the  Amer- 

icans? 

22.  Who  succeeded  Rojo  as  governor? 

28.  How  long  did  the  British  hold  Manila? 

24.  What  was  the  effect  of  the  revolt  in  Pangasinan  ? 

25.  What  changes  of  policy  did  Silan  make  ? 

26.  Why  did  his  revolt  fail  ? 

27.  How  were  the  revolters  in  Ilocos  punished  ? 


MODERN  TIMES  145 


CHAPTER  XIX. 


THE  BEGINNING  OF  MODERN  TIMES. 

Governorship  of  Anda^l770-X776.— Shortly  after 
the  departure  of  the  Bntish,  Anda  had  returned  to  Spain. 
The  governors  who  followed  Kojo  did  not  repair  the  ruin 
caused  by  the  war.  The  old  quarrels  between  church 
and  state  were  renewed.  The  Jesuits  were  expelled  from 
the  Philippines.  A  strong  hand  and  a  clear  head  were 
needed.  Several  times  the  king  asked  Anda  to  take  the 
governorship  of  the  Islands.  He  was  weary  of  strife,  but 
finally  yielded  to  the  repeated  requests  of  the  king. 
Anda  was  a  brave  and  honest  man.  During  his  fight 
against  the  British  he  had  spent  only  600,000  of  the 
3,000,000  pesos  which  he  had  received  from  the  "  Phili- 
pino  ".  As  governor  he  was  economical  and  honest.  Al- 
though he  repaired  the  walls  of  Manila  and  built  many 
ships,  the  public  revenue  increased  to  one  and  one-half 
million  pesos  a  year.  He  did  all  he  could  to  bring  the 
Philippines  out  of  the  wretched  state  into  which  a  century 
of  folly  had  plunged  them. 

Anda  a  Modern  Man. — Anda  was  different  from  the 
governors  who  came  before  him.  At  the  time  he  returned 
to  the  Philippines,  Europe  and  America  were  feeling  their 
way  toward  liberty  and  progress.  The  revolutionary 
spirit  was  stirring  France  and  the  United  States.  New 
ideas  filled  men's  minds.     The  Church  was  losing  control 


146  IIISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

of  the  State.  Anda,  like  Das  Marinas,  was  a  royal 
governor.  He  was  not  liked  by  the  friars,  because  he  sent 
a  report  to  the  king  charging  them  with  disloyalty,  and 
with  asking  too  much  money  from  the  natives.  While 
Anda  was  not  a  republican  he  believed  that  the  govern- 
ment should  study  to  make  the  country  prosperous.  He 
therefore  eucoaraged  agriculture,  believing  that  the  future 
prosperity  of  the  Islands  depended  upon  this.  From  his 
time  the  governors  began  to  develop  the  unused  riches  of 
the  PhiHppines.  The  galleon  trade  was  nearing  its  end, 
and  a  new  era  was  beginning  for  the  Filipinos. 

The  Teaching  of  Spanish.— During  Anda's  rule  a 
royal  decree  ordered  that  Spanish  be  taught  instead  of  the 
native  dialects  of  the  Philippines.  In  a  great  church 
council  of  1590  the  friars  had  decided  to  teach  the  Filipino 
tongues  instead  of  Spanish.  This  was  because  they 
believed  it  necessary  to  teach  religion  to  every  one  as  soon 
as  possible.  The  friars  could  learn  the  languages  of  the 
natives  much  quicker  than  the  na,tives  could  learn  Spanish. 
Very  old  people  and  Httle  children  might  die  ignorant 
of  the  gospel  if  it  were  not  quickly  taught  them  in 
their  own  tongue. 

Many  times  the  rulers  of  Spain  ordered  that  Spanish 
be  taught  to  the  Filipinos.  Most  of  the  friars  were 
willing  to  have  this  done.  But  they  did  not  believe  it 
would  ever  be  possible  to  make  Spanish  the  language  of 
the  common  people.  In  later  days,  perhaps  there  were 
some  who  did  not  wish  the  Filipinos  to  learn  Spanish 
because  they  were  afraid  the  Filipinos  would  become  wise 
enough  to  rule  themselves.  But  the  "  Laws  of  the  Indies  ", 


MODEEN   TIMES  147 

the  decrees  of  the  governors  of  the  Philippines,  and  the 
efforts  of  the  church,  show  that  Spain  tried  to  teach  her 
language  to  the  Filipinos. 

Death  of  Anda. — Anda  made  many  enemies  by  his 
stem,  just  ways.  These  enemies  fought  against  him  at 
the  court  of  Spain.  He  was  fined,  and  some  of  his  acts 
condemned.  Wearied  with  work  and  the  ingratitude  cf 
his  country,  he  fell  ill,  dying  at  Cavite  in  1776.  His 
remains  were  placed  behind  the  high  altar  of  the  Cathedral 
in  Manila.  His  fame  is  secure  today  as  one  of  the  most 
upright  governors  that  Spain  ever  sent  to  the  Philippines. 

Vasco  and  Agriculture. — Jose  de  Vasco  y  Vargas 
(1778-1787)  was  an  intelligent  and  industiious  man. 
Under  him  a  serious  attempt  was  made  to  improve 
agriculture.  He  published  a  proclamation,  offering  prizes 
to  those  who  excelled  in  agriculture  and  industry.  He 
encouraged  the  production  of  silk.  Mulberry  trees,  on 
which  the  silkworm  feeds,  were  planted  in  large  numbers. 
For  some  years  silk  was  made  in  the  Philippines.  The 
mulberry  and  the  silk  worm  flourish  in  these  Islands.  In 
the  end,  however,  the  culture  of  silk  did  not  pay.  The 
plantations  were  abandoned.  The  silk  of  China  and 
Japan  was  produced  and  sold  cheaper  than  that  of  the 
Philippines.  This  was  because  wages  were  less  in  those 
countries,  and  men  were  willing  to  work  more  steadily 
than  in  the  Philippines.  Many  things  have  failed  in  the 
Islands  because  Filipino  laborers  have  been  satisfied  with 
earning  a  little  money.  Then  they  have  abandoned  their 
work  to  spend  or  gamble  away  their  money.  No  country 
can   have  great  industries  till  it  raises  up  an  army   of 


148  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

steady  workers  who  will  work  for  months  at  a  time  at 
the  same  rate  of  wages. 

Why  Java  Prospered. —It  is  true  that  one  reason  for 
lack  of  labor  was  because  the  Spaniards  did  not  always 
give  the  Filipinos  a  fair  share  of  the  products  of  their 
labor.  In  Java  the  Dutch  compelled  the  natives  of  the 
island  to  work.  But  they  gave  them  a  larger  share  of 
what  they  produced  than  was  given  in  the  Philippines. 
Thus  Java  grew  industrious  and  prosperous  while  the 
Philippines  advanced  slowly.  We  shall  see  an-  example 
of  this  in  the  way  the  Spanish  managed  the  tobacco 
industry. 

The  Tobacco  Monopoly.— For  centuries  the  Philip- 
pines had  cost  the  treasury  of  Mexico  a  large  sura  yearly. 
The  burden  of  the  royal  subsidy  was  a  heavy  drain  on 
the  Mexican  treasm-y.  Vargas  now  thought  of  a  plan  to 
make  the  Philippine  government  pay  its  own  expenses. 
He  decided  that  all  the  tobacco  must  bo  raised,  manufac- 
tured and  sold  by  the  government.  This  was  called  the 
Tobacco  Monopoly.  In  1781  the  Filipino  farmers  were 
forbidden  to  grow  and  sell  tobacco,  except  at  the  order  of 
the  government.  The  following  year  the  government 
began  the  business  of  growing,  manufacturing  and  selling 
tobacco.  This  monopoly  continued  for  exactly  one 
hundred  years.  The  revenues  of  the  government  in- 
creased rapidly.  There  were  some  years  now  when  it 
was  not  necessary  to  send  a  subsidy  from  Mexico.  But  the 
treasury  was  filled  by  means  of  oppression  and  injustice. 

Abuses  of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly. — The  govern- 
ment told  the  farmer  just  how  much  land  he  should  plant 


MODERN  TIMES  149 

each  year  with  tobacco.  He  was  ordered  to  raise  a 
certain  amount  from  this  land.  He  could  not  keep  one 
leaf  for  his  own  use.  His  house  was  searched  for  hidden 
tobacco.  If  the  farmer  did  not  raise  the  required  amount 
his  land  was  given  to  another.  He  was  heavily  fined 
if  he  hid  any. 

When  the  government  bought  the  tobacco  of  the  farmer 
it  fixed  its  own  price.  Then  it  made  this  tobacco  into 
cigars  and  sold  them  to  the  farmer,  again  at  its 
own  price.  The  government  inspectors  of  were  often 
dishonest  and  cruel.  They  accepted  bribes  from  some 
natives  who  broke  the  laws.  They  undervalued  the 
tobacco  of  others.  They  treated  harshly  the  families  of 
those  whose  houses  they  searched.  As  time  passed,  the 
government  paid  less  and  less  for  the  tobacco.  The  pay- 
ments were  slowly  made.  After  planting  most  of  his 
land  with  tobacco,  and  worldng  hard  and  long  to  secure 
the  crop,  the  farmer  often  waited  longer  still  for  his  pay. 
Finally  the  government  began  to  pay  in  written  promises 
instead  of  money.  Men  went  through  the  country  and 
bought  these  pieces  of  paper  of  the  natives,  giving  them 
less  money  than  they  were  worth. 

All  these  practices  were  not  only  cruel ;  they  were  foolish. 
They  made  the  people  poor,  unhappy  and  rebellious. 
The  Filipinos  bore  this  heavy  load  with  patience.  Yet  at 
times  they  revolted  and  Idlled  the  inspectors. 

"  Royal  Company  of  the  Philippines.'^— The  great- 
est commercial  enterprise  that  Spain  started  in  the  Philip- 
pines was  the  "  Eoyal  Company  of  the  Philippines  ",  in 
1785.    The  king,  Charles  III,  was  an  investor  in  this 


160  HISTOEY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

company.  He  and  his  governor,  Vargas,  did  all  they  could 
to  make  it  succeed.  The  capital  of  the  Co:npa,ny  was  six 
million  pesos.  It  had  the  sole  right  to  trade  between  the 
Philippines  and  Spain,  but  not  with  Mexico.  The  Com- 
pany encouraged  the  cultivation  of  silk,  indigo,  sugar  and 
cotton.  Pepper  was  planted  by  it  in  Luzon,  the  Visayas 
and  Mindanao.  It  paid  a  higher  price  for  Philippine 
pepper  than  for  that  of  Java  and  Sumatra.  But  the 
Philippines  were  not  so  fit  to  grow  pepper  as  these 
other  islands.  The  alcaldes-mayor  wanted  all  the  trade  of 
their  provinces.  They  were  jealous  of  the  Company  and 
would  not  assist  it.  So  this  great  enterprise  which  cost 
so  much  and  promised  so  well  failed.  A  further  reason 
for  its  failure  was  the  unwillingness  of  the  natives  to 
work  steadily. 

"  Sociedad  Economica  de  Amigos  del  Pais  ".—One 
of  the  best  acts  of  Vargas  was  to  establish  the  "  Agricultural 
Society  of  Friends  of  the  Country  ".  He  did  this  in  obedi- 
ence to  a  royal  decree.  The  king  ordered  the  formation 
of  a  •*  society  of  select  persons  capable  of  producing  useful 
thoughts".  This  society  was  founded  in  1791.  In  his 
speech  at  the  first  meeting  of  the  Society  Vargas  said  that 
the  backward  condition  of  the  Philippines  was  on  account 
of  too  great  attention  to  the  galleon  trade.  Tlio  Society 
included  some  of  the  most  distinguished  people  of  that 
day.  It  lasted  till  the  close  of  Spanish  rule.  At  times  it 
was  dead  for  years,  but  it  was  of  some  help  to  Philippine 
agriculture  and  industry. 

Vargas  Resigns. — Vargas  did  many  other  things, 
such  as  the  suppression  of  highway  robbery,  the  establish- 


MODERN  TIMES  151 

inent  of  a  hospice,  or  house  of  refuge,  and  the  creation  of 
militia  regiments  of  Filipinos.  Like  many  other  good 
governors,  Vargas  made  enemies.  Wearied  with  the 
opposition  of  the  judges,  merchants  and  others,  be  resign- 
ed in  1787.  Some  think  he  was  the  most  useful  governor 
the  Philippines  have  ever  had. 

Industry  Better  Than  Conquest.— Although  the 
Tobacco  Monopoly  was  oppressive  and  the  Koyal  Com- 
pany a  failure,  such  efforts  did  more  for  the  Philippines 
than  the  old  expeditions  of  conquest  to  the  Moluccas. 
They  did  more  for  the  permanent  prosperity  of  the  coun- 
try than  the  galleon  trade.  The  Filipinos  learned  much 
about  industry.  The  country  grew  in  numbers  and 
wealth.  So  rich  a  land,  with  every  variety  of  soil  and 
climate,  needed  but  little  encouragement. 

Rafael  de  Aguilav  Governor— 1793-1806.— Aguilar 
was  a  governor  of  intelligence  and  energy.  He  con- 
tinued the  plans  of  Vargas.  The  Tobacco  Monopoly 
was  bringing  large  sums  of  money  to  the  government.  By 
royal  order  in  his  rule  encouragement  was  given  to  the 
cultivation  of  the  mulberry  tree,  and  of  cinnamon,  pepper, 
cotton  and  cacao. 

Aguilar  built  a  road  from  Cavite  to  Manila.  He  -was 
the  first  to  hght  the  streets  of  Manila.  The  iron  mines  of 
Angat  received  his  help.  His  rule  was  marked  by  only 
one  backward  step,  the  exclusion  of  foreigners. 

Aguilar  and  Foreigners. -In  1800  Aguilar  forbade 
foreigners  to  settle  in  the  Philippines.  This  policy  was  a 
great  loss  to  the  country.  In  a  rich  country,  with  so 
small  a  population  as  the  Philippines  then  had,  merchants 


152  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

of  other  lands,  with  capital  and  energy,  are  a  benefit.  The 
United  States  have  beconie  great  and  powerful  in  a  short 
time  by  freely  admitting  industrious  immigrants  of  all 
nations  except  the  Chinese. 

Progress  cf  the  Filipinos.— Manila  was  no  longer  a 
village  of  nipa  huts.  Many  of  its  inhabitants  lived  in 
luxury.  The  Governor  loved  display.  He  spent  upon 
his  household  sixty  thousand  pesos  a  year.  This  was 
three  times  his  salary.  The  islands  were  entering  upon  a 
long  period  of  prosperity .  The  population  was  about  one 
and  one-half  millions.  The  Philippines  were  coming  to 
better  days.  They  still  suffered  from  the  pirates  and 
other  evils,  but  their  condition  was  steadily  growing 
better.  The  Filipinos  were  learning  their  rights.  From 
this  time  forward  their  protests  had  more  weight  with 
their  rulers.  Instead  of  the  barbaric  chiefs  of  Legazpi's 
day,  their  leaders  were  industrious,  successful  farmers  and 
merchants.  They  had  learned  much  from  Spain.  It 
was  they  who  were  now  building  her  ships,  churches  and 
forts.  Filipino  soldiers  were  the  larger  part  of  Spain's 
amiy  in  the  Philippines.  Filipino  priests  were  serving 
F-ide  by  side  with  the  Spanish  friars.  Filipinos  were  soon 
to  share  in  the  councils  of  Spain. 

Question  and  Topics. 

1.  Describe  the  condition  of  the  country  at  the  close  of  the 

British  occupation. 

2.  How  did  Anda  show  his  honesty  and  economy  ? 

3.  What  new  era  began  with  Anda  ? 

4.  To  what  did  Anda  direct  especial  attention  ? 


MODEBN  TIMES  153 

5.  What  decision  did  the  council  of  1590   make   about 

language  ? 

6.  Why  did  not  the  Filipinos  learn  more  Spanish  ? 

7.  What  hastened  the  death  of  Anda? 

8.  How  did  Vargas  attempt  to  encourage  agriculture  ? 

9.  Describe  the  attempt  to  raise  silk  in  the  Philippines.. 

10.  What  is  necessary  for  the  existence  of  great  industries? 

11.  Why  has  Java  been  more  prosperous  than  the  Philip- 

pines ? 

12.  What  caused  the  starting  of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly  ? 

13.  When  did  the  Tobacco  Monopoly  begin  and  end? 

14.  Consider  the   effect  of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly  on  the 

treasury,    the  loyalty  of   the   Filipinos,   and    upon 
agriculture. 

15.  Name  four  evils  of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly. 

16.  Describe  the  origin  of  the  Royal  Company. 

17.  What  were  the  products  encouraged  by  the  Company? 

18.  Why  did  the  Company  fail  ? 

19.  What  was  the  aim  of  the  Agricultural  Society  ? 

20.  Name  four  of  the  lesser  acts  of  Vargas. 

21.  Compare  the  methods  of  the  modern  governors  with  the 

former  governors. 

22.  Write  a  short  essay  on  the  advantages  an'd  disadvantages 

of  admitting  foreigners  to  a  country. 

23.  How   much  had   the   population    of   the    Philippines 

increased  between  the  Conquest  and  the  year  1800  ? 

24.  What  was  the  sdary  of  Aguilar  ? 

25.  Mention  some  minor  acts  of  Aguilar. 


154  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XX. 


THE  FILIPINOS  AND  THE  CORTES. 

Napoleon  conquers  Spain.— In  1809  a  ship  arrived 
in  Manila  from  Mexico  with  startling  news.  The  year 
before,  the  great  French  emperor,  Napoleon,  had  invaded 
Spain.  He  forced  the  king  and  capital  to  his  feet.  Then 
Napoleon  placed  his  brother  Joseph  on  the  throne  of 
Spain.  The  nation  arose  in  arms.  A  council  was 
established  in  Seville.  This  council  proclaimed  Fernando 
VII  king. 

First  Filipino  Deputies,— In  return  for  the  loyalty 
of  the  Spanish -American  colonies  and  to  get  their  further 
support,  the  decree  of  1809  allowed  them  to  send  deputies 
to  the  Cortes.  The  Cortes  was  the  body  of  men  which 
made  laws  for  Spain  and  her  colonies.  The  Filipinos  had 
never  had  a  share  in  making  laws  for  their  own  country. 
Now  they  were  to  be  allowed  to  send  some  of  their  own 
people  to  tell  Spain  what  they  wanted. 

In  1810  two  natives  of  the  PhiHppines,  then  in  Spain, 
were  chosen  to  represent  the  Islands.  In  the  same  year 
the  City  of  Manila  elected  Ventui^a  de  los  Reyes  as 
Philippine  deputy  to  the  Cortes.  He  was  an  old  and 
rich  merchant.  He  sailed  at  once  for  Spain  with  his 
family,  and  labored  earnestly  for  the  good  of  the 
Philippines. 

The  Constitution  of  1812. — A  new  Constitution  was 


THE  COETES  165 

proclaimed  in  Spain  in  1812.  It  gave  more  power  to  the 
people  to  choose  their  rulers  and  laws.  This  Constitution 
was  signed  by  deputy  Eeyes.  The  Philippines  were 
entitled  to  one  deputy  for  every  sixty^  thousand  inhabitants. 
At  this  time  the  population  was  about  2,000,000.  There- 
fore they  had  the  right  to  send  about  forty  deputies.  But 
the  cost  of  sending  and  supporting  a  delegate  for  one 
meetuig  of  the  Cortes  was  about  ten  thousand  pesos ;  so 
it  was  impossible  to  send  forty.  Therefore  there  were 
usually. not  more  than  three  or  four  Fihpinos  at  one  time 
in  the  Cortes. 

Publication  of  the  Constitution.— When  the  Consti- 
tution was  pubhshed  in  the  Philippines  in  1813,  the  people 
thought  they  would  now  be  free  from  the  labor  tax  and 
tribute.  The  governor  had  to  send  out  a  proclamation  to 
the  provinces  explaining  that  no  government  could  exist 
without  taxes. 

Restoration  of  Fernando  VII.— In  1814  Fernando 
VII  was  restored  to  the  throne  of  Spain.  He  began  his 
new  rule  like  a  tyrant.  He  abolished  the  Constitution, 
and  began  again  the  Inquisition,  which  had  been  stopped 
the  year  before.  All  who  opposed  him  were  killed,  or 
driven  out  of  the  country. 

Revolt  in  Ilocos  Norte.— When  the  natives  of  the 
Phihppines  were  told  of  these  changes  they  thought  the  of- 
ficials in  Manila  were  lying  to  them.  They  believed  they 
were  being  robbed  of  the  new  liberties  which  the  Con- 
stitution had  given  them.  Fifteen  hundred  Ilocanos  re- 
volted in  Ilocos  Norte.  Their  attacks  were  directed  mainly 
against  the  rich  imncipales.     They  killed  and  robbed  a 


356  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

number  of  these.  Convents  and  churches  were  burned 
and  sacked.  The  books  and  papers  in  town  records  were 
destroyed. 

Oppression  of  th^  Poor. — One  cause  of  this  revolt 
was  the  oppression  of  the  poorer  natives  by  the  rich. 
The  latter  used  to  give  raw  silk  or  cotton  to  the  common 
people,  and  require  them  to  make  it  into  cloth.  "When 
the  cloth  vv^as  delivered  the  rich  would  complain  of  its 
poor  quality.  They  would  say  it  weighed  less  than  it 
did.  Then  they  would  pay  the  makers  less  than  they 
ought. 

If  the  Filipinos  had  stopped  oppressing  each  other  they 
might  have  thrown  off  the  yoke  of  Spain.  But  as  soon 
as  a  few  of  them  got  more  power  than  the  rest  they  began 
to  oppress  those  under  them  instead  of  helping  them  to 
be  free.  No  people  can  ever  be  free  till  they  learn  to 
treat  each  other  justly. 

The  Constitution  Renewed. — ^The  revolts  in  Spain 
compelled  the  king  to  set  up  the  Constitution  again  in 
1820.  The  next  year  it  was  proclaimed  all  over  the 
Philippines.  That  year  four  deputies  were  elected  to  the 
Cortes  The  people  did  not  rejoice  much  over  the  renewal 
of  the  Constitution ;  for  they  had  learned  that  it  made 
little  improvement  in  their  lot.  The  governor  and  the 
church  officials  did  not  want  many  deputies  from  Manila 
in  the  Cortes.  They  had  always  done  as  they  thought 
best  in  the  Philippines.  They  did  not  wish  to  have  their 
plans  and  acts  exposed  and  criticised  in  Spain.  As  for 
the  Filipinos  they  had  not  received  much  benefit  from  the 
deputies,  so  they  did  not  care. 


THE  CORTES  157 

The  School  of  Freedom. — These  events  show  that  it 
is  very  difficult  for  a  people  who  ha\e  never  been  free  to 
learn  what  freedom  means.  When  the  United  States 
became  a  free  nation  she  had  already  spent  centuries  in 
learning,  little  by  little,  how  to  use  freedom.  France, 
which  tried  to  free  herself  about  the  same  time,  soon  lost 
her  freedom  because  her  past  history  had  not  taught  her 
people  how  to  use  liberty.  She  had  to  go  school  nearly 
a  century  longer  before  she  established  a  strong  republic. 

Recommendations  of  the  Deputies.— The  efforts 
of  Keyes  in  the  Cortes  were  principally  for  the  benefit  of 
commerce.  He  recommended  that  the  galleons  no  longer 
be  allowed  to  carry  on  all  the  trade  with  Mexico.  They 
were  finally  abolished  in  1815.  Greater  freedom  of 
trade  with  the  other  Spanish  colonies  was  granted. 

Another  Filipino  deputy,  liiigo,  in  1815,  recommended 
that  the  taxes  upon  the  poor  people  be  decreased.  He  ad- 
vised that  the  government  monopolies  of  tobacco,  wine 
and  other  products  be  stopped,  and  every  one  be  al- 
lowed to  raise  what  he  wished.  He  called  the  attention  of 
the  Cortes  to  the  many  false  land  titles  in  the  Philippines. 
He  asked  that  the  missions  of  the  friars  to  China  be 
stopped.'''  These  missions  were  costing  the  government 
about  fifty  thousand  pesos  a  year.  He  advised  that  a 
college  be  started  in  which  Filipino  boys  could  learn  va- 
rious native  languages,  so  that  they  might  be  fitted  to 
hold  government  positions  in  the  provinces. 

These  were  some  of  the  things  the  Filipinos  wanted. 
They  did  not  get  them.  The  reason  was  because  Spain 
did  not  give  the  Filipinos  representation  in  the  Cortes  in 


158  HISTOEY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

order  to  learn  how  to  govern  them  loetter,  but  to  gain 
their  friendship  in  time  of  trouble. 

End  of  Representation  in  the  Cortes.— In  1837, 
in  a  secret  session  of  the  Cortes,  it  was  decided  not  to 
let  the  Filipinos  send  any  more  deputies  to  Spain.  The 
reasons  given  for  this  were  four — the  distance  of  the 
Philippines,  the  expense,  the  difference  of  customs,  and 
the  lack  of  enough  Fihpinos  sufficiently  well  educated  for 
so  high  an  office. 

News  of  this  action  nearly  created  a  revolution  in  Ma- 
nila. The  governor,  however,  agreed  to  ma1<e  no  changes 
till  the  Cortes  decreed  them.  It  really  made  little  dif- 
ference at  that  time  whether  there  were  Filipino  deputies 
or  not.  The  royal  and  the  church  officials  were  toe 
powerful  for  a  few  deputies  in  Spain  to  change  their 
plans. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  When,  and  why  were  the  Philippines  first  allowed  depu- 

ties in  the  Cortes  f 

2.  Who  was  the  first  Filipino  deputy  ? 

3.  To  what  did  his  recommendations  chiefly  relate? 

4.  Why  did  so  few  deputies  from  the  Philippines  attend 

the  Cortes  f 

5.  What  was  the  first  effect  of  the  publication  of  the  Con- 

stitution in  the  Philippines  ? 

6.  What  two  important  changes  did  Fernando  VII  make 

when  restored  to  the  throne  ? 

7.  What  was  the  principal  reason  for  the  revolt  in  Ilocos? 

8.  What  is  the  lesson  of  this  revolt  ? 

9.  AVhat  does  the  contrast  between  France  and  the  United 

States  teach  ? 


THE   CORTES  159 

10.  Mention  the  five  recommendations  of  liiigo. 

11.  Why  did  the  Philippines  proiit  so  little  from  representa- 

tion in  the  Cortes  f 

12.  Give  and    explain    the  four  reasons  why  the  deputies 

were  discontinued. 

13.  What  effect  did  this  produce  in  Manila  ? 


160  HISTORY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XXI. 


REBELLION  AND  REFORM. 

The  Mutiny  of  Novales.— Many  of  the  officers  in 
the  Philippine  army  were  Mexicans.  After  Mexico  gain- 
ed her  independence  from  Spain  in  1819,  it  was  thought 
best  to  replace  these  men  with  Spaniards.  Governor 
Martinez  in  1822  brought  a  number  of  officers  with  him 
from  Spain  for  this  purpose.  The  Mexican  and  the 
Filipino  officers  of  the  army  were  very  jealous  of  these 
new  arrivals.  The  old  officers  were  not  at  once  dis- 
charged, but  they  saw  that  it  would  be  impossible  for 
them  to  obtain  promotion.  Therefore  they  began  to  con- 
spire to  overthrow^  the  government.  Meetings  of  the 
conspirators  were  secretly  held  at  San  Pedro  Macati. 
The  plans  of  the  Mexicans  were  discovered,  and  a  number 
of  officers  were  sent  to  Spain  as  prisoners. 

Captain  Novales  was  the  leader  of  the  revolters.  One 
night  in  June,  1823,  he  led  eight  hundred  soldiers  against 
the  loyal  troops.  It  was  a  night  of  terror  and  confusion 
in  Manila.  The  rebels  captured  the  Palace  and  other 
public  buildings,  but  not  Fort  Santiago.  A  number  of 
Spanish  officers  were  captured  or  killed. 

Suppression  of  the  Revolt.— Most  of  the  Filipino 
troops  remained  faithful  to  the  governor.  Martinez  soon 
came  to  the  rescue  of  Manila  with  the  Pampangan 
regiment,    and    within    twenty-four    hours    ended    the 


EEBELLION   AND  REFOEM  161 

revolt.  Novales  and  about  twenty  other  officers,  Mexican 
and  Filipino,  were  executed.     The  rest  were  pardoned. 

The  Filipino  citizens  had  no  share  in  this  uprising.  It 
was  a  mutiny  of  dissatisfied  soldiers.  Like  many  other 
attempted  revolutions  in  Philippine  history,  the  leaders 
were  seeking  only  their  own  gain.  They  cared  nothing 
for  the  liberty  and  prosperity  of  the  common  people. 
Had  they  overthrown  the  government,  the  Filipinos  would 
have  changed  masters,  but  not  have  gained  freedom. 

Manuel  Ricafort  Governor— 1825-1830.— Bicafort 
was  an  intelligent  and  active  governor.  Manila  in  his  day 
was  full  of  beggars  and  bad  men.  He  caused  a  house  to 
house  visit  to  be  made,  and  drove  away  many  of  these. 
He  also  punished  those  who  sang  evil  songs,  gambled, 
blasphemed,  worked  on  feast  days,  or  did  not  bring  up 
their  children  properly. 

Eicafort  gave  much  attention  to  agriculture.  He  tried 
to  improve  the  condition  of  the  laborers.  A  great  evil  in 
the  Philippines  had  been  the  taking  of  all  that  a  man  had 
to  pay  a  debt.  Eicafort  ordered  that  laborers  should  not 
be  put  in  prison  for  private  debts.  If  a  man  could  not 
pay  his  debts,  his  creditor  could  not  take  away  his  tools, 
animals,  or  land.  The  object  of  this  law  was  to  give  a 
man  time  to  pay  his  debts.  He  ordered  that  laborers 
who  worked  steadily  for  many  years  should  be  free  from 
tribute.  These  reforms  were  good.  The  difficulty  was 
that  the  governors  of  the  Philippines  did  not  hold  their 
positions  long  enough  to  carry  out  their  reforms.  When 
a  new  governor  came  to  the  Philippines  he  did  just  as  he 
pleased.     If  he  did  not  agree  with  the  governor  who  came 


162  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

before  him,  he  did  not  compel  the  people  to  obey  the  laws 
that  the  former  governor  had  made. 

The  Rebellion  of  Dagohoy. — Ricafort  suppressed  a 
rebellion  that  had  begun  one  hundred  years  before.  A 
century  before  his  time  a  Jesuit  priest  in  Bohol  ordered 
the  capture  of  a  man  who  had  abandoned  the  Catholic 
faith.  The  native  who  tried  to  capture  him  was  killed. 
The  brother  of  the  dead  man  brought  the  body  to  the 
priest  for  burial.  The  priest  demanded  the  usual  fee. 
The  brother,  who  was  named  Dagohoy,  refused  to  pay  a 
fee,  saying  that  as  his  brother  had  died  in  the  service  of 
the  priest  he  ought  to  be  buried  without  charge.  For 
three  days  the  body  lay  unburied  while  they  quarrelled. 
Then  Dagohoy  swore  that  the  priest's  body  should  also  lie 
unburied  three  days.  He  started  a  rebellion.  The  people 
of  Bohol  had  always  loved  war.  Three  thousand  people 
joined  Dagohoy.  They  lived  for  a  time  on  a  rich  hacienda 
of  the  Jesuits.  Then  they  killed  the  priest  who  refused 
to  bury  the  body  without  pay.  The  body  of  the  priest 
lay  unburied  four  days. 

An  Independent  People — For  nearly  a  hundred 
years  these  people  and  their  descendants  remained  unsub- 
dued in  the  mountains  of  Bohol.  It  was  the  most  suc- 
cessful rebellion  the  Fihpinos  ever  made.  It  is  a  mistake 
to  think  that  the  real  cause  of  this  rebellion  was  the 
refusal  of  the  priest  to  bury  the  dead  body.  Many  times 
in  the  history  of  the  Philippines  a  few  Filipinos  have 
become  weary  of  the  life  of  civilization  and  left  it  to  live 
the  wild  life  of  the  mountains.  Soinetimes  they  have 
done  it  because  they  were  oppressed  ;  at  other  times  simply 


EEBELLION  AND  BEFOBM  163 

because  they  loved  a  wild  life.  Today  the  Filipinos 
have  far  more  freedom  than  they  ever  had  under  Spanish 
rule.  All  but  one  or  two  of  the  governors  of  the  forty 
provinces  are  Filipinos.  All  the  officers  of  the  more  than 
six  hundred  municipahties  of  the  Philippines  are  Filipinos. 
There  is  plenty  of  work  for  all.  No  one  needs  to  flee 
to  the  mountains  and  live  a  wild  life.  Yet  there 
are  still  those  who  do  this.  The  real  reason  for  this 
is  not  because  they  are  oppressed,  or  because  they  desire 
to  help  their  brother  Filipinos.  It  is  often  because  they 
do  not  love  civilization.  The  hfe  of  a  civilized  man  is  a 
life  where  each  respects  the  rights  of  others.  It  is  a  life 
where  each  obeys  the  laws  that  are  made  for  the  good  of 
all.  But  these  people  of  Bohol  that  withdrew  to  the 
mountains  preyed  upon  other  Filipinos.  They  attacked 
the  villages  on  the  coast.  If  they  had  gained  their 
living  by  agriculture  and  industry  we  might  admire 
them.  But  they  robbed  and  killed  their  neighbors.  No 
man  is  obliged  to  live  in  a  country  if  he  does  not  like  the 
government.  He  may  go  to  some  other  country.  But 
if  most  of  the  people  in  a  country  desire  to  obey  the  law 
nothing  can  be  worse  than  for  a  few  men  to  rebel  and 
live  hke  savages.  It  was  therefore  a  good  thing  that 
Eicafort  finally  suppressed  this  rebellion. 

The  New  Pueblos. — Eicafort  determined  to  compe^ 
these  rebellious  mountaineers  to  live  among  and  like  the 
civilized  Filipinos.  They  had  increased  to  twenty  thousand 
in  number.  Under  Governor  Eaon  pardon  had  been 
offered  to  all  who  would  return  to  a  civilized  life.  But 
the  leaders  threatened   to  kill   any   who   accepted   this 


164  HISTOBY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

pardon.  Ricafort  therefore  sent  the  alcalde-mayor  of 
Cebu  with  a  large  force  to  bring  back  the  rebels  to  a 
civilized  life.  The  loyal  Cebiians  and  Boholans  of  this 
force  penetrated  to  the  heart  of  the  mountains  of  Bohol. 
Ifc  required  over  six  thousand  men  and  more  than  a  year 
of  fighting  to  do  this.  In  the  end  five  new  pueblos  were 
formed  on  the  coast  of  Bohol  and  in  these  and  other 
pueblos  the  mountaineers  were  made  to  live.  Had  this 
not  been  done,  Bohol  today  would  be  a  wilderness  popula- 
ted with  savage  tribes. 

Pascual  Enrile  Governor— 1830-1835.— Enrile  was 
another  governor  whose  rule  did  much  for  the  pro- 
gress of  the  Islands.  Many  of  the  governors  knew 
little  of  the  Islands  outside  of  Manila.  Enrile  was  a 
great  observer.  He  travelled  over  the  provinces  of 
northern  Luzon.  The  maps  of  the  Islands  were  very 
imperfect.  Enrile  had  in  his  service  a  very  intelligent 
young  engineer  called  Pefiaranda,  The  governor  caused 
new  maps  and  charts  to  be  made  by  Pefiaranda.  At  this 
time  the  great  north  and  south  highways  of  Luzon  were 
begun.  Pefiaranda  made  surveys  for  the  post-roads. 
Later  he  was  governor  of  Albay.  Here  he  greatly 
improved  the  roads  and  encouraged  agriculture. 

Advantages  of  Good  Roads.— No  country  can  be 
civilized,  still  less  prosperous,  without  roads.  With  good 
roads  there  are  fewer  bandits,  because  it  is  easier  to 
pursue  and  capture  them.  Crops  can  be  transported 
more  cheaply.  Land  that  is  rich  but  useless,  because  its 
products  cannot  be  carried  to  market,  becomes  valuable. 
With  good  roads  it  is  easy  to  reach  schools  and  churches, 


EEBELLION  AND   REFORM  165 

two  of  the  greatest  helps  to  civih"zatiou.  Without  good 
roads  the  people  of  the  Phihppines  never  cau  understand 
each  other.  As  long  as  the  Filipinos  live  in  the  villages 
where  they  were  born,  and  never  see  or  talk  with  the 
people  of  other  towns  and  provinces,  they  will  never 
become  a  nation. 

Enrile  should  therefore  be  long  remembered  as  a  wise 
and  useful  governor  for  the  efforts  he  made  to  cover 
Luzon  with  good  highways. 

Kinds  of  Rebellion. — We  have  studied  all  the  im- 
portant rebeUions  in  the  Philippines  for  nearly  three 
centui'ies  of  Spanish  rule.  We  have  learned  that  most  of 
them  were  due  to  the  abuse  of  the  tribute  system  and  the 
forced  labor  law.  We  have  seen  how  the  goverament 
monopolies  were  the  cause  of  others.  Still  others  came 
from  the  desire  to  return  to  the  free,  savage  life  of  the 
mountains  and  forests.  One  or  two  were  started  by 
soldiers  in  revenge  for  wrongs  or  to  satisfy  ambition.  We 
are  now  to  read  of  a  rebellion  that  had  religion  for  its 
cloak  and  independence  of  Spain  for  its  aim. 

The  Revolt  of  the  Cofradia— 1840-1841 —Apo- 
linario  de  la  Cruz  was  a  donado,  or  helper,  in  the 
Hospital  of  Sa7i  Juan  de  Dios.  He  was  a  young  Tagalog, 
slight  in  figure,  silent  and  religious.  He  organized  the 
"  Cofradia  de  San  Jose  ".  This  was  a  religious  brother- 
hood in  honor  of  St.  Joseph.  None  but  Fihpinos  were 
allowed  to  join  this  brotherhood.  It  soon  had  several 
thousand  members  in-  Laguna,  Tayabas  and  Batangas. 
Each  member  paid  a  tax  of  one  real  a  month.  Secret 
meetings  were  held.     The  authorities  of  church  and  state 


166  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

suspected  that  the  real  purpose  of  the  brotherhood  was  to 
start  a  revolution.  Therefore  they  refused  the  request  for 
permission  to  hold  a  novena  in  Tayabas.  i^t  the  same 
time  they  tried  to  arrest  the  young  leader.  But 
Apolinario  fled  from  Manila  to  Laguna. 

Destruction  of  the  Cofradia.— Apolinario  called 
his  people  together,  and  took  refuge  in  Igsaban.  He 
enlisted  the  aid  of  the  Negritos  to  fight  the  Spaniards. 
Governor  Ortega,  of  Tayabas,  attacked  him  with  a  force 
of  three  hundred.  This  force  was  defeated  and  Ortega 
was  killed. 

The  Spanish  authorities  now  realized  that  a  serious 
rebellion  had  arisen.  A  large  force  of  soldiers  was  sent 
from  Manila  to  destroy  the  Gofradia.  Apohnario  had 
encamped  on  the  peninsula  of  Alitao  near  the  city  of 
Tayabas.  The  river  was  on  two  sides  of  his  camp  and 
a  mountain  in  the  rear.  Here  he  had  built  a  church. 
Strange  ceremonies  were  held  there.  Apolinario  claimed 
to  have  the  special  protection  of  the  Virgin  Mary.  He 
told  his  followers  that  when  their  enemies  attacked  them 
the  earth  would  open  and  swallow  their  foes. 

In  the  battle  that  followed  five  hundred  of  the  Go- 
fradia were  killed,  after  a  brave  fight.  Apolinario's  own 
men,  filled  with  rage  at  being  deceived,  tried  to  find  and 
kill  him.  But  he  had  fled.  A  few  days  later  he  was 
captured,  tried,  and  executed.  His  followers  called  Apo- 
hnario "  king  of  the  Tagalogs  ".  Most  of  them  were  poor, 
ignorant  peasants.  We  shall  see  how  in  the  next  revolt 
Filipinos  of  a  different  class,  with  new  ideas,  were  the 
leaders. 


EEBELLION   AND  REFOKM  167 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  What  caused  the  rebellion  ofNovales? 

2.  Why  was  it  not  successful? 

3.  What  would  the  Filipinos  have  gained  by  the  success  of 

Novales  ? 

4.  What   was  the   condition   of  Manila   in    tlie   time   of 

Ricafort? 

5.  What   laws   for   the  benefit   of  laborers  did   Ricafort 

make  ? 

6.  Why  did  many  good  reforms  fail  ? 

7.  What   was   the  immediate   cause   of  the  rebellion    of 

Dagohoy  ? 

8.  What  was  the  real  reason  ? 

9.  What  sacrifice  does  civilization  require? 

10.  How     long    did    the    followers    of    Dagohoy    remain 

independent  ? 

11.  What  offer  did  they  refuse? 

1 2.  How  did  the  trouble  finally  end  ? 

13.  What  great  service  did  Enrile  do  the  Philippines? 

14.  Find  four  reasons  why  good  roads  are  a  benefit. 

15.  Mention  five  causes  of  rebellion. 

16.  AVrite  a  short  story,  in  your  own  words,  of  the  revolt  of 

the  Cofradia. 


163  niSTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XXII. 


CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO. 

Changes  of  Governors.— Beginning  with  Claveria 
twenty  different  governors  ruled  the  Phih'ppines  in  twenty- 
five  years.  In  a  country  where  each  governor  had  the 
power  to  change  the  plans  of  his  predecessor  frequent 
chai]ges  were  made.  Many  reforms  were  begun  by  these 
governors,  but  few  of  them  were  finished.  Mohtero,  the 
greatest  of  modern  Spanish  historians  of  the  Philippines, 
said  :  "  As  hell,  according  to  a  vulgar  proverb,  is  paved 
with  good  intentions,  so  Spanish  legislation  appears  full  of 
wise  laws  and  beautiful  theories  which  are  never  enforced. 
The  very  men  who  proclaim  the  soundest  principles  of 
government  and  thunder  against  the  existing  political  and 
social  evils  are  the  first  to  commit  them." 

Character  of  the  Spanish  Officials.— There  were 
several  reasons  for  this.  One  reason  was  because  the 
governors  of  the  Philippines  did  not  have  capable  and 
faithful  subordinates.  Governor  Novaliches  said :  "  It  is 
not  hidden  from  you  that  carelessness  has  been  exercised 
in  the  choice  of  those  to  serve  in  the  Antilles.  It  is  a  sad 
but  true  fact  that  as  a  rule  neither  the  most  intelligent 
nor  those  most  careful  of  their  good  name  and  reputation 
have  gone  to  those  distant  countries.  Nor  is  it  necessary 
that  I  point  out  to  you  the  evils  that  have  followed  in  the 
train  of  this  practice." 


CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO  169 

The  Friars  and  the  Governors.— A  further  reason 
was  the  ignorance  of  the  governors  of  the  real  needs  of 
the  Filipinos,  and  how  to  satisfy  them.  The  people  who 
really  understood  the  country  were  the  parish  priests. 
These  men  as  a  rule  spent  their  lives  in  the  Philippines. 
Many  of  them  spoke  the  Filipino  tongues  fluently.  On 
the  whole  they  had  the  good  of  the  natives  at  heart. 
When  they  saw  laws  proposed  by  men  who  knew  little 
of  the  Philippines  and  the  Filipinos  they  fought  against 
these  laws.  If  they  could  not  influence  a  governor  they 
persuaded  his  successor  to  change  the  laws.  Oftentimes 
they  were  in  the  right.  But  right  or  wrong  no  country 
can  prosper  with  two  ruling  classes  who  do  not  agree. 
Therefore,  though  the  governors  during  this  period  were 
intelligent  and  active  men,  they  accomplished  very  little 
by  their  numerous  laws. 

Eflfect  of  Travel  and  Commerce.— -The  world 
advanced  so  rapidly  during  the  nineteenth  century  that 
it  was  impossible  that  some  light  should  not  reach  the 
Philippines.  In  the  middle  of  that  century  the  world  began 
to  be  girdled  with  steamers  and  telegraph-lines.  People 
travelled  more,  and  commerce  brought  all  countries  closer 
together.  So  in  spite  of  the  weakness  of  the  Philippine 
government  a  few  of  her  rulers  who  had  learned  modern 
methods  succeeded  in  helping  the  country.  Among  these 
are  two  whose  names  are  most  worthy  to  be  remembered — 
Claveria  and  Urbistondo. 

Narciso  Claveria  Governor— 1844-1849.— Claveria 
was  a  man  of  "culture,  probity  and  industry".  He 
travelled   through   many   provinces   trying  to  learn  the 


170  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

needs  of  the  Filipinos.  He  encouraged  agriculture, 
improved  the  streets  and  suburbs  of  Manila,  and  tried  to 
give  the  Islands  a  government  as  good  as  that  of  modern 
Spain.     VYe  shall  study  a  few  of  his  acts. 

Reformation  of  the  Calendar. — The  Philippines  till 
1845  were  one  day  behind  the  calendar  of  Europe.  When 
Magellan  sailed  west  around  the  world  he  lost  a  few 
minutes  every  day.  He  was  going  the  same  way  the  sun 
seems  to  go,  so  his  day  ended  later  than  that  of  the  people 
who  remained  in  Europe.  Therefore  he  was  later  in 
beginning  the  next  day.  By  the  time  he  reached  the 
Philippines  he  was  a  day  behind  Europe  in  his  date.  This 
error  had  been  known  for  centuries.  That  it  was  not 
corrected  shows  how  slow  the  rulers  of  the  Philippines  in 
those  days  were  to  change  a  custom.  Finally  Glaveria 
and  the  archbishop  agreed  to  drop  December  31,  1844, 
from  the  Philippine  calendar.  So  the  day  that  followed 
December,  30, 1844,  in  the  Philippines  was  called  January 
1,  1845. 

Surnames  of  the  Filipinos. —From  the  days  of  the 
Spanish  conquest  some  Filipinos  had  received  Spanish 
surnames.  Most  of  the  people,  however,  had  no  surnames. 
This  caused  much  confusion.  So  in  1849  Glaveria 
sent  to  the  chiefs  of  the  provinces  long  lists  of  Spanish 
surnames.  These  were  sent  out  to  the  different  towns, 
and  given  to  the  natives  who  had  no  surnames.  In  many 
towns  all  these  names  began  with  the  same  letter  of  the 
alphabet. 

First  Steamers  in  the  Philippines. — The  first  steam- 
ers to  sail  regularly  in  PhiHppine  waters  were  the  "  Maga- 


CLAVEBfA  AND  URBISTONDO  171 

llanes  ",  '*  Elcano  ",  and  "  Eeina  de  Castilla  '*.  They  were 
brought  from  London  in  1848.  These  steamers  were  of 
great  value,  because  now  it  was  possible  to  chase  and 
capture  the  swift  boats  of  the  Moro  pirates. 

The  Alcaldes-mayor. — From  the  earliest  days  the 
chief  of  a  province  had  acted  both  as  governor  and  judge. 
He  also  engaged  in  trade,  of  which  he  had  a  monopoly. 
With  the  duties  of  three  men  to  perform,  it  was  not 
strange  that  the  alcaldes-mayor  were  often  poor  rulers. 
They  knew  little  of  the  law.  Therefore  they  sent  all  the 
important  cases  to  Manila.  For  this  reason  there  were 
often  long  delays  in  deciding  cases.  Sometimes  it  reqmred 
years  to  get  justice.  This  encouraged  the  strong  to 
oppress  the  weak.  Claveria  therefore  ordered  that  the 
alcaldes-mayor  be  men  of  two  years'  experience  in 
the  law. 

Gains  of  the  Alcaldes. — Claveria  also  ordered  that 
the  alcaldes  should  not  engage  in  trade.  This  wise 
decree  was  not  fally  obeyed  for  many  years  after 
the  time  of  Claveria.  At  that  time  there  were  thirty-one 
provinces.  The  alcalde  received  a  salary  of  from,  three 
hundred  to  two  thousand  pesos  a  year.  The  most 
common  salary  was  six  hundred  pesos.  In  return 
for  the  privilege  of  controUing  the  trade  of  the  province 
the  alcalde  paid  the  government  as  high  as  three 
thousand  pesos  a  year.  Yet  they  usually  became 
rich.  Men  of  high  position  tried  to  get  these  places. 
Sometimes  they  returned  to  Spain  with  fortunes,  after  a 
few  years  as  alcalde.  Too  often  these  fortunes  were  made 
by  dealing  unjustly  with  the  Fihpinos.     From  the  days 


172  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

of  the  first  encomenderos  tbe  Spanish  officials  looked 
upon  the  Filipino  as  a  mine  out  of  which  to  dig  a  fortune. 
They  did  not  see,  as  the  Dutch  in  Java  have  seen,  that  if 
the  rulers  of  a  country  are  to  be  prosperous  they  must 
make  all  the  people  prosperous. 

Conquest  of  Jolo. — Claveria  had  conducted  a  success- 
ful expedition  against  the  pirates  of  the  Samal  Islands. 
He  destroyed  several  forts  on  the  Island  of  Balanguingui 
and  released  one  hundred  and  thirty  Filipino  and  Dutch 
captives.  But  Jolo,  the  great  stronghold  of  Moro  piracy, 
remained  unsubdued  after  three  hundred  yeai-sof  Spanish 
rule. 

Antonio  de  Urbistondo,  governor  1850-1853,  demand- 
ed of  the  sultan  of  Jolo  the  punishment  of  some  pirates 
who  had  attacked  Samar.  The  sultan  refused  the  request 
and  fired  upon  the  ships  of  Urbistondo.  Then  the 
Spanish  government  aroused  itself  to  strike  a  death  blow 
at  the  old  enemy  of  the  Filipinos.  The  merchants  of 
Manila  gave  eighty  thousand  pesos  toward  the  expenses 
of  an  expedition,  and  loaned  several  ships  to  Urbistondo. 
A  great  force  of  Cebuans  and  Boholans,  under  the 
brave  Father  Ibaiiez,  joined  the  fleet  which  sailed  from 
Manila.  Urbistondo  collected  all  his  forces  at  Zambo- 
anga.  He  had  three  thousand  Spanish  troops  and  one 
thousand  Filipinos.  The  fleet  sailed  to  Jolo.  The  city 
was  filled  with  thousands  of  Moro  warriors,  and  strongly 
fortified.  The  two  days'  battle  that  followed  was  one  of 
the  bravest  and  bloodiest  ever  fought  on  Philippine  soil. 
Father  Ibanez  fell,  flag  in  hand,  on  the  walls  of  Fort 
Daniel.     Several  hundred  of  the  loyal  forces  were  killed 


CLAVEEIA  AND  URBISTONDO  173 

or  wounded.  Many  Moros  were  slain,  and  the  city  of 
Jolo  captured. 

Treaty  with  the  Sultan. — The  sultan  was  compelled 
to  make  a  treaty  with  Spain.  He  agreed  to  use  the 
Spanish  flag,  and  to  allow  freedom  of  commerce*  and 
religion.  But  the  promises  of  these  pirates  were  never 
worth  anything.  The  Spaniards  agreed  to  pay  the  sultan 
a  pension  of  fifteen  hundred  pesos  a  year  and  smaller 
pensions  to  several  of  his  datos.  In  reality  the  sultan 
had  made  a  good  bargain.  Spain  showed  her  inability  to 
conquer  and  keep  Jolo.  Still,  the  pirates  long  remember- 
ed their  defeat.  From  that  day  they  did  less  harm  to 
the  people  of  the  northern  islands. 

The  First  Philippine  Bank.— Commerce  is  the  pillar 
of  modern  civilization.  To  carry  on  a  great  commerce 
banks  are  necessary.  The  first  bank  in  the  Philippines 
was  due  to  the  energy  of  Urbistondo.  He  furnished  half 
the  money  to  start  it  from  the  Ohras  Pias  and  other  public 
funds.  The  bank  opened  in  1852.  It  was  called  the 
'*  Ba7ico  Espahol-Filipino  '\  Few  Spaniards  or  Filipinos 
had  the  money  or  the  courage  to  deal  with  it.  The 
people  of  Manila  were  always  slow  to  make  changes 
in  their  way  of  doing  business.  Foreign  merchants  had 
been  shut  out  of  the  Philippines  till  very  recent  years. 
The  merchants  here  had  no  competitors  to  show  them 
and  make  them  use  better  methods.  Finally  it  became 
necessary  to  allow  foreigners  to  do  business  with  the 
bank.  Then  commerce  and  industry  began  to  flour- 
ish. Merchants  could  get  capital  to  purchase  large  and 
fresh  stocks  of  goods.     The  great  commercial  houses  now 


174  HISTORY   OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

began  to  do  a  large  business.     Manila  was  waking  from 
the  sleep  of  centuries. 

The  Next  Ten  Years. — In  the  nine  years  succeeding 
Urbistondo  eight  governors  ruled  the  Philippines.  They 
atterdpted  many  things,  with  little  success.  It  was 
impossible  for  the  country  to  flourish  when  governors  were 
changed  so  often.  Each  man  was  ambitious  to  become 
famous.  So  he  tried  to  do  something  different  from  the 
governor  who  came  before  him.  Some  of  the  governors 
were  sent  to  the  Philippines  against  their  will  because  the 
king  did  not  want  them,  in  Spain.  All  this  was  very  bad 
for  the  Filipinos. 

We  shall  study  only  two  or  three  important  events  of 
these  ten  years. 

Return  of  the  Jesuits. — The  Jesuits  had  been  ex- 
pelled from  the  Philippines,  by  order  of  the  king,  in  1768. 
For  nearly  one  hundred  years  there  had  been  none  of  this 
famous  religious  order  in  the  Islands.  In  1859  they  began 
to  return.  They  were  not  allowed  to  become  parish 
priests  in  the  civilized  towns  or  to  hold  haciendas.  They 
could  organize  and  teach  schools,  and  serve  as  missionaries 
among  the  wild  tribes.  The  special  field  for  their  mis- 
sionary work  was  to  be  Mindanao.  Here  they  taught 
many  savages  to  live  in  towns,  and  instructed  them  in 
religion.  Their  work  since  their  return  has  been  very 
useful.  The  Filipinos  are  better  disposed  toward  them 
than  toward  any  other  order. 

The  Eecollects  had  to  leave  Mindanao  to  make  room  for 
the  Jesuits.  Then  they  were  given  parishes  in  Cavite 
and  Manila  which  the  Filipino  priests  held.     The  native 


CLAVEEfA  AND  URBISTONDO  175 

clergy  felfc  that  this  was  unjust,  and  appealed  to  the  king. 
But  the  plan  was  carried  out  in  spite  of  their  protest. 
From  this  time  hatred  for  the  friars  increased  rapidly 
among  certain  classes  of  Filipinos. 

Reforms  in  Education. — For  three  hundred  years 
the  schools  of  the  Philippines  had  been  in  charge  of  the 
friars.  Antonio  Sedeno,  a  Jesuit,  established  the  first  tme 
Spanish  school  in  the  Philippines.  The  friars  decided 
what  should  be  taught.  They  selected  and  trained  the 
teachers.  They  gave  as  much  attention  to  education  as 
their  other  duties  would  allbw.  In  doing  this  they  did 
a  great  deal  for  the  Filipinos.  In  the  early  days  the 
Spanish  government  was  too  poor  to  establish  a  good 
system  of  secular  public  schools.  Besides,  it  was  long 
thought  in  Europe  that  the  charge  of  the  schools  belonged 
to  the  church,  and  that  reHgion  should  be  the  chief 
matter  of  instruction.  Jgut  by  the  middle  of  the  nine- 
teenth century  education  had  become  a  science  in  Europe. 
It  was  now  thought  to  be  the  duty  of  the  state  to  educate 
all  its  children.  Men  began  to  see  that  the  public  school 
was  a  place  to  learn  about  earth  as  well  as  heaven. 

Educational  Decree  of  1863.— -Therefore  a  royal 
decree  in  18G3  placed  the  governor  of  the  Philippines  in 
charge  of  all  the  schools.  He  was  assisted  by  the  arch- 
bishop and  others.  The  chief  school  inspector  of  each 
province  was  its  governor,  who  was  also  assisted  by  a 
church  official.  The  town  inspector  of  schools  was  the 
parish  priest. 

It  was  ordered  that  every  town  should  have  at  least 
one  school  for  boys  and  one  for  girls.     Instruction  was 


176  niSTOKY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

free  for  all,  and  all  were  obliged  to  attend.  Many  school 
houses  were  built  and  new  studies  were  introduced  into 
the  schools. 

In  1865  the  Jesuit  Nonnal  School  was  opened  in  Manila 
to  educate  teachei-s  for  the  primary  schools.  The  govern- 
ment tried  to  have  Spanish  taught  in  the  schools.  Text 
books  in  the  Philippine  languages  were  ordered  translated 
into  Spanish.  Teachers  were  to  be  free  from  the  labor  tax 
Other  wise  regulations  were  made,  but  these  reforms 
were  poorly  carried  out  because  church  and  state  did 
not  work  in  harmony.  But  we  should  not  judge  the 
past  by  the  standards  of  the  present.  Spain  did  more  for 
the  education  of  the  Fihpinos  than  many  nations  have 
done  for  their  colonies.  Small  as  the  results  seem,  they 
were  of  great  value  and  one  of  the  greatest  benefits  that 
the  Filipinos  received  from  the  Spanish  government. 

Earthquake  of  1863.— In  1863  and  the  following 
year  many  calamities  fell  upon  the  Philippines.  The 
locusts  destroyed  the  crops  in  the  southern  islands. 
Cholera  caused  many  deaths.  Great  fires  burned  thou- 
sands of  houses  in  Manila,  Batangas  and  elsewhere. 
Among  the  losses  was  a  government  storehouse  containing 
two  million  pesos'  worth  of  tobacco. 

Most  terrible  of  all  was  the  earthquake  of  1863  in 
Manila.  On  June  3,  at  7.31  p.m.,  the  earth  began  to 
tremble.  Bents  opened  in  the  ground.  A  cloud  of 
flame  and  dust  arose  above  the  falHng  city.  The  bells 
of  the  churches  clanged  wildly  with  the  first  shock ;  at 
the  second  they  fell  to  the  ground.  More  than  six 
hundred  of  the  largest  and  finest  buildings  of  Manila  were 


CLAVERIA  AND  URBISTONDO  177 

destroyed.  A  cry  of  grief  and  terror  went  up  from  the 
stricken  city.  Six  hundred  persons  were  killed  and 
injured.  All  who  were  able  fled  outside  the  walls,  and 
lived  for  days  in  the  native  huts,  afraid  to  return  to  their 
homes.  Five  days  later  another  shock  completed  the 
ruin  of  the  buildings.  The  Augustinian  convent  was  the 
only  public  building  that  was  uninjured. 

Large  sums  of  money  were  collected  in  Spain  and  the 
Spanish  colonies  for  the  relief  of  the  sufferers  from  the 
earthquake.  It  was  many  years  before  this  money 
was  distributed.  Much  of  it  never  reached  the  people 
for  whom  it  was  intended. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  What   can  you  say  of  the  changes  of  governors  from 

1844  to  1869? 

2.  Name  two  reasons  why  the  plans  of  the  governors  in 

this  period  often  failed. 

3.  What  forces  helped  to  modernize  the  Islands? 

4.  What  sort  of  a  governor  was  Claveria  ? 

5.  Explain  the  reform  of  the  calendar  in  1844. 

6.  Can  you  think  of  any  advantages  of  surnames? 

7.  Of  what  special  value  were  the  first  steamers  in  the 

Philippines  ? 

8.  What  three  occupations  did  the  alcaldes-mayor  have? 

9.  Why  was  justice  slow  ? 

10.  What  was  the  range  of  salaries  of  the  alcaldes? 

11.  How  did  they  become  rich  ? 

12.  Why  was  it  bad  for  them  to  engage  in  commerce? 

13.  What  happened  at  Bulanguingui  ? 

14.  Describe  the  conquest  of  Jolo  by  Urbistondo. 


178  HISTORY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

15.  Who  gained  most  by  the  treaty  and  why  ? 

16.  Of  what  importance  are  banks  to  civilization? 

17.  Why  did  the  first  Philippine  bank  nearly  fail? 

18.  What  about  the  governors  in  the  ten  years  after  Urbis- 

tondo  ? 

19.  When   were  the  Jesuits  expelled,  and  when  did  they 

return  ? 

20.  On  what  conditions  did  they  return? 

21.  AVhat  did  the  Recollects  now  have  to  do? 

22.  AVhat  effect  did  this  have  on  the  Filipinos  ? 

23.  Who  established  the  first  Spanish   school  in  the  Phil- 

ippines ? 

24.  What  was  the  relation  of  the  friars  to  the  schools? 

25.  Why  did  not  the  Spanish  have  secular  schools  in  the 

Philippines  earlier  ? 

26.  What  were  the  causes  of  the  educational  decree  of  1863? 

27.  Who  had  charge  of  the  schools  in  the  Archipelago,  the 

province,  and  the  town  ? 

28.  What  improvements  in  education  did  this  decree  order  ? 

29.  Why  were  these  reforms  only  partly  successful  ? 

30.  Why  should  Spain  be  praised  for  her  educational  work 

in  the  Philippines  ? 


EEPUBLICANISM  179 


CHAPTER  XXIII. 


THE  DAWN  OF  REPUBLICANISM. 

Revolution  in  Spain.— In  1868  Isabela  II  was 
dethroned.  Many  of  the  revolutionists  wanted  a  republic. 
Instead,  a  constitutional  monarchy  was  formed  which 
lasted  two  years.  This  event  was  of  the  greatest  im- 
portance to  the  Philippines.  A  governor-general  with 
ideas  of  equality,  freedom  and  democracy  was  now  sent 
to  the  Islands.  The  Filipinos  now  began  to  learn  the 
meaning  of  a  republic,  of  the  rule  of  the  people. 

Carlos  de  la  Torre  Governor— 1869-1871.~-No 
governor  had  ever  come  to  the  Philippines  with  such  ideas 
as  La  Torre  -  brought.  Philip  II  had  given  to  Das 
Mariiias  a  body-guard  of  halberdiers.  The  governors- 
general  were  accustomed  to  appear  in  public  with  the 
pomp  and  display  of  monarchs.  La  Torre  changed  this 
custom.  He  dressed  simply,  wore  a  straw  hat,  and  went 
about  the  city  without  an  escort.  He  treated  the  Filipinos 
as  fellow  citizens,  not  as  beings  far  beneath  him. 

Senora  de  Sanchiz. — La  Torre's  wife  was  an  invalid, 
so  the  wife  of  Colonel  Sanchiz  received  the  guests  of 
the  governor  at  the  palace.  She  was  a  w^oman  of  cult- 
ure and  ability.  At  the  receptions  at  Malacarian  she 
received  the  Filipinos  so  courteously  and  cordially  that 


180  HISTOKY   OF   THE  PHILIPPINES 

Spaniards  withdrew  in  envy.  The  Filipinos  called  her 
**  la  madre  de  los  Filipinos  ". 

"  Guias  de  Torre/' — The  provinces  near  Manila  were 
full  of  robbers  in  those  days.  Torre  was  weak  in  dealing 
with  these  bandits.  He  pardoned  one  of  their  leaders, 
Camerino,  and  gave  him  command  of  the  "  Guias  de 
Torre  ".  This  was  a  police  force  whose  object  was  to  de- 
stroy brigandage.  Some  of  its  members  had  themselves 
been  bandits.  They  were  now  taken,  fresh  from  robbery 
and  murder,  and  given  "  safe  conducts  ".  Often  they  aided 
the  robbers  instead  of  attacking  them.  It  soon  became 
necessary  to  put  several  provinces  under  martial  law. 
Experience  has  shown  in  the  Philippines  that  it  is 
unwise  to  forgive  men  who  have  gone  about  the  country 
for  years  as  ladrones. 

The  Red  Ribbon.— September  21,  1869,  the  new 
Constitution  was  sworn  in  Manila.  To  celebrate  the 
revolution  of  1868  the  governor  held  a  reception.  Many 
Filipinos  attended.  A  procession  with  Hags  and  music, 
led  by  Father  Burgos,  Joaquin  Pardo  de  Tavera  and 
Maximo  Paterno,  marched  to  the  palace.  Such  a  proces- 
sion, in  honor  of  such  an  event,  would  have  been  impos- 
sible under  former  governors. 

At  the  reception  Seiiora  de  Sanchiz  was  conspicuous, 
with  a  red  ribbon  about  her  hair  upon  which  appeared 
the  words,  "  Viva  el  pueblo  sober ano  ".  About  her  neck 
was  a  red  tie  bearing  at  one  end  the  words,  **  Viva  la 
libertad  ",  and  at  the  other,  "  Viva  el  General  Torre.'' 
These  were  strange  scenes  for  the  Philippines.  The  new 
governor  was   fulfiling  the  hopes  of  the  revolutionary 


EBPUBLICANISM  181 

leader  who  said  of  him,  "  We  hope  that  under  his  rule 
iadividual  rights  may  be  proclaimed  in  the  Philippines." 

Spread  of  Republicanism.— By  the  close  of  La 
Torre's  rule  everything  was  in  confusion.  The  revolu- 
tionary government  had  sent  new  officials  to  the  Philip- 
pines. These  men  were  full  of  democratic  ideas.  They 
spread  these  ideas  among  the  Filipinos.  For  the  first  time 
many  began  to  understand  the  difference  between  the  rule 
of  a  king  and  the  rule  of  the  people.  Filipinos  were  allow- 
ed to  read  papers  and  magazines  full  of  republican  ideas. 

The  revenues  of  the  government  grew  smaller  because 
collected  by  inexperienced  men.  La  Torre,  therefore,  was 
recalled  to  Spain.  He  left  the  Filipinos  full  of  hopes  and 
ambitions,  but  with  no  knowledge  of  how  to  attain  them. 

The  Meaning  of  Freedom.— The  Filipinos  thought, 
and  many  still  think,  that  good  laws  would  make  the 
people  free.  But  no  people  is  made  free  merely  by  chang- 
ing the  laws.  In  order  to  use  freedom  properly  the 
citizens  of  a  country  must  be  intelligent,  industrious, 
respectful  of  the  rights  of  others,  and  obedient  to  the  laws. 
Not  until  a  nation  is  composed  of  such  people  is  it  ready 
for  political  freedom  Spain  had  far  more  citizens  of  this 
sort  than  the  Philippines  had,  yet  it  was  impossible  to 
establish  a  republic  in  Spain.  Peoples  who  have  lived  in 
oppression  and  ignorance  for  centuries  need  a  very  long 
preparation  for  freedom. 

Rafael  de  Izquierdo  Governor— 1871-1873.— -A 
stern  and  firm  governor  of  the  old  style  succeeded  La 
Torre.  Eepublican  ideas  were  losing  ground  in  Spain. 
Amadeo  I.  had  been  proclaimed  king.     The  ceremony  of 


182  HISTORY   OF   TliE   PHILIPPINES 

taking  tiie  oath  of  obedience  to  the  new  monarch  was  held 
in  the  Ayimtamiento.  In  the  old  days  this  event  was  a 
time  of  enthusiasm  and  festivity.  But  on  this  occasion 
the  spirit  of  loyalty  was  missing.  New  thoughts  had  come 
to  the  Filipinos.     Eespecb  for  kings  was  passing  away. 

The  hopes  raised  under  the  liberal  rule  of  La  Torre 
were  frowned  upon  by  Izquierdo.  He  assumed  the  proud 
ways  of  the  former  governors.  He  yielded  to  the  inlluence 
of  the  rehgious  orders.  The  people  felt  that  there  was  no 
chance  to  get  their  liberty  by  peaceful  means  Therefore 
they  secretly  planned  an  insurrection  against  Spain. 

The  Cavite  Insurrection. — The  night  of  January  20, 
1872,  was  set  by  the  conspirators  for  the  destruction  of 
the  Spaniards  in  Cavite  and  Manila.  Rockets  were  to  be 
fired  from  the  walls  of  Manila  as  a  signal  to  the  rebels  in 
Cavite  that  the  revolt  had  begun  in  Manila.  Toward 
evening  a  Filipina  in  Manila  told  a  Spanish  officer  that 
all  the  Spaniards  would  be  killed  that  night.  This  officer 
at  once  notified  Governor  Izquierdo.  The  governor 
immediately  visited  all  the  barracks  and  warned  the 
officers  to  be  on  their  guard.  The  native  soldiers  who 
were  in  the  plot  saw  that  their  plans  were  discovered. 
Therefore  they  did  not  rebel. 

Meantime  the  conspirators  at  Cavite  were  watching 
the  horizon  towards  Manila  for  the  sign  of  the  rockets. 
In  Sampaloc  that  evenig  they  were  celebrating  thQ  fiesta 
of  the  Virgin  of  Loreto.  The  fire- works  in  honor  of  this 
event  were  mistaken  for  the  promised  signal.  Several 
hundred  soldiers  of  the  Cavite  Arsenal  and  of  Forfc  San 
Felipe  seized  their  guns  and  revolted  with  the  cry  "  Death 


REPUBLICANISM  183 

to  Spain.'*  They  killed  the  commander  of  the  fort  and 
some  other  officers.  The  colonel  of  the  seventh  infantry 
prevented  his  soldiers  from  rebelling.  These  were  fired 
on  from  the  fort  by  the  rebels.  The  latter  now  held  the 
fort,  besieged  by  the  loyal  natives.  That  night  the  news 
of  the  revolt  reached  Manila  by  boat.  There  was  surprise 
and  fear  among  the  Spaniards.  Manila  was  garrisoned 
by  Filipino  regiments  with  Spanish  officers.  These 
regiments  were  faithful  to  Spain.  They  were  carried  to 
Cavite  in  boats.  The  rebels  refused  to  surrender.  The 
fort  w^as  taken  by  storm  on  the  second  day,  and  most  of 
the  rebels  were  put  to  the  sword. 

Cause  of  the  Insurrection.— The  Spaniards  thought 
that  the  native  priests,  jealous  of  the  friars,  planned  this 
insurrection.  Othere  say  that  the  friars  secretly  stirred 
up  the  insurrection  so  that  they  might  accuse  the  native 
clergy  of  a  crime  that  would  prevent  their  advancement. 
This  seems  unreasonable.  Whether  the  revolt  was 
planned  by  the  Filipino  priests  or  not,  the  object  of  the 
insurrection  was  freedom  from  what  the  Filipinos  consid- 
ered the  tyranny  of  Spain.  To  some  this  freedom  meant 
the  expulsion  of  the  friars.  Many  would  have  been 
satisfied  with  reform,  without  independence  of  Spain. 
Others  wished  independence  and  the  establishment  of  a 
Filipino  republic. 

The  importance  of  this  insurrection  was  great,  though 
it  had  small  success.  A  more  intelligent  class  of  Filipinos 
planned  it  than  the  leaders  of  previous  insurrections.  It 
was  the  first  revolt  of  importance  in  which  hatred  of  the 
friars  strongly  appeared. 


184  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Burgos,  Zamora  and  Gomez. — ^These  three  men 
were  Filipino  priests.  Burgos  and  Zamora  were  curates 
of  the  Cathedral  of  Manila.  Gomez  was  parish  priest  of 
the  pueblo  of  Bacoor,  Cavite.  All  had  long  been  suspected 
of  treachery  to  Spain.  They  had  striven  for  the  rise  of 
the  Filipino  clergy.  Their  ability  and  influence  had 
aroused  jealously.  The  Spaniards  arrested  them,  and 
charged  them  with  being  the  authors  of  the  insurrection. 
Some  of  the  captured  rebels  said  they  were  urged  to 
revolt  by  these  priests.  On  the  fifteenth  of  February  the 
Council  of  War  condemned  them  to  die  by  the  garrote. 
The  unhappy  trio  declared  their  innocence  to  the  last. 
Proofs  of  their  guilt  have  never  been  published.  Most 
Filipinos  believe  they  were  martyrs  to  the  cause  of 
freedom. 

The  Execution. — At  sunrise,  on  the  seventeenth  of 
February,  1872,  the  three  priests  were  led  out  to  the  Ba- 
gumbayan  Field  to  receive  the  death  penalty.  Clad  in 
humble  suits  of  black  they  walked  through  files  of  soldiers 
to  meet  their  fate. 

Gomez  was  possessed  of  property  valued  at  two  hun- 
dred thousand  pesos.  Just  before  he  went  forth  to  death 
he  calmly  dictated  his  will,  leaving  most  of  his  wealth  to 
a  son  born  before  he  entered  the  priesthood.  On  his 
knees,  about  to  die,  he  said  to  the  officer  of  police  at  his 
side  that  he  had  forgotten  a  bag  of  money  which  lay 
under  his  pillow.  He  asked  that  this  be  given  to  the 
poor. 

The  large  field  of  Bagumbayan  and  the  Luneta  were 
filled  with  an  immense  and  solemn  throng.     Batteries  of 


REPUBLICANISM  185 

artillery  faced  the  crowd,  ready  to  fire  at  the  least  sign  of 
revolt.  Gomez  met  death  calmly.  Burgos  and  Zamora 
perished  weeping  bitterly.  The  multitude  went  quietly  to 
their  homes.  The  threat  of  the  cannon  had  stilled  their 
hands,  but  not  their  hearts.  A  harvest  of  revenge  was 
sown  that  day. 

The  "  Mailed  Hand  ". — Many  others  were  condemn- 
ed to  death  or  imprisonment.  The  trials  were  swift  and 
secret ;  the  sentences  promptly  executed.  Fear  and  rage 
filled  the  hearts  of  the  rulers.  Izquierdo  sent  to  Spain  for 
a  regiment.  Henceforth  the  Philippines  felt  the  weight 
of  the  "  mailed  hand".  There  was  peace  in  the  land  for 
years  after  this,  but  beneath  the  surface  a  deeper  and 
more  terrible  revolt  than  the  Islands  had  ever  known  be- 
fore was  forming. 

Questions  and   Topics. 

1.  What  sort  of  a  government   v;as  formed  in  Spain  in 

1868? 

2.  What  kind  of  ideas  did  Governor  La  Torre  have  ? 

3.  What  was  La  Torre's  policy  toward  ladrones  f 

4.  Why  is  such  a  policy  a  failure  ? 

5.  How  was  the  Revolution  of  1868  celebrated  in  Manila  ? 

6.  How  were  republican  ideas  spread  in  the  Philippines 

during  La  Torre's  rule  ? 

7.  In  what  state  did  La  Torre  leave  affairs  in  the  Islands  ? 

8.  What  qualities  must  a  people  have  to    fit  them   for 

republican  government  ? 

9.  How  did  Izquierdo  differ  from  La  Torre  ? 

10.     AVhat  two  views  have  been  held  about  the  movers  of  the 
Cavite  insurrection  ? 


186  HISTOEY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

11.  Mention  two  features  of  this  insurrection  that  give  it 

importance. 

12.  What  was  the  state  of  the  people  after  the  execution  of 

the  priests? 

13.  How  were  the  conspirators  tried  ? 

14.  What  kind  of  peace  followed  ? 

15.  Write  the  story  of  the  Cavite  insurrection  in  100  words. 


PEACE  AND  PROGEESS  187 


CHAPTER  XXIV. 


PEACE  AND  PROGRESS. 

Peace. — In  the  years  from  1872  to  1896  there  was 
no  serious  insurrection  in  the  Philippines.  Gradually 
the  Filipino  soldiers  were  replaced  with  Spaniards.  The 
rulers  no  longer  had  confidence  in  the  loyalty  of  the 
native  troops.  For  centuries  the  Filipinos  had  fought  the 
battles  of  their  conquerors  against  both  natives  and  for- 
eigners. If  the  rule  of  Spain  had  been  just  and  generous, 
the  Philippines  would  still  be  hers.  But  she  had  abused 
the  faith  and  disappointed  the  hopes  of  the  Filipinos. 
They  no  longer  had  confidence  in  promises  of  reform 
which  never  came  true.  The  peace  of  these  years  was 
therefore  kept  at  the  cannon's  mouth. 

Commercial  Growth. — Peace,  even  of  this  sort,  was 
better  for  the  commerce  and  industry  of  the  country  than 
war.  The  Suez  canal  was  opened  in  1868.  Steam 
navigation  was  rapidly  growing.  A  direct  mail  service 
between  the  Philippines  and  Spain  was  begun  in  1874. 
At  the  same  time  Legazpi,  Tacloban,  and  other  ports 
were  opened  to  foreign  commerce.  Telegraphic  lines  were 
constructed  in  some  parts  of  the  Islands  in  1873.  The 
Manila-Dagnpan  railroad  was  opened  in  1891.  Capital 
from  other  countries  was  invested  in  business  under- 
takings. All  these  changes  brought  the  Philippines  nearer 
the  great  markets  of  Europe  and  America.     The  alcaldes- 


188  HISTORY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

mayor  no  longer  monopolized  the  trade  of  the  provinces. 
Wealth  began  to  be  distributed  among  many,  instead  of 
remaining  in  the  hands  of  a  few.  With  a  wise  govern- 
ment this  prosperity  would  have  been  much  greater. 
The  reason  the  PhiHppines  advanced  in  this  period  was 
because  the  commerce  of  the  great  world  outside  grew  so 
fast  that  the  riches  of  the  Philippines  could  no  longer  be 
hidden.     Small  credit  is  due  to  the  government. 

The  Works  of  the  Port.— A  proof  of  the  incapability 
of  the  rulers  is  the  attempt  of  the  Spanish  government  to 
build  a  harbor  for  Manila.  Manila  Bay  is  so  large  that 
ships  are  not  protected  by  the  land  from  storms.  When 
the  southwest  monsoon  blows,  ships  sometimes  lie  for 
many  weeks  waiting  for  their  cargoes.  At  such  times  it 
is  impossible  to  load  or  unload  them.  The  bay  is  shallow 
near  Manila.  Ships  have  to  anchor  far  from  the  shore. 
Their  cargoes  are  taken  to  and  from  them  by  small  boats. 
This  has  been  a  great  loss  to  the  commerce  of  the  country. 
In  1880  harbor  works  were  begun.  It  was  planned  to 
build  great  walls  of  stone  to  shelter  the  ships  from  the 
waves.  Within  these  walls  the  bay  was  to  be  dredged 
so  that  ships  could  come  near  the  shore.  Large  sums  of 
money  were  expended.  The  work  went  on  for  years, 
but  little  progress  was  made.  It  was  believed  that  this 
money  was  not  honestly  or  wisely  spent.  Finally  Gov- 
ernor-general Weyler  in  1889  decreed  that  these  works 
be  stopped,  because  they  "■  consumed  hundreds  of  thou- 
sands of  pesos,  and  made  almost  no  progress  ". 

To  see  what  a  strong  and  honest  government  can  do, 
one  may  now  look  at  a  tract  of  land  larger  than  the 


PEACE  AND  PEOGEESS  189 

walled  city  of  Manila,  which  has  been  pumped  from  the 
bottom  of  the  bay  in  the  three  years  froQi  1901-1904. 
Large  steamers  now  lie  near  the  shore,  protected  behind 
a  great  sea-wall.  Within  another  year  or  two,  great 
warehouses  will  cover  these  broad  acres.  The  largest 
steamers  will  discharge  their  cargoes  at  the  side  of  the 
pier  into  railroad  cars,  to  be  carried  to  all  parts  of  Luzon 
by  a  net-work  of  railways. 

End  of  the  Tobacco  Monopoly.— Under  Governor 
Primo  de  Eivera  in  1881  the  government  ceased  to  raise 
and  sell  tobacco.  This  monopoly  had  become  a  disgrace. 
Large  sums  were  due  the  farmers  for  the  tobacco  they 
had  raised  for  the  government.  Since  this  monopoly 
has  ceased  many  FiHpinos  have  succeeded  in  maldng  a 
good  Hving  by  raising  tobacco  for  themselves.  It  is  said 
that  since  the  semi-slavery  days  of  compulsory  tobacco 
raising  are  ended  the  farmers  do  not  grow  as  good 
tobacco,  or  cure  it  as  carefully.  But  the  bribery  and 
abuses  of  the  old  days  are  ended.  Free  industry  and  an 
honest  government  are  worth  more  than  tobacco. 

Municipal  Councils. — In  1893  a  change  was  made 
in  the  way  of  governing  towns.  For  a  long  time  the 
head  of  the  government  in  each  town  was  the  gohernador- 
cillo.  This  man  was  the  only  official  with  much  power. 
He  did  what  the  alcalde-mayor  ordered  him  to  do.  But 
the  alcaldes  seldom  visited  the  pueblos,  and  in  all  small 
matters  the  gobernadorcillo  acted  like  a  little  king.  He 
was  chosen  by  thirteen  men  only.  One  of  these  was  the 
last  gobernadorcillo.  Six  were  men  who  had  been  in  the 
past  gohernadorcillos.     The  remaining  six  were  cahezas  de 


190  HISTOEY   OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

barangay.  The  gobernadorcillo  must  be  a  native,  or  a 
Chinese  mestizo.  The  alcaldes-may 07-  were  Spaniards. 
So  the  power  to  choose  the  gobernadorcillo  was  in  the 
hands  of  a  very  few.  This  was  a  poor  school  in  which  to 
learn  self-government.  The  Filipinos  did  not  choose 
their  rulers  nor  decide  how  the  taxes  should  be  spent. 

The  new  law  of  1893  was  an  improvement.  Instead 
of  thirteen  men,  all  the  principalia  were  allowed  to 
choose  the  head  of  the  town.  This  head  was  now  called 
the  capitan  municipal.  Four  tenientes,  or  lieutenants, 
were  elected  to  assist  him  in  his  dutios.  But  there  were 
not  many  who  belonged  to  the  principalia.  To  be  a 
principal  a  man  must  have  been  a  cabeza  de  barangay, 
capitan-municipalj  tcniente,  or  rich  enough  to  pay  an 
annual  land  tax  of  fifty  dollars.  These  ipen. elected  from 
themselves  twelve  delegates.  The  delegates  chose  the 
capitan  and  his  four  assistants.  Some  things  were 
decided  by  this  Council  of  five  alone;  others  by  the 
Council  and  the  delegates  together.  The  capitan  was 
not  obliged  to  follow  their  advice. 

Small  as  this  increase  of  the  power  of  the  people  was,  it 
taught  them  a  little  about  self-government. 

Progress  in  Education. — During  this  period  the 
schools  were  slowly  becoming  secular  instead  of  religious. 
The  power  to  control  the  schools  was  passing  from  the 
hands  of  the  fiiar  to  that  of  the  Filipino  officials.  At 
first  the  schools  were  not  so  well  managed  in  some  ways 
as  before.  It  requires  great  education  and  experience  to 
conduct  schools  wisely.  The  officials  of  the  government 
were  not  so  well  qualified  to  teach  as  the  friars,  and  had 


PEACE   AND   PEOGRESS  191 

not  always  the  same  interest  in  the  schools,  But  it  was 
better  that  the  Filipinos  should  learn  to  have  a  share  in 
the  conduct  of  their  schools.  The  things  that  a  people 
learns  to  do  for  itself  are  worth  the  most  to  it.  The 
American  government  is  making  ever}^  possible  effort  to 
train  the  Filipinos  to  carry  on  their  system  of  education 
by  their  own  efforts.  They  are  put  into  positions  of 
importance  in  the  schools  as  fast  as  their  ability  improves. 
It  is  only  just  to  say  that  they  are  making  rapid  progress 
in  the  knowledge  of  what  makes  a  good  school,  and  of 
proper  methods  of  teaching. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  How  was  peace  sustained  from  1872  to  1896? 

2.  Why  had  the  Filipinos  lost  faith  in  Spain? 

3.  Mention  six  things  that  improved  commerce. 

4.  Write  a  sliort  composition  on  the  influence  of  steam 

navigation  on  commerce. 

5.  Why  did  the  Spanish  port  works  fail? 

6.  What  is  the  nature  of  tlie  port  works  the  American 

government  is  building? 

7.  What   were   the  advantages  of   ending  the    Tobacco 

Monopoly  ? 

8.  What  was  the  old  method  of  electing  the  gohernadorcUlo  ? 

9.  Describe  the  municipal  law  of  1893. 

10.     What  was  the  effect  of  the  secularization  of  the  schools? 


l\)2  IIISTOBY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XXV. 


THE  LAST  STEUGGLE  AGAINST  SPAIN. 

New  Leaders. — In  most  of  the  revolts  that  we  have 
studied,  the  ignorant  classes  were  the  actors.  The  leaders 
were  usually  religious  fanatics,  or  men  who  selfishly 
deceived  the  people  for  their  own  gain.  Such  men  knew 
nothing  of  the  principles  of  republican  government.  Had 
they  succeeded  in  their  plans  the  Filipinos  would  have 
been  the  losers.  Often  their  revolts  were  just,  but  they 
were  always  poorly  planned  and  feebly  carried  out. 

In  the  entire  history  of  the  Philippines  up  to  1896,  the 
power  of  Spain  was  never  in  real  danger  of  destruction 
from  revolution.  But  in  the  years  since  the  Cavite 
insurrection  a  new  class  of  men  had  joined  the  struggle 
for  freedom.  The  educated,  the  rich,  and  the  powerful 
were  secretly  enrolled  under  the  banner  of  rebellion. 

The  Secret  Societies. — In  many  places  secret  societies 
were  formed  to  teach  and  prepare  for  revolution.  Blood 
compacts  were  made,  and  solemn  oaths  taken  to  fight  for 
the  liberty  of  the  Filipinos.  The  best  known  of  these 
societies  was  the  Katiptman.  The  founder  and  director  of 
this  was  Andres  Bonifacio.  Its  object  was  "  to  redeem  the 
Philippines  from  its  tyrants,  the  friars,  and  to  found  a 
communistic  republic  ".  The  members  of  The  Katipimaii 
were  nearly  all  Tagalogs.  They  believed  themselves  to 
be  patriots.  Cruel  and  wicked  deeds  have  often  been 
done  under  the  name  of  liberty,  and  the  methods  of  the 


THE   LAST   STRUGGLE  193 

Kati'punan  were  not  those  of  honorable  foes.  No  people 
ever  fought  its  way  to  freedom  by  assassination  and 
massacre.  The  first  blood  shed  by  the  hatipimeros  was 
that  of  that  some  helpless  Chinese  in  Caloocan,  who  had 
nothing  to  do  with  the  wrongs  from  which  the  Filipinos 
suffered.  The  cause  of  freedom  is  so  high  and  holy  that 
even  those  who  seek  it  by  secret  revolution  should  fight 
like  honorable  men. 

Jose  Rizal. — Eizal,  whom  so  many  Filipinos  love  to 
honor,  was  a  man  of  a  different  sort  from  Andres  Bonifa- 
cio. He  was  born  at  Calamba,  on  the  south  shore  of 
Laguna  de  Bay.  From  early  youth  he  was  a  brilliant 
scholar.  He  obtained  his  bachelor's  degree  at  the  Ateneo 
Mtmicipaly  of  Manila.  Then  he  studied  medicine  at  the 
University  of  Santo  Tomas.  After  this  he  went  to  Spain 
and  graduated  at  the  University  of  Madrid.  Later  he 
studied  and  travelled  in  France,  Germany  and  other 
parts  of  Europe.  Kizal  was  a  fine  linguist  and  a  good 
physician.  He  wrote  two  novels  against  the  friars,  **  Noli 
me  Tangere  "  and  "  El  Filihusterismo  ".  He  began  life 
as  a  devout  Catholic  and  a  lover  of  Spain.  As  he  grew 
in  knowledge  he  turned  against  both  the  fi'iars  and  the 
government. 

Calamba  Lands  Trouble.— Eizal's  family  lived  on 
lands  held  by  the  Dominicans,  in  Calamba.  His  people, 
with  others,  believed  that  the  friars  did  not  possess  a  good 
title  to  this  land.  They  were  defeated  in  the  courts  of  law 
by  the  friars.  Govei-nor  Weyler  sent  soldiers  who  drove 
the  Filipinos  from  the  lands,  burning  some  of  their  houses. 
This  event  fanned  the  flame  of  insurrection. 


194  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Banishment  of  Rizal.— Kizal  returned  to  Manila 
from  Hong  Kong  in  1892.  It  was  said  by  the  Spanish 
authorities  that  seditious  papers  were  found  in  his  trunk. 
He  was  therefore  banished  to  Dapitan,  in  northern 
Mindanao,  where  he  lived  four  years. 

Meantime  the  plot  of  the  Katlpunan  was  ripening. 
Valenzuela,  one  of  the  leaders,  visited  Rizal  at  Dapitan. 
Eizal  advised  him  not  to  begin  the  insurrection  at  that 
time.  He  did  not  think  the  Filipinos  were  prepared  to 
win  the  battle.  He  understood  that  it  was  better  to  try 
to  secure  reforms  before  using  force. 

Death  of  Rizal. — Wearied  with  his  lonely  life  in  Da- 
pitan, Rizal  asked  permission  to  go  to  Cuba  as  an  army 
doctor  to  the  Spanish  forces  then  fighting  against  the 
Cuban  rebels.  Governor  General  Blanco  granted  this 
request.  Rizal  received  from  him  letters  of  recommenda- 
tion to  the  authorities  in  Spain,  saying  that  he  was  not 
connected  with  the  insurrection  which  had  just  broken 
out. 

The  friars  did  not  desire  to  have  Rizal  free.  They 
cabled  to  Spain,  and  on  his  arrival  there  he  was  imprison- 
ed, and  then  sent  back  to  the  Philippines.  A  new 
governor,  Polavieja,  was  in  power.  Rizal  was  tried  by  a 
court-martial  for  "  sedition  and  rebellion  ",  and  condemned 
to  die.  He  was  shot  on  the  Luneta,  Manila,  at  six  in  the 
morning,  December  30th,  1896.  A  favorite  saying  of  his 
his  was:  "What  is  death  to  me?  I  have  sown  the 
seed ;  others  are  left  to  reap." 

Discovery  of  the  Plot.— During  Rizal's  captivity  the 
secret  societies  had  completed  their  plans  for  revolution. 


THE  LAST   STRUGGLE  195 

The  night  set  for  the  attack  was  August  20, 1896.  At  the 
last  moment  a  woman  betrayed  the  plot  to  Father  Gil,  of 
Tondo.  The  prisons  were  soon  crowded  with  suspected 
persons.  The  leaders  of  the  revolution  fled  from  the  city 
and  prepared  to  begin  the  rebellion. 

There  were  only  seven  hundred  European  troops  in 
in  Manila.  Blanco  at  once  telegraphed  for  more.  After 
that  every  steamer  brought  soldiers.  Within  a  few  months 
there  were  ten  thousand  Spanish  soldiers  in  the  Islands. 

The  Rise  of  Aguinaldo. — The  insurrection  soon  cen- 
tered in  Cavite,  at  Silan,  among  the  mountains.  Emilio 
Aguinaldo,  former  capitaii-municipal  of  the  town  of 
Cavite  Viejo,  soon  became  the  leader.  It  is  said  that  he 
caused  Bonifacio  to  be  shot  that  he  might  become  the 
chief.  August  31,  Aguinaldo  issued  the  first  rebel  pro- 
clamation. 

The  rebels  took  possession  of  the  friars'  estate  at  Imus, 
fourteen  miles  south  of  Manila.  Here  they  captured 
thirteen  friars.  Some  of  these  were  slowly  cut  to  pieces, 
or  burned  alive.  The  whole  province  of  Cavite,  except 
the  town  of  Cavite,  was  in  the  power  of  the  insurgents 
for  several  months.  At  Noveleta  trenches  were  made, 
and  several  attacks  of  the  Spaniards  were  repulsed. 

The  Rebellion  in  the  North. — In  Pampanga  and 
Bulacan  a  mestizo,  Llaneras,  commanded.  Whenever 
the  Filipinos  were  pursued  by  the  Spanish  troops  they 
retired  to  San  Mateo  or  Angat,  for  refuge  in  the 
mountains.  By  December  thousands  of  men  were 
fighting  on  the.  relel  side.  They  were  masters  of  the 
provinces  around  Manila. 


196  HISTOEY   OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

Campaign  of  Polavieja.—In  December,  1896,  the 
new  govenior-geDeral,  Polavieja,  took  command.  He 
soon  bad  28,000  troops  ready  for  tbe  field.  His  army 
fougbt  several  battles  with  Aguinaldo's  forces  in  Cavite. 
Within  three  months  the  revolutionists  were  driven  out 
of  Cavite.     Their  army  was  broken  into  small  bands. 

Spread  of  the  Insurrection.— After  Aguinaldo  was 
driven  out  of  Cavite  he  joined  Llaneras  in  the  north. 
The  rebellion  now  spread  to  Zambales,  Pangasinan, 
Ilocos,  Nueva  Ecija  and  Tarlac.  The  country  people 
suffered  terribly.  Towns  and  crops  were  burned  to  make 
the  peaceful  inhabitants  join  the  insurrection.  The 
Filipinos  were  robbed  and  ill-treated  by  their  own  people. 
Many  had  become  so  dulled  by  oppression  that  they  had 
not  the  heart  to  fight  against  tyranny.  The  rebels  felt 
that  these  people  were  traitors.  Therefore  they  treated 
them  harshly. 

The  Right  to  Revolt. — Those  who  claim  the  right 
to  revolt  should  remember  that  their  neighbors  have  the 
right  to  keep  the  peace.  War  should  be  carried  on 
against  people  in  arms,  not  against  those  who  wish  to  live 
in  peace. 

The  insurrection  of  1896  was  a  Tagalog  rebellion. 
There  were  few  who  belonged  to  the  Katipunan  outside 
of  the  Tagalog  provinces.  As  the  Tagalogs  went  among 
other  tribes  they  tried  to  make  them  join  the  rebel- 
lion. Many  did  not  wish  to  do  this,  yet  they  were 
compelled  to  assist  the  revolutionists,  under  penalty 
of  death  for  refusing.  Some  cruel  wrongs  were  com- 
mitted  by    the    rebels.       People    who    did    such  things 


THE  LAST  STRUGGLE  197 

would  have  been  harsh  rulers  had  they  gained  control  of 
the  government. 

Rivera's  Campaign. — Early  in  1897  Primo  de  Rivera 
became  governor.  Spain  at  this  time  felt  the  burden  of 
supporting  200,000  soldiers  in  Cuba.  The  Filipino  forces 
v^ere  also  suffering  from  the  hardships  of  war.  Rivera 
therefore  tried  to  make  peace.  He  offered  pardon  to  all 
who  would  surrender.  Many  Filipinos  gave  up  the  fight. 
Others  fought  on  desperately. 

Rivera  now  continued  the  war  with  energy.  General 
Monet  marched  through  Zambales  and  Pangasinan  It 
is  said  that  he  killed  men,  women  and  children,  whether 
guilty  of  rebellion  or  not.  His  native  troops  and  even 
some  of  the  Spaniards  deserted  him  by  the  time  he  reach- 
ed Ilocos. 

General  Nunez  succeeded  in  driving  the  rebels  out  of 
Nueva  ficija,  though  they  fought  very  bravely.  The 
Spaniards  suffered  heavy  losses.  Their  best  soldiers  were 
in  Cuba.  The  troops  that  fought  the  Filipinos  were  most- 
ly boys.  They  were  poorly  fed  and  clad,  and  had  little 
knowledge  of  war. 

Katipunan  Proclamation  of  1897.— There  were 
still  many  bands  of  revolutionists.  Rivera  now  issued  a 
proclamation  forbidding  any  one  to  leave  his  town  except 
with  a  pass.  Unfortunately  the  corrupt  officials  made  the 
Filipinos  pay  for  these  passes,  and  in  other  ways  oppressed 
them.     Many  went  over  to  the  rebels. 

The  Katipunan  in  July  published  an  answer  to  this 
proclamation.  This  document,  addressed  "  to  the  brave 
sons  of  the  Philippines  ",  demanded  the  expulsion  of  the 


198  HISTOBY  OF  THE  PHILIPPINES 

friars,  the  restoration  to  the  natives  of  the  friars'  lands, 
and  equality  of  treatment  for  all  classes.  The  revolution- 
ists did  not  at  this  time  ask  to  be  separated  from  Spain. 
Many  v^ished  for  independence,  but  the  wisest  knew  that 
the  Filipinos  were  not  yet  strong  enough  to  stand  alone  as 
an  independent  nation.  Yet  a  little  later  Aguinaldo  said  : 
"  We  aspire  to  the  glory  of  obtaining  the  liberty,  independ- 
ence and  honor  of  the  country."  So  the  leaders  were 
divided  against  themselves. 

Treaty  of  Biac-na-bato. — In  August,  1897,  Governor 
Eivera  sent  Pedro  Paterno  to  make  peace  with  Aguinaldo. 
The  peace  commissoner  and  the  insurgent  leader  met  in 
Biac-na-bato,  a  rocky  cave  in  Bulacan.  Here  a  treaty 
was  made.  It  was  agreed  that  the  war  should  stop  on 
certain  conditions.  The  Filipinos  made  the  following 
promises : 

1.  To  give  up  their  arms  and  forts. 

2.  To  keep  the  peace  for  three  years. 

3.  To  send  Aguinaldo  and  some  other  leaders  out  of  the 

country. 
RiVEEA  PROMISED  *. 

1.  To  expel  the  friars  from  the  Philippines,  or  else  cloister 

them. 

2.  To  give  the  Filipinos  representation  in  the  Cortes. 

3.  To  judge  Filipinos  and  Spaniards  by  the  same  laws,  and 

give  Filipinos  high  places  in  the  civil  government. 

4.  To  pay  the  rebels  600,000   pesos  for  their   arms   and 

supplies  of  \Yar,  and  for  the  support  of  the  leaders 
while  they  were  absent  from  the  Philippines.  A 
further  sum  was  promised  to  replace  the  losses  of 
private  persons. 


THE   LAST   STRUGGLE  199 

Departure  of  Aguinaldo.— On  the  27th  of  Decem- 
ber, 1897,  Aguinalilo  and  thirty -four  other  rebel  leaders 
left  the  Philippines  for  Hong  Kong.  They  received 
$400,000  Mexican,  and  the  promise  of  more  when  the 
other  conditions  of  the  treaty  should  be  fulfilled  by  the 
Filipinos. 

.Broken  Promises. — There  was  great  joy  in  Manila 
over  the  peace.  The  Fihpinos  believed  that  they  had  at 
length  obtained  what  so  many  of  their  countrymen  had 
fought  and  died  to  win.  Their  joy  was  soon  turned  into 
sorrow.  They  now  began  to  see  that  the  Spaniards  did 
not  intend  to  keep  the  promises  they  had  made.  Some  of 
the  rebels  who  had  surrendered  were  executed.  The 
promised  money  was  not  fully  or  promptly  paid.  The 
friars  tried  to  destroy  this  treaty.  Had  it  been  kept,  their 
long  reign  of  power  in  the  Philippines  would  have  been 
at  an  end. 

Eivera,  confident  that  the  Filipinos  could  no  longer 
resist,  sent  seven  thousand  of  his  soldiers  back  to  Spain. 
There  was  no  sign  that  he  intended  to  grant  the  promised 
reforms.  Keally  he  had  no  power  to  send  the  friars  from 
the  country  without  authority  from  the  government  of 
Spain.  It  is  certain  that  Spain  never  gave  him  this 
power.  Soon  the  Filipinos  believed  that  they  had  been 
tricked. 

Renewal  of  the  Insurrection.— At  this  time  seventy 
Visayan  sailors  were  massacred  in  Calle  de  Camha,  Manila, 
by  Spanish  soldiers.  A  few  days  later  five  thousand 
natives  attacked  the  city  of  Cebii.  Other  outbreaks  follow- 
ed  in   Zambales,    Pampanga    and    Pangasinan.      The 


200  HISTOKY  OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

Filipinos   began   a   new   effort   to    compel    their    harsh 
masters  to  treat  them  justly. 

Meantime  great  events  were  happening  on  the  other 
side  of  the  globe.  A  country  whose  people  hardly  knew 
where  the  Philippines  were  was  preparing  to  break  the 
rule  of  Spain  in  these  Islands. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  What  sort  of  men  were  the  leaders  of  the  insurrection  of 

1896? 

2.  What  was  the  object  of  the  Katipunan  f 

3.  What  can  you  say  of  its  methods? 

4.  Write  a  short  life  of  Rizal. 

5.  What  was  the  advice  of  Rizal  to  Valenzuela  ? 

6.  What  was  the  effect  of  the  death  of  Rizal  ? 

7.  Where  were  the  first  successes  of  the  rebels  ? 

8.  What   was    the   difference   between    the  campaigns  of 

Blanco  and  Polavieja? 

9.  Is  it  right  to  compel  tlio  peaceful  to  fight? 

10.  How  did  the  revolutionists  treat  their  own  people? 

11.  What  were  the  demands  of  the  Katipwian  proclamation 

of  1897? 

12.  What  division  was  there  among  the  leaders? 

13.  Give  the  terms  of  the  treaty  of  Biac-i\a-hal6. 

14.  Why  were  the  promises  of  this  treaty  not  kept  ? 

15.  Where,  and  why  did  the  insurrection  break  out  again  ? 


COMING   OF  THE   AMEBICANS  201 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 


THE  COMING  OF  THE  AMERICANS. 

Cuba  and  the  United  States.~-For  many  years  the 
United  States  had  watched  the  rule  of  Spain  in  Cuba. 
This  fertile  and  beautiful  island  lies  'but  a  day's  sail 
from  the  shores  of  the  Great  Republic.  More  than 
$50,000,000  of  American  money  was  invested  in  the 
industries  of  Cuba.  Many  Cubans  were  living  and 
working  in  the  United  States.  Therefore  the  Americans 
felt  a  great  interest  in  the  prosperity  of  the  people  of  that 
island. 

The  Cuban  Rebellion.— -In  1895  the  last  of  naany 
Cuban  rebellions  against  Spain  began.  The  trade  of  the 
United  States  suffered  greatly.  At  great  expense  the 
coast  was  watched  by  wai-ships  to  keep  the  Cubans  from 
bringing  arms  and  ammunition  from  the  United  States 
to  Cuba. 

General  Weyler,  who  was  governor  of  the  Philippines 
from  1888  to  1891,  was  in  command  of  the  Spanish 
troops  in  Cuba.  He  forced  the  peaceful  people  from  their 
homes  in  the  country,  and  crowded  them  together  in 
filthy  camps  where  they  had  not  enough  to  eat.  Tens 
of  thousands  of  innocent  people  dfed  of'hunger  and  disease. 
The  people  of  the  United  States  in  1897  sent  ship-loads 
of  food  and  medicine  to  the  starving  Cubans. 

Destruction  of  the  ''  Maine".— The  U.  S.  battleship 
"  Maine "   was   lying   peacefully   at   anchor  in  Havana 


202  HISTORY   0¥   THE   PHILIPPINES 

harbor.  February  15,  1898,  she  was  blown  up,  and  266 
of  her  crew  were  killed.  It  was  belived  in  America  that 
this  was  done  by  the  explosion  of  a  Spanish  submarine 
mine.  No  one  has  ever  discovered  who  did  it.  The 
destruction  of  the  "  Maine  "  was  not  the  cause  of  the  war 
between  the  United  States  and  Spain.  But  it  awakened 
the  American  people  to  the  terrible  strife  in  Cuba,  and 
made  them  resolve  to  end  it. 

The  President  and  Congress.  ~A  careful  examination 
of  the  condition  of  the  people  of  Cuba  was  made  by  the 
American  authorities.  Then  President  McKinley  sent 
the  following  message  to  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States :  "In  the  name  of  humanity,  in  the  name  of 
civilization,  in  behalf  of  endangered  American  interests 
which  give  us  the  right  and  duty  to  speak  and  act,  the 
war  in  Cuba  must  stop." 

Congress  then  said  :  "  The  people  of  Cuba  are,  and  of 
right  ought  to  be,  free  and  independent.'*  The  President 
was  instructed  to  ask  Spain  to  free  Cuba,  or  to  face  war 
with  the  United  States.  Spain  refused  to  free  Cuba,  and 
war  between  Spain  and  the  United  States  began  April 
21,  1898.  The  purpose  of  this  war  was  to  make  an 
independent  republic  of  Cuba.  That  purpose  was  ac- 
complished.    Cuba  is  now  free. 

The  Battle  of  Manila  Bay.  -When  the  war  began, 
Commodore  Dewey  was  at  Hong  Kong  with  several 
American  warships.  When  two  nations  go  to  war  each 
attacks  the  other  in  every  place  where  the  ships  or  soldiers 
of  the  enemy  are  to  be  found.  So  the  President  ordered 
Dewey  to  "capture   or  destroy"   the   Spanish   fleet   at 


COMING  OF  THE   AMEEICANS  203 

Manila.  With  six  ships  of  war  Dewey  steamed  past 
Corregidor  Island,  Manila  Bay,  May  1,  1898.  :  Within  a 
few  hours  he  destroyed  ten  Spanish  ships  near  Cavite. 
Six  hundred  Spaniards  were  killed,  but  no  Americans. 
This  brilliant  and  easy  victory  altered  the  history  of  the 
Phihppines  and  the  United  States. 

Effect  in  Manila  of  Dewey's  Victory. — When  the 
inhabitants  of  Manila  saw  how  easily  the  Spanish  fleet  was 
destroyed,  the  city  was  filled  with  terror.  Many  fled  to 
the  provinces  or  Hong  Kong.  The  governor- general, 
Basilio  Agustin,  and  the  Archbishop,  Nozaleda,  published 
proclamations  asking  the  Filipinos  to  help  Spain.  They 
told  the  FiHpinos  that  the  Americans  would  take  away 
their  religion  and  enslave  them.  They  knew  these  things 
were  not  true.  Bat  it  was  impossible  to  deceive  the 
-Filipinos  longer.  The  broken  promises  of  Biac-na-hato 
were  fresh  in  their  minds. 

In  the  past  when  Spain  wanted  the  aid  of  the  Filipinos 
against  Holland,  England  or  Germany  she  called  the  Fii- 
ipln^"  brothers  "and  *'  Spaniards  ".  When  there  was 
no  more  war  she  called  them  "  buffaloes  "  or  "  savages  ". 
There  had  been  a  great  change  since  1762.  At  that  time 
the  Filipinos  fought  hard  to  drive  away  the  British. 
Now  they  did  not  listen  to  tlie  tales  of  the  governor  and 
the  archbishop. 

Renewal  of  the  Insurrection.— The  revolution 
against  Spain  now  broke  out  again.  Adiiiral  Dewey 
allowed  Aguinaldo  to  return  from  Hong  Kong,  and 
assisted  him  to  secure  arms.  At  that  time  the  Filipinos 
were  glad  to  see  the  Americans. 


204  HISTORY   OF  THE   PHILIPPINES 

The  proclamation  of  the  Hong  Kong  jimta  of  Filipinos, 
May,  1898,  said :  ''  Let  us  all  fight  together ;  let  us 
support  the  avenging  and  humane  action  of  the  United 
States.  Let  us  learn  by  accepting  her  advice  and  rules 
how  to  live  in  order,  peace  and  liberty."  Aguinaldo  said  : 
'*  Wherever  you  see  the  American  flag,  there  flock  in 
numbers ;  they  are  our  redeemers." 

Why  Dewey  Remained  ia  the  Philippines.— After 
Dewey  had  destroyed  the  Spanish  fleet,  he  might  have 
sailed  away.  He  had  not  come  to  the  Philippines  to  con- 
quer them.  Why,  then,  did  he  stay  ?  There  were  at 
least  three  reasons : 

(1)  There  was  a  Spanish  army  in  Manila.  He  had 
to  blockade  Manila  to  keep  that  army  from  escaping. 
He  n:iight  have  bombarded  the  city,  and  compelled  an 
immediate  surrender,  but  he  did  not  desire  to  injure  the 
innocent.  Therefore  he  awaited  the  arrival  of  troops  from 
America. 

(2)  He  feared  the  insurgents  would  capture  the  city 
and  massacre  the  Spanish  inhabitants.  This  would  have 
been  a  disgrace  both  to  the  Americans  and  the  Filipinos. 
Therefore  he  remained  to  prevent  this. 

(3)  At  that  time  it  was  not  known  how  weak  the 
power  of  Spain  was.  Therefore  it  was  decided  to  send 
troops  to  the  Philippines  to  capture  Manila.  The  purpose 
of  this  was  not  conquest,  but  to  hasten  the  close  of  the 
war  with  Spain.     Dewey  stayed  to  assist  in  this. 

Aguinaldo  Dictator. —While  American  soldiers  were 
crossing  the  Pacific  to  take  Manila,  Aguinaldo  proclaimed 
himself  Dictator.     His  forces  fought  many  successful  bat- 


COMING   OF  THE   AMERICANS  205 

ties  with  the  Spaniards.  Manila  was  closely  surrounded 
by  the  insurgents.  Many  pro\ances  fell  into  their  power. 
The  government  of  Aguinaldo  made  laws  and  collected 
taxes  in  these  provinces. 

The  Revolutionary  Government.— In  June,  1898, 
Aguinaldo  called  a  congress  at  Ca\ite  to  form  a  govern- 
ment. June  23  the  Constitution  of  the  **  Kevolutionary 
Government  "  was  proclaimed.  Aguinaldo  was  chosen 
President  of  the  new  government.  Its  object  was,  "  To 
struggle  for  the  independence  of  the  Philippines,  and  to 
prepare  the  country  for  the  establishment  of  a  real 
republic  '\ 

In  August  an  appeal  was  sent  to  the  great  nations  of 
the  world  asking  them  to  recognize  the  independence  of 
the  Philippines.  No  answer  was  received  from  any 
nation. 

The  Taking  of  Manila. — Ten  thousand  American 
soldiers  had  now  reached  the  Phihppines.  August 
13,  1898,  the  American  army  attacked  and  entered 
Manila.  Very  few  Americans  were  killed  and  wounded 
in  this  attack.  The  Spanish  fought  only  to  save  their 
honor,  not  with  the  hope  of  keeping  the  Americans  out  of 
the  city.  Fifteen  thousand  Fihpino  troops  were  at  hand 
ready  to  assist.  Their  aid  was  not  accepted,  because  it 
was  not  necessary. 

Captain  General  Agustin  fled  in  a  German  ship-of-war 
before  the  city  was  captured.  General  Fermin  Jaudenes, 
the  last  Spanish  governor-general  of  the  Philippines,  sur- 
rendered the  city.  Spain's  power  in  the  Philippines  was 
forever    ended.      The    Stars    and    Stripes    floated    from 


206  HISTOEY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

old  Fort  Santiago.  Tne  Philippine  Archipelago  was 
surrendered  to  the  United  States  of  America. 

The  Treaty  of  Paris. — The  day  before  Manila  was 
taken  a  protocol  of  peace  was  signed  between  the  United 
States  and  Spain.  News  of  this  did  not  reach  Manila  till 
after  the  city  was  captured.  American  and  Spanish  com- 
missioners met  in  Paris  and  for  several  months  talked 
about  the  terms  of  peace.  It  was  difficult  to  decide  what 
to  do  about  the  Philippines.  Spain  did  not  wish  to 
give  them  up.  Yet  her  power  there  had  been  broken 
by  America.  But  the  purpose  of  America  was  not 
conquest.  America  was  not  seeking  more  glory  or  new 
lands.  Yet  she  decided  to  take  the  Philippines  from 
Spain.  By  the  treaty  signed  in  Paris,  December  10, 1898, 
Spain  gave  the  Philippines  to  America.  The  United  States 
paid  Spain  $20,000,000  gold.  This  was  not  to  purchase 
the  Islands,  Spain  would  not  have  sold  them  for  many 
times  that  sum.  The  money  was  paid  as  a  free  gift,  to 
hasten  peace,  and  to  prove  the  generosity  of  America. 

Even  then  it  was  not  decided  by  the  people  of  the 
United  States  to  keep  the  Philippines  and  establish  Ameri- 
can government  there.  The  Americans  knew  very  little 
about  these  Islands.  Most  of  them  thought  that  the 
Philippines  were  like  Cuba.  With  Cuba  they  were 
acquainted.  They  believed  her  capable  of  self-govern- 
nient.  They  vvere  perfectly  willii^g  to  allow  the  Filipinos 
also  to  govern  themselves,  if  that  were  possible.'"  It  was 
only  after  experience  in  the  Philippines  taught  the  United 
States  that  this  country  was  unhke  Cuba  that  she  w^ith- 
held  independence  from  the   Filipinos.     It   is   very  im- 


COMING   OF  THE   AMEEICANS  207 

portant  to  understand  why  she  treated  these  two  Spanish 
colonies  diferently. 

ftuestions  and  Topics. 

1.  Why  was  the  United  States  interested  in  Cuba? 

2.  What  losses  did  the  Cuban  rebellion  cause  the  United 

States  ? 

3.  What  was  Weyler's  method  of  warfare  in  Cuba  ? 

4.  What  was  the  condition  of  the  Cuban  people  ? 

5.  What  effect  did  the  destruction  of  the  "  Maine  "  have  in 

America  ? 

6.  What  three  reasons  did  McKinley  give  for  stopping  the 

war  between  Spain  and  Cuba? 

7.  What  kind  of  a  government  has  Cuba  now  ? 

8.  Why  did  the  Filipinos  not  believe  the  proclamations  of 

Agustin  and  Nozaleda  ? 

9.  How  did  the  Filipinos  receive  the  Americans  at  first? 

10.  Give  the  reasons  why  Dewey  remained  in  the  Philip- 

pines ? 

11.  What  progress  did  Aguinaldo  make  while  the  American 

army  was  crossing  the  Pacific  ? 

12.  What  was  the  aim  of  the  "  Revolutionary  Government "  ? 

13.  Wliat    did    the    Treaty    of    Paris    decide    about    the 

Philippines? 

14.  AVh at  did  the  people  of  the  United  States  think  about 

the  Philippines  at  first  ? 


208  IIISTOEY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XXYII. 


MONARCHY  OR  REPUBLIC. 

The  ESeet  of  Distance. — Cuba  was  near  the  United 
States;  the  Philippines  were  on  the  other  side  of 
the  globe.  Many  great  events  of  history  are  decided  by 
the  geographical  position  of  countries.  It  was  easy  for 
the  United  States  to  protect  Cuba.  Long  before  any 
European  nation  could  send  soldiers  across  the  sea,  the 
United  States  could  place  an  army  in  Cuba.  But  Manila 
Bay  was  dotted  with  the  warships  of  several  nations 
when  Dewey  defeated  the  Spanish  fleet.  All  the  great 
European  nations  have  lands  in  Asia,  and  want  more. 
Had  the  United  States  left  the  Philippines  free  some  of 
these  nations  would  have  seized  the  Islands.  Yet  unless 
the  United  States  raised  her  flag  here  she  could  not  have 
forbidden  other  nations  to  take  the  Phihppines.  Had  she 
done  so  she  must  have  fought  a  terrible  war. 

Monarchy  or  Republic. — The  German  a,dmiral  and 
his  officers  were  friends  of  Spain.  They  dined  with  the 
Spanish  officers  in  Manila  during  the  siege,  and  showed 
them  many  courtesies.  Germany  and  all  the  other 
powers  that  might  have  seized  the  Philippines  are 
monarchies.  The  United  States  is  a  republic.  It  believes 
its  government  is  the  best  and  freest  on  earth.  It  fought 
to  get  that  kind  of  a  government  for  Cuba.     It  could  not 


MONAECHY  OB  EEPUBLIC  209 

honorably  allow  any  other  kind  of  government  to  be 
established  in  the  Philippines. 

If  no  other  nation  had  taken  the  Philippines,  Spain 
would  have  reconquered  them.  AVhen  her  large  army 
returned  from  Cuba  she  would  have  sent  it  to  the  Philip- 
pines. Then  the  sufferings  of  the  Filipinos  would  have 
been  worse  than  before  The  United  States  could  not 
consent  to  this. 

A  Filipino  Republic  Impossible. — The  best  of  all 
reasons  why  the  United  States  did  not  assist  the  Filipinos 
to  form  and  maintain  an  independent  republic  was 
because  she  did  not  believe  the  Filipinos  were  ready  for 
self-government.  The  people  of  Cuba  are  not  superior  to 
those  of  the  Philippines.  The  Filipinos  are  as  good  and 
as  intelligent  as  the  Cubans,  but  they  are  not  so  united. 
There  must  be  unity  among  a  people  who  would  found 
a  republic.  The  people  of  Cuba  spoke  one  language; 
they  lived  on  one  island  ;  they  had  the  same  religion  ;  they 
had  never  fought  each  other ;  they  were  united.  It  was 
different  in  the  Philippines. 

In  the  Philippines  there  are  many  tiibes  on  many 
islands,  with  different  languages,  customs  and  religions. 
Some  of  these  tribes  have  hated  and  fought  each  other  for 
centuries.  If  the  United  States  had  left  the  Philippines 
to  form  a  government  of  its  own,  the  Moros  would  have 
become  pirates  again.  They  did  this  in  Mindanao  be- 
tween the  end  of  Spanish  and  the  beginning  of  American 
rule.  The  Igorrotes  would  have  attacked  the  people  on 
the  coast.  The  Tagalogs,  the  Visayans,  the  Ilocanos, 
the  Bicols,  would  each  have  wished  to  rule  their  own  part 


210  HISTOBY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

of  the  Islands.  No  tribe  would  have  consented  to  be 
ruled  by  any  other,  except  at  the  sword's  point. 

Unity  First  Necessary. — People  of  the  same  blood, 
language  and  religion  are  often  torn  apart  by  civil  war. 
How  could  people  of  a  hundred  different  tongues  living  on 
hundreds  of  scattered  islands  remain  at  peace?  When 
will  the  Macabebe  love  the  Tagalog,  or  the  Moro  the 
Christian? 

Some  day  the  Filipinos  will  all  knov/  the  same  language 
and  possess  the  same  education.  Railroads  will  help  unite 
the  people.  Business,  travel,  and  marriage  will  make 
friends  of  Filipinos  who  now  distrust  each  other.  Perhaps 
an  independent  FiHpino  repubhc  will  then  be  possible. 
There  are  many  intelligent  Filipinos  who  know  it  is  now 
impossible.  There  is  no  country  in  the  world  where  so 
many  different  peoples,  with  different  customs  and 
religions,  live  in  peace  under  a  government  of  their  own. 

The  Insurrection  Against  the  Americans.— In 
the  fall  of  1898  Aguinaldo  established  the  capital  of  the 
Revolutionary  Government  at  Malolos.  He  sent  an  ex- 
pedition to  conquer  Panay.  Most  of  Luzon  was  in  his 
power.  His  intention  to  establish  an  independent  govern- 
ment and  to  resist  America  was  plain.  A  young  and 
ambitious  leader  does  not  always  think  of  the  good  of  the 
people.  His  treatment  of  Bonifacio  and  Luna  show  that 
he  had  the  heart  of  a  tyrant. 

The  American  army  allowed  the  Revolutionary  Govern- 
ment to  live  because  the  Treaty  of  Paris  was  not  finished. 
It  was  not  yet  settled  that  America  should  keep  the  Philip- 
pines.    Therefore  it   did  not   interfere   with   Aguinaldo., 


MONABCHY  OE  REPQBLIO  211 

February  4,  1899,  war  began  between  the  forcer!  of  the 
Eevolution  and  of  the  United  States.  Every  Fihpino  and 
every  American  should  regret  that  war.  There  was  much 
true  patriotism  and  bravery  on  the  side  of  the  insurgents. 
There  were  some  among  them  whose  sincerity  and  courage 
Americans  gladly  honor.  These  brave  men  fought  in  a 
mistaken  and  hopeless  cause. 

There  were  only  two  or  three  real  battles  in  the  war, 
though  there  were  two  thousand  small  fights.  The  only 
difficult  task  for  the  American  army  was  to  transport  and 
feed  its  soldiers.  Aguinaldo  and  his  fellow  leaders  had 
failed  to  drive  out  the  weak  forces  of  Spain.  It  was  ignor- 
ance and  folly  for  them  to  undertake  to  defeat  America. 
Thousands  of  thoughtful  Filipinos  now  know  that  it  was 
mad  ambition  that  caused  the  leaders  of  the  Eevolution 
to  plunge  their  country  into  war.  Many  cruel  and 
uncivilized  acts  were  done  by  the  insurgent  forces.  The 
Filipinos  themselves  suffered  more  at  the  hands  of  the 
insurgents  than  did  the  American  forces.  It  became 
clear  to  the  A.meincans  that  such  leaders  were  not  fit  to 
establish  a  true  republic.  Thus  the  selfish  ambition  of 
Aguinaldo  and  his  followers  made  it  certain  that  America 
would  remain  in  the  Philippines  to  estabhsh  a  just  and 
free  government. 

Martial  Lfl.w.--From  1898  to  1901  there  was  military 
rule  in  the  Philippines.  The  commanding  general  of  the 
army  acted  as  governor.  Besides  fighting  battles,  the 
army  made  and  enforced  all  laws.  It  organized  and 
carried  on  the  Custom  House,  the  Post  Office  and  other 
public  establishments,  performing  the  duties  of  peace  as 


212  HISTOKY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

well  as  of  war.  The  army  established  the  American 
public  school  system  in  the  Philippines.  History  does 
not  tell  of  any  other  army  which  waged  war  and  taught 
school  at  the  same  time.  Yet  in  this  case  army  officers 
became  superintendents  of  schools,  and  soldiers  became 
teachers. 

Military  rule  is  hard  to  bear.  Changes  in  goverrmient 
are  made  slowly  in  time  of  peace,  under  civil  rule. 
Under  martial  law  the  customs  and  wishes  of  the  people 
have  little  weight.  What  the  general  thinks  is  best  for  the 
country  must  be  done  at  once.  It  was  a  great  trial  to 
the  patience  of  the  Filipinos  to  see  old  laws  and  customs 
changed  so  rapidly.  But  methods  of  government  in  the 
Philippines  were  in  great  need  of  change.  The  rule  of 
the  military  made  quick  reforms  possible.  Methods  of 
government  advanced  a  century  in  the  Philippines  during 
the  four  years  of  American  military  rule. 

Questions  and  Topics. 

1.  What   effect  did   distance   have  on   the  policy  of  the 

United  States  toward  the  Philippines? 

2.  What  nation  seemed  most  anxious  to  seize  the  the  Philip- 

pines ? 

3.  What  was  the  chief  reason  why  the  United  States  did 

not  make  the  Philippines  independent? 

4.  Name  four  differences  between  Cuba  and  the  Philippines? 

5.  What  are  the  things  that  make  a  people  united  ? 

6.  AVould  you  like  to  see  the  government  of  the  Islands  in 

the  hands  of  the  people  of  another  tribe  than  your 
own? 

7.  What  do  you  know  of  the  character  of  Aguinaldo  ? 


MONARCHY    0]l   REPUBLIC  213 

8.  Why    did    the    Americans    allow    the    Revolutionary 

Government  at  Malolos? 

9.  Mention  some  good  motives  of  the  insurgents. 

10.  How  did  they  treat  Filipinos  who  wished  to  remain  at 

peace  ? 

1 1 .  How  did  the  insurrection  change  the  opinion  of  America? 

12.  What  is  martial  law? 

13.  Why  were  three  years  of  martial  law  useful? 


214  HISTORY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 


CHAPTER  XXYIII. 


THE  FIRST  AMERICAN  CIVIL  GOVERNOR. 

William  H.  Taft  Governor  (1901-1804).— July  4, 
1901,  the  Hon.  William  H.  Taft  became  the  first  American 
civil  governor  of  the  Philippines.  He  held  office  till 
February  1,  1904.  Then  he  became  Secretary  of  War 
for  the  United  States.  The  United  States  governs  the 
Philippines  through  the  Bureau  of  Insular  Affairs  of  the 
War  Department.  Therefore  Governor  Taft  still  directed 
the  government  of  the  Philippines  from  Washington. 

More  than  one  hundred  different  men  have  filled  the 
chair  of  governor  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  None  ever 
did  more  for  the  Filipinos  than  Governor  Taft.  An 
entirely  new  system  of  government  was  created  for  the 
Islands.  A  thousand  laws  were  made.  Unlike  many 
laws  in  the  past,  these  were  enforced.  They  were  not 
made  to  fill  the  coffers  of  king  or  encomeudero.  They 
provided  peace,  protection,  justice,  education  and  industrial 
prosperity  for  the  Filipinos.  It  will  be  well  to  study  the 
principles  of  government  followed  during  Mr.  Taft's 
governorship. 

Tlie  Policy  of  MeKinley.— President  McKinley 
marked  out  the  path  of  American  rule  in  the  Philippines. 
What  he  said  was  and  is  the  wish  of  the  American  people 
for  the  Filipinos.  At  the  beginning  of  America's  occupation 
of  the  Philippines  he  said  to  General  Otis  and  Admiral 


FIEST  AMERICAN   GOVERNOR  215 

Bewey:  "We  want  to  improve  the  conditiou  of  the 
inhabitants,  securing  thejn  peace,  Hbert}-  and  the  pursuit 
of  their  highest  good".  He  told  the  first  Philippine 
Commission  to  have  "due  respect  for  «>11  the  ideas, 
customs  and  institutions  of  the  tribes  which  compose  the 
population".  This  commission  said :  "  The  aim  and 
object  of  the  American  Government  is  the  prosperity  and 
happiness  of  the  Philippine  people  and  their  elevation 
and  advancement  to  a  position  among  the  most  civiKzed 
people  of  the  world."  Prosperity,  happiness  and  a  high 
civilization  are  the  very  things  for  which  the  Filipino 
revolutionists  fought.  Under  the  direction  of  Governor 
Taft  the  Filipinos  have  made  more  rapid  progress  toward 
this  goal  than  ever  before. 

The  "Philippines  for  the  Filipinos".— Governor 
Taft  has  said  that  the  policy  of  McKinley  means  "The 
Philippines  for  the  Filipinos".  His  rule  was  an  attempt 
to  carry  out  this  motto.  His  explanation  of  these  words 
is  that  every  law  made  for  these  Islands  must  be  for  "  the 
welfare  of  the  Filipino  people".  Governor  Taft  and  the 
Philippine  Commission,  under  the  direction  of  the  Govern- 
m.ent  at  Washington,  have  worked  for  four  great  ends : 

(1)  To  keep  the  natural  riches  of  the  Islands  for  the 
Filipinos.  There  are  millions  of  acres  of  uncultivated 
public  lands  in  the  Philippines.  Foreigners  are  not  to  be 
allowed  to  take  immense  tracts  of  this  land.  It  is  to  be 
divided  into  small  farms  for  Fihpinos.  The  land  laws, 
the  forestry  law^s,  the  mining  laws,  are  all  made  for  the 
benefit  of  the  Filipino.  He  is  to  have  the  first  share  of 
the  riches  of  his  father-land.     To  encourage  the  Filipino 


216  niSTOBY   OF   THE   PIIILirPINES 

farmer  to  own  his  land  the  Government  has  arranged  to 
buy  the  great  estates  of  the  friars.  They  own  half  a 
million  acres  of  the  best  lands  in  the  Islands.  The  grief 
and  strife  which  these  lands  have  caused  will  now  end- 
The  government  will  pay  more  than  $7,000,000  gold  for 
this  property.  It  will  be  divided  into  many  small  farms 
which  the  Filipino  farmer  may  purchase  little  by  little 
for  sums  about  equal  to  what  he  used  to  pay  as  rent. 
In  a  few  years  a  generation  will  grow  up  which  will  own 
its  native  soil,  and  live  upon  it  in  peace. 

(2)  To  give  governiiie^it  positions  to  Filipinos  as  fast 
as  fit  persons  can  he  found  for  this  service.  More  Filipi- 
nos than  Americans  are  holding  positions  as  government 
officials.  Son:ie  of  these  positions  are  among  the  highest 
in  the  land.  Several  of  the  Philippine  Commissioners 
are  Filipinos,  as  are  also  the  chief  justice  of  the  Supreme 
Court  and  several  of  his  associates. 

Modern  government  needs  highly  trained  officials. 
Besides  an  education  in  the  schools,  a  high  official  must 
have  years  of  practice  in  order  to  learn  the  business  of 
these  high  offices.  As  fast  as  this  training  can  be  given, 
more  and  higher  positions  are  opened  to  FiHpinos. 

(3)  To  allow  the  Filipinos  as  much  self-government 
as  possible.  Under  the  liberal  rule  of  Governor  Taft  the 
Fihpino  people  were  granted  the  power  of  choosing  their 
own  municipal  officers.  Most  of  the  provincial  officials 
also  are  Filipinos.  With  a  very  few  exceptions  the 
governors  of  the  provinces  are  Filipinos. 

(4)  To  give  speedy  and  cqnal  justice  to  all  classes. 
Nothing  is  more  important  than  this.     Formerly  it  took 


o 
o 


FIEST  AMEEICAN   GOVEENOR  217 

many  years  in  some  cases  to  secure  jastice.  Now  the 
judges  often  settle  scores  of  cases  in  one  week.  The  poor 
man  is  heard  as  quickly  as  the  rich.  Men  used  to  be 
kept  years  in  jail  before  they  were  tried.  Now  there  are 
able  judges  who  hear  quickly  any  complaint.  In  some 
towns  there  were  separate  courts  for  Filipinos  and  for- 
eigners. Now  all  races  are  heard  before  the  same  judges 
and  tried  by  the  same  laws. 

The  Educational  System. — Thus  four  gates  of  op- 
portunity are  opened  to  the  Filipino.  It  has  been  made 
easy  for  him  to  acquire  land,  to  get  a  government  position, 
to  govern  himself,  and  to  secure  justice.  In  order  to 
train  Filipinos  to  use  these  privileges  a  system  of  public 
schools  was  estabhshed.  In  1904  nearly  one  thousand 
American  and  three  thousand  Filipino  teachers  were 
preparing  the  Filipinos  to  use  the  freedom  and  opportunity 
that  America  brought  to  these  Islands.  Two  hundred 
thousand  children  were  attending  the  public  schools  of 
the  Philippines.  High  schools  had  been  established  in 
nearly  every  province.  Qh^l^u^  a£l^i.^yi^  V-  ^^^^gS^ 

Filipino  Students  in  America —In  October,  lOOSp""^ 
one  hundred  Filipino  students  sailed  from  Manila  for  Amer-  T^^^ 
ica.  These  students  were  selected  from  all  parts  of  the 
Philippines.  They  represented  all  the  civilized  races  of  the 
Islands.  When  they  met  upon  the  steamer  the  only  lan- 
guage that  all  of  them  knew  was  English.  This  tie  of  lan- 
guage and  their  common  education  and  aims  bound  them 
together  as  no  other  bond  has  ever  united  Filipinos  of 
different  islands  and  tongues.  They  were  the  first  division 
of  a  young  and  noble  army  of  Filipinos  who  will  bring  to 


218  HISTOBY   OF   THE   PHILIPPINES 

their  father-land  a  knowledge  of  principles  which  have 
placed  the  United  States  of  America  in  the  front  rank  of 
great  nations.  These  boys  will  spend  four  years  in  the 
schools  of  America.  They  were  chosen  for  their  scholar- 
ship and  character.  They  were  not  selected  by  favor 
because  their  parents  were  rich  and  influential.  Many  of 
them  were  poor  boys.  This  is  trae  freedom — the  freedom 
to  win  place  and  power  by  one's  own  work  and  fidelity. 

Agriculture,  Industry  and  Commerce. — The  same 
wise  policy  that  in  so  few  years  gave  justice,  education 
and  equal  opportunity  to  the  Filipino  did  much  for  the 
farmer  and  the  merchant.  Before  and  during  the 
governorship  of  Mr,  Taft  the  Philippines  suffered  from 
war,  famine  and  pestilence.  Deadly  diseases  struck  down 
man  and  beast ;  the  locusts  destroyed  the  crops,  and  the 
rains  refused  to  fall.  It  was  difficult  to  tight  such 
enemies,  but  much  was  accomplished.  Hundreds  of 
miles  of  good  roads  were  made.  Cattle  were  brought 
from  other  countries  to  plough  the  idle  fields.  War  was 
waged  against  the  locusts.  Disease  in  man  and  beast 
was  fought  by  an  army  of  doctors.  The  forests  and 
plants  were  studied.  New  seeds  were  tried,  and  better 
methods  of  cultivation  were  shown. 

The  commerce  of  the  Philippines  became  greater  than 
ever  before.  The  revenues  of  the  government  greatly  in- 
creased. The  plans  begun  by  Governor  Taft  looked  to 
the  future.  His  time  was  spent  in  laying  foundations. 
Only  the  future  will  show  how  well  that  task  was  done. 

Governor  Wright  and  the  Future The  place  left 

vacant  by  Governor  Taft  was  filled  by  General  Luke  E. 


FIRST  AMERICAN   GOVERNOR  219 

Wright.  He  brought  to  his  position  the  wisdom  gathered 
from  high  positions  in  America  and  the  PhiHppines.  His 
rule  began  with  the  declaration  that  the  principles  which 
America  has  so  far  followed  in  the  Philippines  would  be 
continued. 

History  while  it  tells  of  the  past  points  to  the  future. 
That  future  is  bright  for  the  Philippines.  She  has  had 
her  infancy  of  barbarism,  her  youth  of  servitude.  Now 
she  is  entering  on  her  manhood  of  strength,  liberty  and 
progress.  America  has  promised  to  lead  her  to  a  high 
goal.  Wisdom  and  patience  are  needed ;  for  in  the 
Philippines  the  East  and  the  West  meet.  Their  ways  in 
the  past  have  not  been  alike.  Each,  Filipino  and 
American,  should  try  to  understand  and  help  the  other. 
Filipinos  should  take  for  their  motto  the  words  of 
Governor  Wright :  "  There  is  room  in  these  beautiful 
and  fertile  Islands  for  all.  The  door  of  equal  opportunity 
should  be  thrown  wide  open  for  all  alike — European, 
American  and  Filipino." 


THE  END. 


THIS  BOOK  IS  atJE  ON  THE  XAST  DATE 
STAMPED  BELOW 

w.'l'u  i.^™,„^^OF    25    CENTS 

TH.S  BOOK  In  THE  DAt/;^"-""^  ^°  """"N 
W.UL.  .NCREASE  TO  so  cLt^^o  ^^  •°='^*'-^^ 
DAY  AND  TO  «i  00  o^i  Jf  °''  ^"^  "O^RTH 
OVERDUE.  '^"^  SEVENTH  DAY 


794136 


UNIVERSITY  OF  CAUFORNIA  LIBRARY 


